cls - mercedes-benz usa · cls operator’s manual 219_akb; 4; 54, en-us d2ureepe, version:...

CLSOperator’s Manual

219_AKB; 4; 54, en-USd2ureepe, Version: 2.11.8.1

2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 1

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=e1676a5b2151409e351f191435d94462&version=1&language=--&variant=--

SymbolsTrademarks:RBluetooth® is a registered trademark of

Bluetooth SIG Inc.RESP® and PRE-SAFE® are registered

trademarks of Daimler.RHomeLink® is a registered trademark of

Prince, a Johnson Controls Company.RSIRIUS and related marks are trademarks

of SIRIUS XM Radio Inc.The following symbols are found in thisOperator’s Manual:

G Warning!Warning notices draw your attention tohazards that may endanger your health or life,or the health or life of others.

! Highlights hazards that may result indamage to your vehicle.

i Helpful hints or further information youmay find useful.

X This symbol points to instructionsfor you to follow.

X A number of these symbolsappearing in succession indicatesa multiple-step procedure.

Y page This symbol tells you where to lookfor further information on a topic.

YY This continuation symbol marks awarning or procedure which iscontinued on the next page.

Display Text in displays, such as the controlsystem, are printed in the typeshown here.


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 2

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=901dac779d6a923a351f151449f8068f&version=2&language=en&variant=US

Our company and staff congratulate you onthe purchase of your new Mercedes-Benz.Your selection of our product is ademonstration of your trust in our companyname. Furthermore, it exemplifies your desireto own an automobile that will be as easy aspossible to operate and will provide years ofservice.Your Mercedes-Benz represents the efforts ofmany skilled engineers and craftsmen. Tohelp assure your driving pleasure, and alsothe safety of you and your passengers, we askyou to make a small investment of time:RPlease read this manual carefully, then

return it to your vehicle where it will behandy for your reference.RPlease follow the recommendations

contained in this manual. They aredesigned to acquaint you with theoperation of your Mercedes-Benz.RPlease pay attention to the warnings and

cautions contained in this manual. They aredesigned to help improve the safety of thevehicle operator and occupants.

We extend our best wishes for many miles ofsafe, pleasurable driving.Mercedes-Benz USA, LLCA Daimler Company

2195848183 É2195848183=ËÍ


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 1


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 2

Index ....................................................... 4

Introduction ......................................... 19

At a glance ........................................... 25

Safety and security ............................. 35

Controls in detail ................................. 65

Operation ........................................... 175

Practical hints ................................... 223

Technical data ................................... 287

Contents 3


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 3

1, 2, 3 ...4-zone automatic climate control

see Climate control system

AABS (Antilock Brake System) ............. 58

Indicator lamp ................................ 252Messages in the multifunctiondisplay ................................... 229, 239

Accessory weight .............................. 205Accidents ........................................... 100

Air bags ........................................... 37Distance warning function ............. 137Emergency calls (Tele Aid) ............. 165NECK-PRO active front headrestraints ........................................ 50

Active Bi-Xenon headlampssee Headlamps

Adaptive Brake .................................... 59Additives

Engine oil ....................................... 298Gasoline ......................................... 299

Address change ................................... 20Advanced Tire PressureMonitoring System (AdvancedTPMS) ................................................. 190

Messages in the multifunctiondisplay ................................... 236, 250

Air bags ................................................ 37Emergency call upon deployment . . 165Front, driver and passenger ............. 40Front passenger front air bag offindicator lamp .......................... 41, 260Knee bag .......................................... 40Messages in the multifunctiondisplay ........................................... 230OCS (Occupant ClassificationSystem) ........................................... 41Safety guidelines ............................. 39Side impact ...................................... 41Window curtain ................................ 41

Air conditioning refrigerant andlubricant ............................................. 298Air distribution .................................. 149Air filter .............................................. 246

AIRMATIC DC (Dual Control) ADS (Adaptive Damping System) ... 137Introduction ................................... 137Messages in the multifunctiondisplay ........................................... 240Vehicle level control ...................... 138

Air pressuresee Tire inflation pressure

Air pressure (tires) ............................ 206Air pump (electric) ............................ 275Air recirculation mode ...................... 150Air volume .......................................... 149Alarm system

see Anti-theft systems Alignment bolt (vehicle toolkit) .............................................. 224, 274Alternator

Messages in the multifunctiondisplay ........................................... 245

Alternator (Technical data)see Vehicle specification

AMG menu ......................................... 113Anticorrosion/antifreeze .................. 301Antilock Brake System

see ABS Anti-theft systems ............................... 62

Anti-theft alarm system ................... 62Immobilizer ...................................... 62

Aquaplaningsee Hydroplaning

Armrest, front Storage compartment .................... 158

Armrest, rear Storage compartment .................... 159

Ashtrays ............................................. 162Aspect ratio (tires) ............................ 206Audio/DVD menu .............................. 116Auto-dimming rear view mirrors ........ 84Automatic central locking .......... 71, 123Automatic headlamp mode ................ 87Automatic interior lighting control .... 92Automatic locking when driving ...... 123Automatic shift program .................. 105Automatic transmission ................... 101

Automatic shift program ................ 105Gear range indicator ...................... 104Gear ranges ................................... 104

4 Index


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 4

Gear selector lever ........................ 102Kickdown ....................................... 104Kickdown (manual shift program) . . 108Manual shift program ..................... 107One-touch gearshifting .................. 105Program mode indicator ................ 105Program mode selector switch(automatic shift program) .............. 105Program mode selector switch(manual shift program) .................. 107Shifting procedure ......................... 102Steering wheel gearshift control .... 106Transmission position indicator ..... 103Transmission positions .................. 103

AUX socket ........................................ 158Axle oils .............................................. 297

BBackrest

see Seats Backup lamps


Bar (air pressure unit) ....................... 206BAS (Brake Assist System) ................. 59Batteries, SmartKey

Checking condition .......................... 69Replacing ....................................... 264

Battery, Vehicle ................................. 278Charging ........................................ 279Jump starting ................................. 280Messages in the multifunctiondisplay ........................................... 245

Bead (tire) .......................................... 206Beverage holders

see Cup holders Brake Assist System

see BAS Brake fluid

Checking level ............................... 182Messages in the multifunctiondisplay ........................................... 239

Brake lamps Cleaning lenses ............................. 219

Brake pads Messages in the multifunctiondisplay ........................................... 238

Brakes ................................................ 210High-performance brake system .... 212Parking brake ................................ 100Warning lamp ................................. 252

Break-in period .................................. 176Bulbs

see Replacing bulbs

CCAC (Customer Assistance Center) ... 22California retail buyers andlessees, important notice for ............. 20Calls (phone) ...................................... 125Can holders

see Cup holders Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants .................................. 296Carpets, cleaning .............................. 221Center console ..................................... 31Central locking

Automatic ................................ 71, 123KEYLESS-GO .................................... 67Locking/unlocking from inside ........ 71SmartKey ......................................... 66

Central locking/unlocking switch ..... 71Certification label .............................. 288Children in the vehicle

Air bags ........................................... 37Child safety locks (rear doors) ......... 56Child seat anchors – LATCH-type(ISOFIX) ........................................... 55Indicator lamp, front passengerfront air bag off ................................ 41Infant and child restraint systems .... 53ISOFIX (Child seat anchors –LATCH-type) ..................................... 55OCS (Occupant ClassificationSystem) ........................................... 41Override switch ................................ 56Safety notes ..................................... 52Tether anchorage points .................. 54Top tether ........................................ 54

Child safetysee Children in the vehicle

Child seat anchors – LATCH-type(ISOFIX)

see Children in the vehicle

Index 5


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 5

Chrome-plated exhaust tip,cleaning .............................................. 221Cigarette lighter ................................ 163Climate control system

4-zone automatic climate control . . 143Air conditioning ............................. 146Air conditioning refrigerant ............ 298Air distribution ............................... 149Air recirculation mode ................... 150Air volume ..................................... 149Automatic mode ............................ 146Deactivating system ...................... 145Front defroster .............................. 149Maximum cooling MAX COOL ........ 150Residual heat and ventilation ......... 151Temperature .................................. 147

Clock ..................................................... 28Cockpit ................................................. 27Cold tire inflation pressure .............. 206Collapsible tire (spare wheel) .......... 296Collapsible wheel chock ................... 225COMAND system

see separate COMAND systemoperating instructions

Combination switch ............................ 89Control system .................................. 110

Multifunction display ..................... 111Multifunction steering wheel ......... 110Resetting to factory settings .......... 118

Control system menus ...................... 112AMG ............................................... 113Audio/DVD .................................... 116Distronic ........................................ 117Navigation ..................................... 117Settings ......................................... 118Standard display ............................ 112Telephone ...................................... 125Trip computer ................................ 124Vehicle status message memory . . . 117

Control system submenus Convenience .................................. 124Instrument cluster ......................... 119Lighting .......................................... 121Vehicle ........................................... 123

Convenience submenu Easy-entry/exit feature .................. 124

Coolant Anticorrosion/antifreeze ............... 301Capacities ...................................... 297Checking level ............................... 180Messages in the multifunctiondisplay ........................................... 243Warning lamp ................................. 257

Corner-illuminating front foglamps .................................................... 91Cruise control .................................... 127

Activating ....................................... 128Canceling ....................................... 128Changing the set speed ................. 129Last stored speed .......................... 129Lever .............................................. 128Messages in the multifunctiondisplay ........................................... 233Resume function ............................ 129Setting current speed .................... 128

Cup holders ........................................ 160Curb weight ....................................... 206Customer Assistance Center (CAC) ... 22Customer Relations Department ....... 22

DDashboard

see Instrument cluster Data recording ..................................... 22Daytime running lamp mode .............. 88

Switching on or off ......................... 121Deep water

see Standing water Defogging (windshield) ..................... 150Defroster

Front (Climate control system) ...... 149Rear window .................................. 151

Delayed shut-off Exterior lamps ................................ 122Interior lighting .............................. 123

Department of Transportationsee DOT

Difficulties While driving .................................... 99With starting .................................... 98

Digital speedometer ......................... 113Dimensions (vehicle)

see Vehicle specification

6 Index


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 6

Direction of rotation (tires) .............. 197Displays

Digital speedometer ...................... 113Distronic ........................................ 131Maintenance service indicator ....... 214Messages in the multifunctiondisplay ........................................... 228Multifunction display ..................... 111Outside temperature ............. 113, 120Symbol messages .......................... 238Text messages ............................... 229Trip computer ................................ 124Vehicle status message memory . . . 117Vehicle system settings ................. 118

Distronic ............................................ 129Cleaning system sensor cover ....... 219Control system .............................. 117Distance warning function ............. 137Distance warning lamp .......... 131, 256Driving with .................................... 135Menu ............................................. 132Messages in the multifunctiondisplay ........................................... 233Resume function ............................ 134Sensor cover .................................. 219

Door control panel .............................. 32Door handles ........................................ 32Doors

Child safety locks ............................ 56Locking/unlocking (KEYLESS-GO) ... 67Locking/unlocking (SmartKey) ........ 66Messages in the multifunctiondisplay ........................................... 241Opening from inside ......................... 70Remote door unlock (Tele Aid) ....... 168Unlocking (Mechanical key) ........... 261

DOT (Department ofTransportation) .................................. 206Drinking and driving ......................... 210Driving

Abroad ........................................... 213Hydroplaning ................................. 212Instructions ............................. 97, 210In winter ........................................ 209Problems ......................................... 99Safety systems ................................ 57Systems ......................................... 127

Through standing water ................. 213With Distronic ................................ 135

Driving and parking Safety notes ..................................... 96

Driving off .................................... 98, 212Driving safety systems ....................... 57

ABS .................................................. 58Adaptive Brake ................................ 59BAS .................................................. 59EBP .................................................. 59ESP® ................................................ 59ETS .................................................. 60

Driving systems AIRMATIC DC (Dual Control) .......... 137Cruise control ................................ 127Distronic ........................................ 129Parktronic system .......................... 139

Driving tips, automatictransmission ...................................... 104

EEasy-entry/exit feature .............. 83, 124EBP (Electronic BrakeProportioning) ...................................... 59Electrical system

Improper work on ormodifications ................................... 21Power outlets ................................. 163

Electrical system (Technical data)see Vehicle specification

Electronic Stability Programsee ESP®

Emergency, in case of First aid kit ..................................... 224Flat tire .......................................... 271Hazard warning flasher .................... 90Roadside Assistance ................ 20, 166Towing the vehicle ......................... 281

Emergency calls Tele Aid .......................................... 165

Emergency operations Remote door unlock (Tele Aid) ....... 168Trunk lid, emergency release ........... 74

Emergency Tensioning Devicesee ETD

Index 7


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 7

Emission control ............................... 213Information label ............................ 289System warranties ........................... 19

Engine Break-in recommendations ............ 176Cleaning ......................................... 217Compartment ................................ 178Malfunction indicatorlamp ........................................ 28, 257Messages in the multifunctiondisplay ........................................... 243Number .......................................... 289Starting ............................................ 97Turning off ..................................... 101

Engine (Technical data)see Vehicle specification

Engine coolantsee Coolant

Engine oil Adding ........................................... 180Additives ........................................ 298Checking level ............................... 179Consumption ................................. 179Messages in the multifunctiondisplay ........................................... 246Oil dipstick ..................................... 179Recommended engine oils and oilfilter ............................................... 298

ESP® (Electronic StabilityProgram) .............................................. 59

ETS .................................................. 60Messages in the multifunctiondisplay ................................... 229, 239Warning lamp ................................. 255

ETD (Emergency TensioningDevice) ................................................. 49

Safety guidelines ............................. 39ETS (Electronic Traction System) ....... 60Express operation

Power windows ................................ 94Tilt/sliding sunroof ........................ 152

Exterior lamp switch ........................... 87Exterior rear view mirrors .................. 84

Parking position ............................... 85Exterior view of vehicle ...................... 26

FFastening the seat belts ..................... 47First aid kit ......................................... 224Flat tire ............................................... 271

Lowering the vehicle ...................... 276Mounting the spare wheel ............. 272Preparing the vehicle ..................... 271Spare wheel ........................... 271, 296

Floormats ........................................... 173Fluids

Automatic transmission fluid ......... 297Brake fluid ..................................... 297Capacities ...................................... 296Engine coolant ............................... 297Engine oil ....................................... 297Power steering fluid ....................... 297Washer and headlamp cleaningsystem ........................................... 297

Fog lamps ............................................. 89Messages in the multifunctiondisplay ................................... 247, 249

Front air bagssee Air bags

Front lampssee Headlamps

Front passenger front air bag ............ 40Messages in the multifunctiondisplay ........................................... 230

Front passenger front air bag offindicator lamp ............................. 41, 260Fuel ..................................................... 176

Additives ........................................ 299Capacity, fuel tank ......................... 297Drive sensibly–safe fuel ................. 210Fuel consumption statistics ........... 125Fuel filler flap and cap ................... 177Fuel tank reserve warninglamp ........................................ 29, 256Premium unleaded gasoline ........... 299Refueling ........................................ 176Requirements ................................ 299

Fuel filler flap ..................................... 177Opening manually .......................... 263

Fuels, coolants, lubricants etc. ........ 296

8 Index


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 8

Fuel tank Capacity ........................................ 297Fuel filler flap and cap ................... 177Refueling ........................................ 176

Fuses .................................................. 284

GGarage door opener .................... 33, 169Gasoline

see Fuel GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) ... 206Gear range ......................................... 104

Indicator ........................................ 104Limiting .......................................... 106Shifting into optimal ...................... 106

Gear selector lever ............................ 102Cleaning ......................................... 220Gearshift pattern ........................... 102Lock ......................................... 97, 102Messages in the multifunctiondisplay ........................................... 235Shifting procedure ......................... 102Transmission position indicator ..... 103Transmission positions .................. 103

Generatorsee Alternator

Global locking/unlockingsee Key, SmartKey

Glove box ........................................... 158Gross Axle Weight Rating

see GAWR Gross Vehicle Weight

see GVW Gross Vehicle Weight Rating

see GVWR GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) ............ 206GVWR (Gross Vehicle WeightRating) ................................................ 206

HHalogen headlamps

see Headlamps Hard plastic trim items, cleaning .... 220Hazard warning flasher ....................... 90Headlamp cleaning system ................ 90

Headlamps Active Bi-Xenon headlamps ............. 86Automatic headlamp mode .............. 87Bi-Xenon .................................. 86, 267Cleaning lenses ............................. 219Cleaning system .............................. 90Daytime running lamp mode ............ 88Delayed shut-off ............................ 122Halogen ......................................... 267High-beam flasher ............................ 90High-beam headlamps ..................... 90Low-beam headlamps ...................... 87Messages in the multifunctiondisplay ........................................... 247Replacing bulbs ............................. 266Switch .............................................. 87

Headliner and shelf below rearwindow, cleaning and care of .......... 221Head restraints .................................... 77

Adjustment ................................ 77, 79Comfort head restraint .................... 79Folding back .................................... 80NECK-PRO active front headrestraints ......................................... 50Rear seat head restraints ................. 80

Heated steering wheel ........................ 83Height adjustment

Seat belt outlet ................................ 48Seats ............................................... 77Vehicle level control ...................... 138

High-beam flasher ............................... 90High-beam headlamps ................ 90, 267

Indicator lamp .................................. 28Replacing bulbs ............................. 267

High-performance brake system ..... 212Hood ................................................... 178


Horn ...................................................... 27HVAC

see Climate control system Hydroplaning ..................................... 212

IIdentification labels .......................... 288Identification number, vehicle(VIN) ................................................... 289

Index 9


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 9

Ignition ........................................... 76, 97Immobilizer .......................................... 62Indicator lamps

see Lamps, indicator and warning Infant and child restraint systems

see Children in the vehicle Inflation pressure

see Tires, Inflation pressure Inside door handle .............................. 70Instrument cluster ...................... 28, 108

Illumination .................................... 109Lamps ............................................ 251Multifunction display ..................... 111

Instrument lightingsee Instrument cluster, Illumination

Instrument panelsee Instrument cluster

Instruments and controlssee Cockpit

Interior lighting Delayed shut-off ............................ 123Front ................................................ 91Front reading lamps ......................... 92Rear ........................................... 91, 92Rear reading lamps .......................... 92

Interior rear view mirror ..................... 84Auto-dimming rear view mirrors ....... 84

Interior storage spacessee Storage compartments

Intermittent wiping ............................. 93Rain sensor ...................................... 93

ISOFIX (Child seat anchors –LATCH-type)

see Children in the vehicle

JJack ..................................................... 225Jump starting ..................................... 280

KKey, Mechanical

Loss of ............................................. 70Replacing ......................................... 70

Unlocking/locking manually .......... 261Valet locking .................................... 75

Key, SmartKey Battery check lamp .......................... 69Checking batteries ........................... 69Factory setting ........................... 67, 69Global locking (KEYLESS-GO) .................................................. 69Global locking (SmartKey) ................ 67Global unlocking (KEYLESS-GO) .................................................. 69Global unlocking(SmartKey) ....................................... 67Important notes on KEYLESS-GO ..... 68Locking/unlocking ........................... 66Loss of ............................................. 70Messages in the multifunctiondisplay ........................................... 241Opening, trunk ................................. 72Opening and closing the powertilt/sliding sunroof ........................... 96Opening and closing the windows .... 96Remote control ................................ 66Replacing ......................................... 70Replacing batteries ........................ 264Restoring to factory setting ....... 67, 69Selective setting ........................ 67, 69Starter switch positions ................... 76

KEYLESS-GO Starter switch positions ................... 76

Kickdown ........................................... 104Kickdown (manual shift program) ... 108Kilopascal (air pressure unit) ........... 206Knee bag .............................................. 40

LLabels

Certification ................................... 288Emission control information ......... 289Tire and Loading Informationplacard ........................................... 193Tire inflation pressure .................... 185

Lamps, exterior Exterior lamp switch ........................ 87Front .............................................. 267

10 Index


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 10

Messages in the multifunctiondisplay ........................................... 247Switching on/off .............................. 87

Lamps, indicator and warning ABS .......................................... 28, 252Brakes ........................................... 252Coolant .......................................... 257Distance warninglamp .............................. 131, 137, 256Engine malfunction .................. 28, 257ESP® ........................................ 28, 255Fog lamps ........................................ 89Front passenger front air bagoff ...................................... 31, 41, 260Fuel tank reserve ..................... 29, 256High-beam headlamps ............... 28, 90Instrument cluster ......................... 251Low-beam headlamps ................ 28, 87Low tire pressure/TPMSmalfunction telltale ........................ 259Seat belt telltale ................ 28, 48, 253SRS .......................................... 36, 254Turn signals ..................................... 28

Language, selecting .......................... 120LATCH-type child seat anchors (ISOFIX)

see Children in the vehicle License plate lamps

Messages in the multifunctiondisplay ........................................... 248Replacing bulbs ............................. 267

Light alloy wheels, cleaning ............. 220Lighter

see Cigarette lighter Lighting ................................................ 86

Daytime running lamp mode ............ 88Exterior ............................................ 87Interior ............................................. 91

Limp-home mode .............................. 108Load index (tires) ...................... 202, 206Loading

see Vehicle loading Locator lighting ................................. 121Lock button

Outside door handle (KEYLESS-GO) .................................................. 69

Locking the vehicle KEYLESS-GO .................................... 67Manually ........................................ 262SmartKey ......................................... 66

Loss of Key .................................................. 70Service and Warranty Informationbooklet .......................................... 288

Low-beam headlamps ......................... 87Exterior lamp switch ........................ 87Indicator lamp .................................. 28Replacing bulbs ............................. 267Switching on .................................... 87

Lubricants .......................................... 296Luggage box ...................................... 227Lumbar support ................................... 79

MMaintenance ........................................ 20Maintenance System

Service indicator display ................ 215Service indicator message ............. 214Service term exceeded .................. 215

Manual headlamp mode (Low-beam headlamps) ................................ 87Manual shift program ....................... 107Maximum engine speed

see Vehicle specification Maximum loaded vehicle weight ..... 206Maximum load rating (tires) ............. 206Maximum permissible tireinflation pressure .............................. 207Mechanical key

see Key, Mechanical Media interface ................................. 158Memory function ................................. 85Menus

see Control system menus Minispare wheel

see Spare wheel Mirrors .................................................. 84

Auto-dimming rear view mirrors ....... 84Exterior rear view mirror parkingposition ............................................ 85Exterior rear view mirrors ................ 84Interior rear view mirror ................... 84

Index 11


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 11

Memory function .............................. 85Vanity mirror .................................. 162

MOExtended system ......................... 277MOExtended tires ..................... 277, 292MON (Motor Octane Number) .......... 299Motor Octane Number

see MON Multicontour seat ................................ 80Multifunction display ........................ 111

Symbol messages .......................... 238Text messages ............................... 229Vehicle status messages ............... 228

Multifunction display messages ABS ....................................... 229, 239Active headlamps .......................... 247Advanced TPMS ..................... 236, 250Air bags ......................................... 230Air filter .......................................... 246AIRMATIC DC (Dual Control) .......... 240Alternator ...................................... 245Automatic transmission ................. 235Battery ........................................... 245Brake fluid ..................................... 239Brake pads ..................................... 238Check engine ................................. 243Coolant .......................................... 243Corner-illuminating front foglamps ............................................. 249Cruise control ................................ 233Distronic ........................................ 233Doors ............................................. 241EBP ................................................ 239Engine oil ....................................... 246Engine service ............................... 243ESP® ...................................... 229, 239Fog lamps .............................. 247, 249Front passenger front air bag ........ 230Gas cap .......................................... 246Gear selector lever ........................ 235High-beam lamps ........................... 248Hood .............................................. 241License plate lamps ....................... 248Light sensor ................................... 248Low-beam lamps ............................ 249Parking brake ................................ 239Parking lamps ................................ 248PRE-SAFE® .................................... 229

Reserve fuel ................................... 246Reverse lamp ................................. 247Side marker lamps ......................... 248SmartKey ....................................... 241SmartKey with KEYLESS-GO .......... 241SRS ................................................ 240Tail lamps ...................................... 249Tele Aid .......................................... 240Tire inflation pressure ............ 235, 250Tire pressure monitor .................... 236Tires ...................................... 235, 250TPMS ..................................... 236, 250Trunk ............................................. 241Turn signals ................................... 250Washer fluid ................................... 242

Multifunction steering wheel Adjustment ...................................... 82Buttons .......................................... 110Cleaning ......................................... 220Easy-entry/exit feature ........... 83, 124Gearshift control ............................ 106Heating ............................................ 83Memory function .............................. 85Overview .......................................... 29

NNavigation menu ............................... 117Navigation system

see Separate operating instructions NECK-PRO active front headrestraints ............................................. 50

Resetting ....................................... 264Net, parcel ......................................... 157Night security illumination .............. 122Normal occupant weight .................. 207Number, vehicle identification(VIN) ................................................... 289

OOccupant Classification System

see OCS (Occupant ClassificationSystem)

Occupant distribution ....................... 207Occupant safety

Air bags ........................................... 37Children and air bags ....................... 37

12 Index


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 12

Children in the vehicle ..................... 52Child seat anchors – LATCH-type(ISOFIX) ........................................... 55Fastening the seat belts ................... 47Front passenger front air bag offindicator lamp .......................... 41, 260Infant and child restraint systems .... 53Introduction ..................................... 36ISOFIX (Child seat anchors –LATCH-type) ..................................... 55OCS (Occupant ClassificationSystem) ........................................... 41PRE-SAFE® ....................................... 49Seat belts .................................. 39, 45

OCS (Occupant ClassificationSystem) ................................................ 41

Self-test ........................................... 45Odometer ........................................... 111Oil, oil level

see Engine oil On-board computer

see Control system One-touch gearshifting ..................... 105Operating safety .................................. 21Ornamental moldings, cleaning ....... 218Outside temperature

see Displays Overhead control panel ...................... 33

PPaintwork, cleaning .......................... 217Paintwork code ................................. 289Panic alarm .......................................... 57Parcel net ........................................... 157Parking ............................................... 100

Parktronic system .......................... 139Parking and standing lamp

Replacing bulbs ............................. 267Parking brake .................................... 100


Parking position Exterior rear view mirrors ................ 85Transmission position .................... 103

Parktronic system Cleaning system sensors ............... 219Malfunction .................................... 142

Minimum distance ......................... 141Sensor range ................................. 140Switching on/off ........................... 141System sensors ............................. 140Warning indicators ................... 27, 141

Parts service ...................................... 288PASS AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp

see Front passenger front air bagoff indicator lamp

Passenger safetysee Occupant safety

Pedals ................................................. 210Phone

see Telephone Plastic parts, cleaning ...................... 220Power assistance .............................. 210Power outlets .................................... 163Power seats

see Seats Power tilt/sliding sunroof

Operation ....................................... 152Synchronizing ................................ 154

Power washer .................................... 217Power windows ................................... 94

Cleaning ......................................... 219Operation ......................................... 94Rear door window, overrideswitch .............................................. 56Synchronizing .................................. 95

Practical hints ................................... 224PRE-SAFE® ............................................ 49


Problems While driving .................................... 99With vehicle ..................................... 22With wipers ...................................... 94

Product information ............................ 19Production options weight ............... 207Program mode selector switch

Automatic shift program ................ 105Manual shift program ..................... 107

Proximity keysee Key, SmartKey

PSI (air pressure unit) ....................... 207

Index 13


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 13

RRACETIMER ........................................ 114Radio

Selecting stations .......................... 116Radio transmitters ............................ 213Rain sensor

see Intermittent wiping Rear axle oil ....................................... 297Rear door ashtray

see Ashtrays Rear doors

Child safety locks ............................ 56Rear door window

Override switch ................................ 56Rear fog lamp

see Fog lamps Rear lamps

see Tail lamps Rear seat head restraints

see Head restraints Rear window defroster ..................... 151Recommended tire inflationpressure ..................................... 183, 207Refrigerant, air conditioning ............ 298Refueling ............................................ 176Regular checks .................................. 177Reminder, Seat belt

see Seat belts, Telltale Remote control

see Key, SmartKey Remote door unlock (Tele Aid) ......... 168Replacing

Key .................................................. 70Replacing bulbs ................................. 266Reporting safety defects .................... 22Research Octane Number

see RON Reserve fuel


Reset button ................................ 29, 109Reset tool (NECK-PRO active fronthead restraints) ................................. 264Restraint systems

see Occupant safety Retaining hook .................................. 157Rims ........................................... 207, 291

Roadside Assistance ................... 20, 166RON (Research Octane Number) ..... 299Roof rack ............................................ 155Rubber parts, cleaning ...................... 220Run-flat tires

see MOExtended tires

SSafety

Driving safety systems ..................... 57Occupant safety ............................... 36Reporting defects ............................ 22

Safety beltssee Seat belts

Seat belt force limiter ......................... 49Seat belts ............................................. 45

Automatic comfort-fit feature .......... 49Children in the vehicle ..................... 52Cleaning ......................................... 221Fastening ......................................... 47Height adjustment ........................... 48Proper use of ................................... 46Safety guidelines ............................. 39Safety notes ..................................... 45Telltale ..................................... 28, 253

Seat heating ......................................... 81Seating capacity ................................ 194Seats ..................................................... 77

Adjustment ...................................... 77Easy-entry/exit feature .................... 83Heating ............................................ 81Memory function .............................. 85Multicontour seat ............................ 80Ventilation ....................................... 81

Securing cargo Cargo tie-down hooks .................... 157

Selective settingsee Key, SmartKey

Selector leversee Gear selector lever

Self-test OCS (Occupant ClassificationSystem) ........................................... 45Tele Aid .......................................... 165

Servicesee Maintenance

Service, parts .................................... 288

14 Index


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 14

Service and warranty information ..... 19Service intervals

see Maintenance System, Serviceindicator message

Service life (tires) .............................. 198Settings

Factory setting (KEYLESS-GO) ......... 69Factory setting (SmartKey) .............. 67Memory function .............................. 85Menu ............................................. 118Selective setting (KEYLESS-GO) ....... 69Selective setting (SmartKey) ............ 67

Shelf below rear window, cleaning .. 221Side impact air bags ........................... 41Side marker lamps

Cleaning lenses ............................. 219Messages in the multifunctiondisplay ........................................... 248

Sidewall (tires) .................................. 207Ski bag ............................................... 155SmartKey

see Key, SmartKey SmartKey with KEYLESS-GO

see Key, SmartKey Snow chains ...................................... 208Snow tires

see Winter tires Spare wheel ....................................... 291

Mounting ....................................... 272Storage location ............................ 226

Speedometer ............................... 28, 131Speed settings

Cruise control ................................ 128Distronic ........................................ 133Resume function ................... 129, 134

SRS Indicator lamp .................................. 28

SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) Indicator lamp ......................... 36, 254Messages in the multifunctiondisplay ........................................... 240

Standing water, driving through ...... 213Starter switch positions

KEYLESS-GO .................................... 76SmartKey ......................................... 76

Starting difficulties (engine) .............. 98Starting the engine ............................. 97

Steering columnsee Multifunction steering wheel,Adjustment

Steering wheelsee Multifunction steering wheel

Steering wheel gearshift control ..... 106Stolen Vehicle Recovery Services . . . 169Storage compartments ..................... 158Storing tires ....................................... 199Sunroof

see Power tilt/sliding sunroof Sunshade

Rear window .................................. 162Sun visors .................................. 161, 162Suspension tuning

see AIRMATIC DC (Dual Control)

TTachometer .................................. 28, 110

Overspeed range ........................... 110Tail lamps

Cleaning lenses ............................. 219Messages in the multifunctiondisplay ........................................... 249

Tar stains ........................................... 217Technical data

Air conditioning refrigerant ............ 298Brake fluid ..................................... 298Capacities fuels, coolants,lubricants etc. ................................ 296Coolant .......................................... 300Engine oil additives ........................ 298Engine oils ..................................... 298Fuel requirements .......................... 299Gasoline additives .......................... 299Identification labels ....................... 288Premium unleaded gasoline ........... 299Rims and tires ................................ 291Spare wheel ................................... 296Vehicle specification CLS 550 ....... 290Vehicle specification CLS 63 AMG . 290Washer and headlamp cleaningsystem ................................... 297, 302

Technical data (dimensions)see Vehicle specification

Technical data (electrical system)see Vehicle specification

Index 15


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 15

Technical data (engine)see Vehicle specification

Technical data (weights)see Vehicle specification

Tele Aid ............................................... 164Emergency calls ............................. 165Information button ......................... 167Initiating an emergency callmanually ........................................ 166Messages in the multifunctiondisplay ........................................... 240Remote door unlock ...................... 168Roadside Assistance button .......... 166Search & Send ............................... 168SOS button .................................... 166Stolen Vehicle Recovery Services . . 169System self-test ............................. 165

Telephone ............................................. 29Answering/ending a call ................ 126Hands-free microphone ................... 33Menu ............................................. 125Operation ....................................... 125Phone book .................................... 126Redialing ........................................ 127

Temperature Coolant .......................................... 109Interior temperature ...................... 147Outside .................................. 113, 120

Tether anchorage pointssee Children in the vehicle

Tie-down hooks ................................. 157Tightening torque

Wheels ........................................... 277TIN (Tire Identification Number) ...... 207Tire and Loading Informationplacard ............................................... 193Tire and loading terminology ........... 205Tire Identification Number

see TIN Tire inflation pressure

Checking ........................................ 185Important notes on ........................ 184Label on the inside of fuel fillerflap ................................................ 185Placard on driver’s door B-pillar ..... 193

Tire labeling ....................................... 201Tire load rating .................................. 206

Tire ply composition and materialused .................................................... 207Tire pressure loss warning system . 186Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS) ................................................ 188

Messages in the multifunctiondisplay ................................... 236, 250

Tires ........................................... 182, 291Advanced Tire PressureMonitoring System (AdvancedTPMS) ............................................ 190Air pressure ................................... 183Care and maintenance ................... 198Cleaning ......................................... 199Direction of rotation, spinning ....... 197Important notes on tire inflationpressure ........................................ 184Inflation pressure ........................... 185Information placard ....................... 193Inspection ...................................... 198Labeling ......................................... 201Load index ............................. 202, 206Load rating .................................... 206Messages in the multifunctiondisplay ................................... 235, 250MOExtended .................................. 292Ply composition and materialused ............................................... 207Problems under-/overinflation ...... 185Retreads ........................................ 182Rims and tires (technical data) ...... 291Rotation ......................................... 200Service life ..................................... 198Sizes .............................................. 291Snow chains .................................. 208Speed rating .......................... 203, 207Storing ........................................... 199Temperature .......................... 184, 200Terminology ................................... 205Tire Identification Number ............. 207Tire pressure loss warning system . 186Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS) ........................................... 188TPMS low tire pressure/malfunction telltale ........................ 259Traction ................................. 199, 207Tread ............................................. 207Tread depth ........................... 198, 208

16 Index


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 16

Treadwear ...................................... 199Treadwear indicators ............. 198, 208Vehicle maximum load on .............. 208Wear pattern .................................. 200Winter tires ............................ 208, 291

Tire speed rating ....................... 203, 207Top tether

see Children in the vehicle Total load limit ................................... 207Towing

Towing eye bolt .............................. 282Vehicle ........................................... 281

Towing eye bolt ................................. 282Traction ...................................... 199, 207Transmission

see Automatic transmission Transmission fluid level .................... 180Transmission gear selector lever

see Gear selector lever Transmission positions .................... 103Traveling abroad ............................... 213Tread (tires) ....................................... 207Tread depth (tires) .................... 198, 208Treadwear .......................................... 199Treadwear indicators (tires) . . . . 198, 208Trip computer menu ......................... 124Trip odometer, resetting ................... 110Trunk

Closing ............................................. 72Fuse box ........................................ 285Messages in the multifunctiondisplay ........................................... 241Opening ........................................... 72Opening/closing system .................. 73Tie-down hooks .............................. 157Trunk lid emergency release ............ 74Unlocking manually ....................... 262Valet locking .................................... 75

Turning off the engine ...................... 101Turn signals ......................................... 89

Cleaning lenses ............................. 219Indicator lamps ................................ 28Messages in the multifunctiondisplay ........................................... 250Replacing bulbs ............................. 267

UUniform Tire Quality GradingStandards .................................. 199, 208Units

Selecting speedometer displaymode ............................................. 120

Unleaded gasoline, premium ........... 299Unlocking the vehicle

KEYLESS-GO .................................... 67Manually ........................................ 261SmartKey ......................................... 66

Upholstery, cleaning ......................... 221Useful features .................................. 160

VValet locking ........................................ 75Vehicle

Battery ........................................... 278Care ............................................... 215Control system .............................. 110Identification Number (VIN) ........... 288Locking/unlocking ........................... 66Lowering (wheel change) ............... 276Modifications and alterations,Operating safety .............................. 21Towing ........................................... 281Unlocking/locking manually .......... 261

Vehicle dimensionssee Vehicle specification

Vehicle Identification Number(VIN) ................................................... 288Vehicle jack

see Jack Vehicle level control

see AIRMATIC DC (Dual Control) Vehicle lighting .................................... 86Vehicle loading

Instructions .................................... 154Load limit ....................................... 194Roof rack ....................................... 155Ski bag ........................................... 155Terminology ................................... 205

Vehicle maximum load on the tire ... 208Vehicle specification

CLS 550 ......................................... 290CLS 63 AMG .................................. 290

Index 17


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 17

Vehicle status message memory . . . . 117Vehicle tool kit .................................. 224Vehicle washing

see Vehicle care Vehicle weights

see Vehicle specification

WWarning lamps

see Lamps, Indicator and warning Warning sounds

Distance warning function ............. 137Distronic ........................................ 131Driver’s or passenger’s seat belt ..... 48Parking brake ................................ 239Parktronic system .......................... 142Seat belt telltale ............................ 253

Warranty coverage ............................ 288Washer and headlamp cleaningsystem ................................................ 302Washer fluid

Messages in the multifunctiondisplay ........................................... 242Mixing ratio .................................... 302Refilling .......................................... 181

Washing the vehicle .......................... 215Wear pattern (tires) .......................... 200Weights (vehicle)

see Vehicle specification Wheel

Changing ....................................... 271Removing ....................................... 274Spare ............................................. 271Tightening torque ........................... 277

Wheels, sizes ..................................... 291Wheels, Tires and .............................. 182Window curtain air bags ..................... 41Windows

see Power windows Windows, cleaning ............................ 219Windshield

Cleaning wiper blades .................... 219Defogging ...................................... 150Washer fluid ................................... 302Wipers ............................................. 92

Windshield wipers Replacing wiper blades .................. 270

Winter driving Instructions .................................... 209Snow chains .................................. 208Tires ............................................... 208

Winter tires ................................ 208, 291Wood trims, cleaning ........................ 221

18 Index


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 18

Product Information

Please observe the following in your own bestinterest:We recommend using Genuine Mercedes-Benz Parts as well as conversion parts andaccessories explicitly approved by us for yourvehicle model.We have tested these parts to determine theirreliability, safety and special suitability forMercedes-Benz vehicles.We are unable to make an assessment forother products and therefore cannot be heldresponsible for them, even if in individualcases an official approval or authorization bygovernmental or other agencies should exist.Use of such parts and accessories couldadversely affect the safety, performance orreliability of your vehicle. Please do not usethem.Genuine Mercedes-Benz Parts and pre-approved conversion parts and accessoriesare available at any authorized Mercedes-Benz Center. In addition, you will receivecomprehensive information on permissibletechnical modifications and expertinstallations.

Operator’s Manual

NotesThis Operator’s Manual contains a great dealof useful information. We urge you to read itcarefully and familiarize yourself with thevehicle before driving.For your own safety and longer service life ofthe vehicle, we urge you to follow theinstructions and warnings contained in thisOperator’s Manual. Ignoring them couldresult in damage to the vehicle or personalinjury to you or others. Vehicle damagecaused by failure to follow instructions is notcovered by the Mercedes-Benz LimitedWarranty.

We continuously strive to improve ourproduct and ask for your understanding thatwe reserve the right to make changes indesign and equipment. Therefore,information, illustrations, and descriptions inthis Operator’s Manual might differ from yourvehicle.

Vehicle equipmentYour vehicle may have some or all of theequipment described in this manual.Therefore, you may find explanations foroptional equipment not installed in yourvehicle. If you have any questions aboutoperating particular equipment, anyauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center will be gladto demonstrate the proper procedures.Optional equipment is also described in thismanual, including operating instructionswherever necessary. Since they are special-order items, the descriptions and illustrationsherein may vary slightly from the actualequipment of your vehicle.If there are any equipment details that are notshown or described in this Operator’sManual, any authorized Mercedes-BenzCenter will be glad to inform you of correctcare and operating procedures. TheOperator’s Manual and Maintenance Bookletare important documents and should be keptwith the vehicle.

Service and warranty informationThe Service and Warranty Informationbooklet contains detailed information aboutthe warranties covering your Mercedes-Benz,including:RNew Vehicle Limited WarrantyREmission System WarrantyREmission Performance WarrantyRCalifornia, Connecticut, Maine,

Massachusetts, New York, Pennsylvania,

Introduction 19


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 19

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=921eb99c7802bf95351f15155f51df53&version=6&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=7d5ff3a767e2a412351f190e36a00ae6&version=4&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=69f6b87e67ed03c9351f190e23e80abd&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=f333bdd37807d072351f1515742c1f9a&version=6&language=en&variant=US

Rhode Island, and Vermont EmissionControl System WarrantyRState Warranty Enforcement Laws (Lemon

Laws)

Important notice for California retail buyers and lessees of Mercedes-Benz automobiles

Under California law you may be entitled to areplacement of your vehicle or a refund of thepurchase price or lease price, if after areasonable number of repair attemptsMercedes-Benz USA, LLC and/or itsauthorized repair or service facilities fail to fixone or more substantial defects ormalfunctions in the vehicle that are coveredby its express warranty. During the period of18 months from original delivery of thevehicle or the accumulation of 18 000 miles(approximately 29 000 km) on the odometerof the vehicle, whichever occurs first, areasonable number of repair attempts ispresumed for a retail buyer or lessee if one ormore of the following occurs:(1) the same substantial defect or

malfunction results in a condition that islikely to cause death or serious bodilyinjury if the vehicle is driven, that defector malfunction has been subject to repairtwo or more times, and you have directlynotified Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC inwriting of the need for its repair,

(2) the same substantial defect ormalfunction of a less serious nature thancategory (1) has been subject to repairfour or more times and you have directlynotified us in writing of the need for itsrepair, or

(3) the vehicle is out of service by reason ofrepair of the same or different substantialdefects or malfunctions for a cumulativetotal of more than 30 calendar days.

Written notification should not be sent to adealer, it should be addressed to

Mercedes-Benz USA, LLCCustomer Assistance CenterOne Mercedes DriveMontvale, NJ 07645-0350

MaintenanceThe Maintenance Booklet describes all thenecessary maintenance work which shouldbe performed at regular intervals.Always have the Maintenance Booklet withyou when you take the vehicle to anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center forservice. The service advisor will record eachservice in the booklet for you.

Roadside AssistanceThe Mercedes-Benz Roadside AssistanceProgram provides factory-trained technicalhelp in the event of a breakdown. Calls to thetoll-free Roadside Assistance number1-800-FOR-MERCedes (1-800-367-6372) (in the USA) 1-800-387-0100 (in Canada)will be answered by Mercedes-BenzCustomer Assistance Representatives24 hours a day, 365 days a year.For additional information refer to theMercedes-Benz Roadside AssistanceProgram brochure (in the USA) or theRoadside Assistance section of the Serviceand Warranty Information Booklet (inCanada) in your vehicle literature portfolio.

Change of address or ownershipIf you change your address, be sure to sendin the “Change of Address Notice” found inthe Service and Warranty InformationBooklet, or simply call the Mercedes-BenzCustomer Assistance Center (in the USA) at1-800-FOR-MERCedes (1-800-367-6372), orCustomer Service (in Canada) at1-800-387-0100. This will assist us in

20 Introduction


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 20

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=eff316b478090b2b351f151557da9c17&version=6&language=en&variant=US



https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=b06ea8f6780a9e5e351f15157d62dece&version=5&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=5a98a300781835fd351f15157d739ff0&version=7&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=29c5f215781b9061351f15151ba6df32&version=6&language=en&variant=US

contacting you in a timely manner should theneed arise.If you sell your Mercedes, please leave allliterature with the vehicle to make it availableto the next operator.If you bought this vehicle used, be sure tosend in the “Notice of Purchase of Used Car”found in the Service and WarrantyInformation Booklet, or call the Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Center (in theUSA) at 1-800-FOR-MERCedes, or CustomerService (in Canada) at 1-800-387-0100.

Operating your vehicle outside the USA or Canada

If you plan to operate your vehicle in foreigncountries, please be aware that:RService facilities or replacement parts may

not be readily available.RUnleaded gasoline for vehicles with

catalytic converters may not be available;the use of leaded fuels will damage thecatalysts.RGasoline may have a considerably lower

octane rating, and improper fuel can causeengine damage.

Certain Mercedes-Benz models are availablefor delivery in Europe under our EuropeanDelivery Program. For details, consult anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center or write to:In the USA:Mercedes-Benz USA, LLCEuropean Delivery DepartmentOne Mercedes DriveMontvale, NJ 07645-0350In Canada:Mercedes-Benz Canada, Inc.European Delivery Department98 Vanderhoof AvenueToronto, Ontario M4G 4C9

Operating safety

G Warning!Work improperly carried out on electroniccomponents and associated software couldcause them to cease functioning. Because thevehicle’s electronic components areinterconnected, any modifications made mayproduce an undesired effect on othersystems. Electronic malfunctions couldseriously impair the operating safety of yourvehicle.Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Centerfor repairs or modifications to electroniccomponents.Other improper work or modifications on thevehicle could also have a negative impact onthe operating safety of the vehicle.Some safety systems only function while theengine is running. You should therefore neverturn off the engine while driving.

G Warning!Heavy blows against the vehicle underbody ortires/wheels may cause serious damage andimpair the operating safety of your vehicle.Such blows can be caused, for example, byrunning over an obstacle, road debris or apothole. If you feel a sudden significantvibration or ride disturbance, or you suspectthat damage to your vehicle as occurred:Rturn on your hazard warning flashersRslow down carefullyRdrive with caution to an area which is a safe

distance from the road

Inspect the vehicle underbody and tires/wheels for possible damage. If the vehicleappears unsafe, have it towed to the nearestauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center or otherqualified maintenance or repair facility forfurther inspection or repairs.

Introduction 21


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 21

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=d751205c781cb8be351f1515237a1fb8&version=5&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=d751205c781cb8be351f1515237a1fb8&version=5&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=0e0bb44c7822ad84351f15156fdadc00&version=10&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=e1791a07ac185bff351f15144e7a86c3&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=a7525229ac1adb27351f151410d34695&version=4&language=en&variant=US

Proper use of the vehicleProper use of the vehicle requires that you arefamiliar with the following information andrules:Rthe safety precautions in this manualRthe “Technical data” section in this manualRtraffic rules and regulationsRmotor vehicle laws and safety standards

G Warning!Various warning labels are attached to yourvehicle. These warning labels are intended tomake you and others aware of various risks.Do not remove any of these warning labelsunless explicitly instructed to do so byinformation on the label itself. Removingwarning labels may cause you and others tobe unaware of certain risks which may resultin an accident and/or personal injury.

Problems with your vehicle

If you should experience a problem with yourvehicle, particularly one that you believe mayaffect its safe operation, we urge you tocontact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Centerimmediately to have the problem diagnosedand corrected if required. If the matter is nothandled to your satisfaction, please discussthe problem with the Mercedes-Benz Centermanagement or, if necessary, contact us atone of the following addresses:In the USA:Customer Assistance CenterMercedes-Benz USA, LLCOne Mercedes DriveMontvale, NJ 07645-0350In Canada:Customer Relations DepartmentMercedes-Benz Canada, Inc.98 Vanderhoof AvenueToronto, Ontario M4G 4C9

Reporting safety defects

For the USA only:The following text is published as required ofmanufacturers under Title 49, Code of U.S.Federal Regulations, Part 575 pursuant to the“National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Actof 1966”.

Reporting safety defectsIf you believe that your vehicle has a defectwhich could cause a crash or could causeinjury or death, you should immediatelyinform the National Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) in addition tonotifying Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC.If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it mayopen an investigation, and if it finds that asafety defect exists in a group of vehicles, itmay order a recall and remedy campaign.However, NHTSA cannot become involved inindividual problems between you, yourdealer, or Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC.To contact NHTSA, you may call the VehicleSafety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go towww.safercar.gov; or write to:Administrator, NHTSA Headquarters,1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE, West Building,Washington, DC 20590.You can also obtain other information aboutmotor vehicle safety fromwww.safercar.gov.

Vehicle data recording

Information regarding electronic recording devices

(Including notice pursuant to California Code§ 9951)Please note that your vehicle is equipped withdevices that can record vehicle systems dataand, if equipped with the Tele Aid system, maytransmit some data in certain accidents.

22 Introduction


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 22

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=0ae73153ac1df1df351f151431ac06df&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=4c432d8a782543b9351f15156b019c33&version=8&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=cc0e2ffd78269898351f151558879f9f&version=6&language=en&variant=US

http://www.safercar.gov

http://www.safercar.gov

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=63144db37827fd37351f151506a59ffe&version=6&language=en&variant=US

This information helps, for example, todiagnose vehicle systems after a collision andto continuously improve vehicle safety.Daimler may access the information andshare it with othersRfor safety research or vehicle diagnosis

purposesRwith the consent of the vehicle owner or

lesseeRin response to an official request by law

enforcement or other government agencyRfor use in dispute resolution involving

Daimler, its affiliates or sales/serviceorganization and/orRas otherwise required or permitted by lawPlease check the Tele Aid subscriptionservice agreement for details regarding theinformation that may be recorded ortransmitted via that system.

Introduction 23


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 23

Z

24


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 24

Exterior view ....................................... 26Cockpit ................................................. 27Instrument cluster .............................. 28Multifunction steering wheel ............. 29Center console .................................... 31Door control panel .............................. 32Overhead control panel ...................... 33

25

At a

gla

nce


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 25

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=75b04227eb89f3da351f1914016d6000&version=1&language=--&variant=--

Exterior view

i This Operator’s Manual describes all features, standard or optional, potentially availablefor your vehicle at the time of purchase. Please be aware that your vehicle might not beequipped with all features described in this manual.

Function Page

: Trunk:Locking and unlocking 66Opening and closing 71,

72Valet locking 75

; Rear lamps 267

= Rear window defroster 151

? Fuel filler flap 176

A Doors:Locking and unlocking 66,

261

B Towing eyes 282

C Tires and wheels 182

Function PageRims and tires 291

D Front lamps 266

E Hood 178

F Wipers 92Wiper blades, replacing 270Wiper blades, cleaning 219

G Windshield:Wiping with washer fluid 92Cleaning 219

H Power tilt/sliding sunroof 152

I Exterior rear view mirrors 84

26 Exterior viewAt

a g

lanc

e


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 26

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=322e4fd588c74c7b351f190e742c06ad&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=7862df5ff1d4089f351f191465e93401&version=1&language=--&variant=--

Cockpit

Function Page

: Combination switch:Turn signals 89Wipers 92High beam 90

; Cruise control lever:Cruise control 127Distronic 133

= Steering wheel gearshiftcontrol 105

? Multifunction steeringwheel

29,110

A Instrument cluster 28,108

B Horn

C Lever for Voice ControlSystem1

D Front Parktronic warningindicator 139

Function Page

E Climate control panel 143

F Overhead control panel 33

G Glove box 158

H COMAND system1

I Center console 31

J Starter switch 76

K Steering wheel adjustmentstalk 82Heated steering wheel 83

L Parking brake pedal 100

M Parking brake release 100

N Exterior lamp switch 87

O Door control panel 32

P On-board diagnostics(OBD) socket

Q Hood lock release lever 178

1 See separate operating instructions.

Cockpit 27

At a

gla

nce


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 27

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=842fbbb288c7d115351f190e21af06eb&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=f43373b20aa05810351f190e3f784e7b&version=1&language=--&variant=--

Instrument cluster

Function Page

: # Left turn signalindicator lamp

; d ESP® warning lamp 255

= Speedometer

? Multifunction display 111

A · Distance warninglamp2 256

B ! Right turn signalindicator lamp

C Coolant temperatureindicator 109? Coolant temperaturewarning lamp 257

D Tachometer with: + SupplementalRestraint System (SRS)indicator lamp 254

Function Page! Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS) indicatorlamp 2527 Seat belt telltale 253K High-beam headlampindicator lamp 89L Low-beam headlampindicator lamp 87

E Main odometer with:Transmission positionindicator 103Program mode 105

F Clock with: $ Brake warning lamp,USA only 252J Brake warning lamp,Canada only 252= Engine malfunctionindicator lamp, USA only 257

2 Vehicles without Distronic: Warning lamp without function. It illuminates when the ignition is on. It shouldgo out when the engine is running.

28 Instrument clusterAt

a g

lanc

e


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 28

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=6412115188c8732d351f190e279b4197&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=e5a53df60aa8939f351f190e0ac48eae&version=1&language=--&variant=--

Function Page; Engine malfunctionindicator lamp, Canada only 257h Combination low tirepressure/TPMSmalfunction telltale, USAonly

188,259

h Low tire pressuretelltale, Canada only

190,259

G Fuel display with:6 Fuel tank reservewarning lamp 256

H Reset button for: Resetting trip odometer 110Adjusting instrumentcluster illumination 109

Multifunction steering wheel

Function Page

: Multifunction display 111

; Press button 6:to answer a call 125to dial3 125to redial3 125Press button ~:to end a call 125to reject an incoming call 125Press button W or X:to select submenus in theSettings menu 119to set valuesto operate the RACETIMER4 114to set the volume

= Press button V or Uto select next/previousmenu 110

3 Function only available in telephone menu.4 AMG vehicles only.

Multifunction steering wheel 29

At a

gla

nce


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 29

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=69fdd64488cc00d7351f190e4ba781da&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=7547b60b4bc5d7f0351f190e3e62f2e2&version=1&language=--&variant=--

Function PagePress button & or *briefly:to move within a menuto select previous or nexttrack, scene or storedstation within Audio/DVDmenu 116to switch to the phone bookand select a name ornumber within Telephonemenu 125Press and hold button& or *:to select previous or nexttrack with quick search orto select previous or nextstation in station list orwave band within Audio/DVD menu 116to start the quick search inthe phone book withinTelephone menu 125

30 Multifunction steering wheelAt

a g

lanc

e


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 30

Center console

Upper part

Function Page

: Seat heating, driver’s side 81

; Rear window sunshadeswitch 162

= Rear seat head restraintsswitch, folding down 80

? Hazard warning flasherswitch 90

A Front passenger front airbag off indicator lamp 41

B Central unlocking switch 71

C Alarm system indicatorlamp 62

Function Page

D Electronic StabilityProgram (ESP®) controlswitch 59

E Seat heating, frontpassenger side 81

F Seat ventilation, frontpassenger side 81

G Central locking switch 71

H Seat ventilation, driver’sside 81

Center console 31

At a

gla

nce


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 31

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=e5dcdda888d0cc2c351f190e2bfcc6e5&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=6b8581790aac7b74351f190e3a2f4f85&version=1&language=--&variant=--

Lower part

Function Page

: Ashtray 162

; KEYLESS-GO start/stopbutton 76

= Gear selector lever 102

? Parktronic systemdeactivation switch 139

A Adaptive Damping System(ADS) switch 137

B Vehicle level control switch 138

C Thumbwheel for settingdistance for Distronic 135

D Distance warning functionon/off switch 135

E Program mode selectorswitch 105

Door control panel

Function Page

: Inside door handle 70

; Seat adjustment 78

= Memory function (forstoring seat, exterior mirrorand steering wheelsettings) 85

? Exterior rear view mirroradjustment 84

A Switches for opening/closing front and rear sidewindows 94

B Trunk opening switch, trunkopening/closing system 71

32 Door control panelAt

a g

lanc

e


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 32

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=b8a1470e0ad7f38e351f190e2de18e98&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=6f6dcfd088d244c2351f190e30cbc1e4&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=1799f14a29d7f291351f190e1aed496e&version=1&language=--&variant=--

Overhead control panel

Function Page

: Rear interior lighting on/off 91

; Automatic interior lighting 91

= Front interior lighting on/off 91

? Power tilt/sliding sunroofswitch 152

A SOS button (Tele Aidsystem) 166

B Right front reading lampon/off 91

C Interior rear view mirror 84

D Front reading lamps 91

E Garage door opener 169

F Hands-free microphone forTele Aid (emergency callsystem), telephone, andVoice Control System, seeseparate operatinginstructions

Function Page

G Interior lighting 91

H Left front reading lamp on/off 91

I Ambient lighting 122

Overhead control panel 33

At a

gla

nce


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 33

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=8656aba488d197a0351f190e62574151&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=20a28b610aaef42d351f190e550dc924&version=1&language=--&variant=--

34


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 34

Vehicle equipment .............................. 36Occupant safety .................................. 36Panic alarm .......................................... 57Driving safety systems ....................... 57Anti-theft systems .............................. 62

35

Safe

ty a

nd s

ecur

ity


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 35

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=9a0da764eb8abfe9351f19140a22602d&version=1&language=--&variant=--

Vehicle equipment

i This Operator’s Manual describes allfeatures, standard or optional, potentiallyavailable for your vehicle at the time ofpurchase. Please be aware that yourvehicle might not be equipped with allfeatures described in this manual.

Occupant safety

IntroductionIn this section you will learn the mostimportant facts about the restraint systemcomponents of the vehicle.The restraint systems are:RSeat beltsRChild restraintsRLower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren

(LATCH) also known as ISOFIXAdditional protection potential is provided by:RSupplemental Restraint System (SRS) with

- Air bags- Air bag control unit (with crash sensors)- Emergency Tensioning Device (ETD) for

seat belts- Seat belt force limiter

RNECK-PRO active front head restraintsRPreventive occupant safety (PRE-SAFE®)RAir bag system components with

- Front passenger front air bag offindicator lamp

- Front passenger seat with OccupantClassification System (OCS)

Although the systems are independent, theirprotective functions work in conjunction witheach other.

G Warning!Modifications to or work improperlyconducted on restraint system componentsor their wiring, as well as tampering withinterconnected electronic systems, can leadto the restraint systems no longer functioningas intended.Air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices(ETDs), for example, could deployinadvertently or fail to deploy in accidentsalthough the deceleration threshold for airbag deployment is exceeded. Therefore,never modify the restraint systems. Do nottamper with electronic components or theirsoftware.

i See “Children in the vehicle”(Y page 52) for information onRinfants and children traveling with you in

the vehicleRrestraint systems for infants and children

SRS indicator lampThe SRS system conducts a self-test whenthe ignition is switched on and in regularintervals while the engine is running. Thisfacilitates detection of system malfunctions.The SRS indicator lamp + in theinstrument cluster comes on when theignition is switched on. It goes out no laterthan a few seconds after the engine has beenstarted.The SRS components are in operationalreadiness when the SRS indicator lamp+ is not lit while the engine is running.

36 Occupant safetySa

fety

and

sec

urity


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 36

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=fc2514fa67cd34ca351f190e16018d1b&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=3a4a0ac125087c6a351f190e16bccb35&version=10&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=3154e3b6b3062a61351f190e6482c035&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=1d565c5b67fb552a351f190e25cf0a81&version=11&language=en&variant=US

G Warning!The SRS self-check has detected amalfunction when the SRS indicator lamp+

Rdoes not come on at allRfails to go out after approximately

4 seconds after the engine was startedRcomes on after the engine was started or

while driving

For your safety, we strongly recommend thatyou contact an authorized Mercedes-BenzCenter immediately to have the systemchecked. Otherwise the SRS may not beactivated when needed in an accident, whichcould result in serious or fatal injury. The SRSmight also deploy unexpectedly andunnecessarily which could also result in injuryas well.In addition, improper work on the SRS createsa risk of rendering the SRS inoperative orcausing unintended air bag deployment. Workon the SRS must therefore only be performedby qualified technicians. Contact anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center.If it is necessary to modify an air bag systemto accommodate a person with disabilities,contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.USA only: Call our Customer AssistanceCenter at 1-800-FOR-MERCedes(1-800-367-6372) for details.

Air bags

G Warning!Air bags are designed to reduce the potentialof injury and fatality in certainRfrontal impacts (front air bags and driver’s

side knee bag)Rside impacts (side impact air bags and

window curtain air bags)Rrollovers (window curtain air bags)

However, no system available today cancompletely eliminate injuries and fatalities.Deployment of the air bags temporarilyreleases a small amount of dust from the airbags. This dust, however, is neither harmfulto your health, nor does it indicate a fire in thevehicle. The dust might cause sometemporary breathing difficulty for people withasthma or other breathing trouble. To avoidthis, you may wish to get out of the vehicle assoon as it is safe to do so. If you have anybreathing difficulty but cannot get out of thevehicle after the air bag inflates, then get freshair by opening a window or door.

G Warning!To reduce the risk of injury when the front airbags inflate, it is very important for the driverand front passenger to always be in a properlyseated position and to wear their respectiveseat belt.For maximum protection in the event of acollision always be in normal seated positionwith your back against the seat backrest.Fasten your seat belt and make sure it isproperly positioned on your body.Since the air bag inflates with considerablespeed and force, a proper seating positionand correct positioning of the hands on thesteering wheel will help to keep you at a safedistance from the air bag. Occupants who arenot wearing their seat belt, are not seatedproperly or are too close to the air bag can beseriously injured or killed by an air bag as itinflates with great force instantaneously:RSit with the seat belt properly fastened in a

position that is as upright as possible withyour back against the seat backrest.RMove the driver’s seat as far back as

possible, still permitting proper operationof vehicle controls. The distance from thecenter of the driver’s chest to the center ofthe air bag cover on the steering wheelmust be at least 10 inches (25 cm) or more.You should be able to accomplish this by

Occupant safety 37

Safe

ty a

nd s

ecur

ity


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 37

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=78dab68730fe95ad351f1514715339f5&version=6&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=2190e3ed3c400dc3351f15150324603f&version=14&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=f5cad71d8e44c7dd351f190e0667814c&version=4&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=9ec3c980311d099f351f15140c8fb986&version=6&language=en&variant=US

adjusting the seat and steering wheel. Ifyou have any difficulties, please contact anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center.RDo not lean your head or chest close to the

steering wheel or dashboard.RKeep hands on the outside of the steering

wheel rim. Placing hands and arms insidethe rim can increase the risk and potentialseverity of hand/arm injury when the driverfront air bag inflates.RAdjust the front passenger seat as far as

possible rearward from the dashboardwhen the seat is occupied.ROccupants, especially children, should

never place their bodies or lean their headsin the area of the door where the sideimpact air bag inflates. This could result inserious injuries or death should the sideimpact air bag be deployed. Always sit asupright as possible, wear the seat beltproperly and use an appropriately sizedinfant restraint, toddler restraint, orbooster seat recommended for the size andweight of the child.

Failure to follow these instructions can resultin severe injuries to you or other occupants.If you sell your vehicle, it is important that youmake the buyer aware of this safetyinformation. Be sure to give the buyer thisOperator’s Manual.

G Warning!Accident research shows that the safest placefor children in an automobile is in a rear seat.There is a possibility for a side impact air bag-related injury if occupants, especiallychildren, are not properly seated or restrainedwhen next to a side impact air bag whichneeds to deploy rapidly in a side impact inorder to do its job.To help avoid the possibility of injury, pleasefollow these guidelines:

(1) Occupants, especially children,should never place their bodies or

lean their heads in the area of thedoor where the side impact air baginflates. This could result inserious injuries or death shouldthe side impact air bag bedeployed.

(2) Always sit as upright as possible,wear the seat belt properly and usean appropriately sized infantrestraint, toddler restraint, orbooster seat recommended for thesize and weight of the child. andfor children 12 years old andunder, use an appropriately sizedinfant restraint, toddler restraint,or booster seat recommended forthe size and weight of the child.

(3) Always wear seat belts properly.

If you believe that, even with the use of theseguidelines, it would be safer for your rear seatoccupants to have the rear mounted sideimpact air bags deactivated, thendeactivation can be carried out upon yourwritten request at an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center at an additional cost.Please contact an authorized Mercedes-BenzCenter or call the Customer AssistanceCenter (in the USA) at 1-800-FOR-MERCedes(1-800-367-6372), or Customer Service (inCanada) at 1-800-387-0100 for details.

Air bags are designed to deploy only in certainRfrontal impacts (front air bags and driver’s

side knee bag)Rside impacts (side impact and window

curtain air bags) if the system determinesthe need for air bag deploymentRrollovers (window curtain air bags)Only in the event of such a situation will theyprovide their supplemental protection.The driver and passengers should alwayswear their seat belts. Otherwise it is notpossible for the air bags to provide theirsupplemental protection.


fety

and

sec

urity


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 38

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=70c482063124ca10351f151428bfbf1d&version=7&language=en&variant=US

In case of other types of impacts and impactsbelow air bag deployment thresholds, airbags will not deploy. The driver andpassengers will then be protected to theextent possible by a properly fastened seatbelt. A properly fastened seat belt is alsoneeded to provide the best possibleprotection in a rollover.Air bags are not a substitute for seat belts.Always wear your seat belt, regardless ofwhether or not your vehicle is equipped withair bags.It is important to your safety and that of yourpassengers to have deployed air bagsreplaced and to have any malfunctioning airbags repaired. This will help to make sure theair bags will continue to provide supplementalcrash protection for occupants.

Safety guidelines for the seat belt, Emergency Tensioning Device (ETD) and air bag

G Warning!RDamaged seat belts or seat belts that have

been subjected to stress in an accidentmust be replaced. Their anchoring pointsmust also be checked. Only use seat beltsinstalled or supplied by an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center.RAir bags and pyrotechnic Emergency

Tensioning Devices (ETDs) containperchlorate material, which may requirespecial handling and regard for theenvironment. Check with your localgovernment’s disposal guidelines.California residents, seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/HazardousWaste/Perchlorate/index.cfm.RAir bags and ETDs are designed to function

on a one-time-only basis. An air bag or ETDthat has deployed must be replaced.RDo not pass seat belts over sharp edges.

They could tear.

RDo not make any modification that couldchange the effectiveness of the seat belts.RDo not bleach or dye seat belts as this may

severely weaken them. In a crash they maynot be able to provide adequate protection.RNo modifications of any kind may be made

to any components or wiring of the SRS.RDo no change or remove any component or

part of the SRS.RDo not install additional trim material, seat

covers, badges, etc. over the steeringwheel hub, front passenger front air bagcover, outboard sides of the seatbackrests, door trim panels, or door frametrims.RDo not install additional electrical/

electronic equipment on or near SRScomponents and wiring.RKeep area between air bags and occupants

free of objects (e.g. packages, purses,umbrellas, etc.).RDo not hang items such as coat hangers

from the coat hooks or handles over thedoor. These items may be thrown around inthe vehicle and cause head and otherinjuries when the window curtain air bag isdeployed.RAir bag system components will be hot after

an air bag has inflated. Do not touch them.RNever place your feet on the instrument

panel, dashboard, or on the seat. Alwayskeep both feet on the floor in front of theseat.RImproper repair work on the SRS creates a

risk of rendering the SRS inoperative orcausing unintended air bag deployment.Work on the SRS must therefore only beperformed by qualified technicians.Contact an authorized Mercedes-BenzCenter.RFor your protection and the protection of

others, when scrapping the air bag unit orETD, our safety instructions must be

Occupant safety 39

Safe

ty a

nd s

ecur

ity


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 39

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=a27bf9f5312a34e9351f151459ccb841&version=8&language=en&variant=US

http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/HazardousWaste/Perchlorate/index.cfm


followed. These instructions are availablefrom any authorized Mercedes-BenzCenter.RGiven the considerable deployment speed,

required inflation volume, and the materialof the air bags, there is the possibility ofabrasions or other, potentially more seriousinjuries resulting from air bag deployment.

If you sell your vehicle, we stronglyrecommend that you inform the subsequentowner that the vehicle is equipped with SRS.Also refer them to the applicable section inthe Operator’s Manual.

Front air bags

G Observe Safety notes, see page 37.

Driver’s front air bag : and front passengerfront air bag ; are designed to provideincreased protection for the driver and frontpassenger against the risk of injuries to thehead and thorax.Driver and front passenger front air bag anddriver’s side knee bag are deployedRin the event of certain frontal impactsRif the system determines that air bag

deployment can offer additional protectionto that provided by the seat beltRdepending on whether the respective seat

belt is in useRindependently of the side impact air bags

and/or the window curtain air bags

The front air bags in this vehicle have beendesigned to inflate in two stages. This allowsthe air bags to have different rates of inflation.The rate of inflation is based on the vehicledeceleration rate as assessed by the air bagcontrol unit.The front passenger front air bag deploymentis additionally influenced by the passenger’sweight category as identified by the OccupantClassification System (OCS) (Y page 41).The lighter the front passenger-sideoccupant, the higher the vehicle decelerationrate required for second stage inflation of thefront passenger front air bag.The air bags will not deploy in impacts whichdo not exceed the system’s presetdeployment thresholds. You will then beprotected by the fastened seat belts.The front air bags will not deploy in the eventof a rollover unless the vehicle’s rate oflongitudinal deceleration or accelerationexceeds the preset deployment threshold forthe front air bags.The front passenger front air bag will only bedeployed ifRthe system, based on OCS weight sensor

readings, detects that the front passengerseat is occupiedRthe 04 indicator lamp in the

center console is not lit (Y page 41)Rthe impact exceeds a preset deployment

threshold

Knee bag Knee bag = is designed to provide increasedprotection for the driver against the risk ofinjuries to the knees, thighs and lower legs.Knee bag = is located on the driver sidelower instrument panel. It is designed tooperate together with the driver front air bagin certain frontal impacts if the systemdetermines that air bag deployment can offeradditional protection to that provided by theseat belt. Knee bag = operates best in


fety

and

sec

urity


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 40

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=30f8858851d1a409351f190e06f1750e&version=1&language=--&variant=--

conjunction with a properly positioned andfastened seat belt.

Side impact air bags


Front side impact air bags : and rear sideimpact air bags ; are designed to provideincreased protection for the thorax but notthe head, neck and arms.The side impact air bags are deployedRon the impacted side of the vehicleRin instances with a high rate of lateral

vehicle deceleration or accelerationRregardless of whether the seat belts on the

impacted side of the vehicle are in useRindependently of the front air bagsRindependently of the ETDsThe side impact air bags are not deployed inside impacts which do not exceed thesystem’s deployment threshold.The side impact air bags will not deploy in theevent of a rollover unless the vehicle’s rate oflateral deceleration or acceleration exceedsthe preset deployment threshold for the sideimpact air bags.

G Warning!Only use seat covers which have been testedand approved by Mercedes-Benz for yourvehicle model. Using other seat covers mayinterfere with or prevent the deployment ofthe front side impact air bags. Contact an

authorized Mercedes-Benz Center foravailability.

Window curtain air bags


Window curtain air bags : are designed toprovide increased protection for the head butnot the chest or arms.Window curtain air bags : are deployedRon the impacted side of the vehicleRin instances with a high rate of lateral

vehicle deceleration or accelerationRindependently of the front air bagsRregardless of whether the front passenger

seat is occupiedRin certain vehicle rollovers, if the system

determines that air bag deployment canoffer additional protection to that providedby the seat belt

Window curtain air bags : are not deployedin impacts which do not exceed the system’sdeployment threshold.Window curtain air bags : deploy in the areaindicated by the arrows.

Occupant Classification SystemThe Occupant Classification System (OCS)activates or deactivates the front passengerfront air bag automatically. The respectivestatus is based on the classified occupant

Occupant safety 41

Safe

ty a

nd s

ecur

ity


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 41

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=e278cc3c9da35a7e351f190e77cb82e9&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=d794060b312f3607351f1514649f39d7&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=20a3a22a9da47a6a351f190e5f71054d&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=6a3928c03c40d8db351f15156cf6e1b5&version=14&language=en&variant=US

weight category determined by weight sensorreadings from the front passenger seat.The system does not deactivateRthe front passenger side impact air bagRthe window curtain air bagRthe Emergency Tensioning Devices (ETDs)To be classified correctly, the front passengermust sitRwith the seat belt properly fastenedRin a position that is as upright as possible

with the back against the seat backrestRwith the feet on the floorIf the occupant’s weight is transferred toanother object in the vehicle (e.g. by leaningon armrests), the OCS may not be able toproperly approximate the occupant’s weightcategory.Furthermore, the occupant weight mayappear to increase or decrease due to thefollowing:Robjects hanging on the seatRobjects lodged underneath the seatRobjects stuffed between the seat and

middle consoleRobjects stuffed between the seat and doorRother passengers pushing on the seatRobjects applying pressure to the back of

the seatAlways make sure the seat has clearancein all directions at all times.

If your seat, including the trim cover andcushion, needs to be serviced in any way, takethe vehicle to an authorized Mercedes-BenzCenter.Only seat accessories approved byMercedes-Benz may be used.Both the driver and the front passengershould always use the 04indicator lamp as an indication of whether ornot the front passenger is properlypositioned.

G Warning!If the 04 indicator lampilluminates when an adult or someone largerthan a small individual is in the frontpassenger seat, have the front passengerreposition himself or herself in the seat untilthe 04 indicator lamp goes out,or check whether objects are caught under oraround the seat.In the event of a collision, the air bag controlunit will not allow front passenger front air bagdeployment when the OCS has classified thefront passenger seat occupant as weightingas much as or less than a typical 12-month-old child in a standard child restraint or if thefront passenger seat is classified as beingempty.When the OCS senses that the frontpassenger seat occupant is classified asbeing up to or less than the weight of a typical12-month-old child in a standard childrestraint, the 04 indicator lampwill illuminate when the engine is started andremain illuminated, indicating that the frontpassenger front air bag is deactivated.When the OCS senses that the frontpassenger seat is classified as being empty,the 04 indicator lamp willilluminate when the engine is started andremain illuminated, indicating that the frontpassenger front air bag is deactivated.When the OCS senses that the frontpassenger seat occupant is classified asbeing heavier than the weight of a typical12-month-old child seated in a standard childrestraint or as being a small individual (suchas a young teenager or a small adult), the04 indicator lamp will illuminatefor approximately 6 seconds when the engineis started and then, depending on occupantweight sensor readings from the seat, remainilluminated or go out. With the04 indicator lamp illuminated,the front passenger front air bag isdeactivated. With the 04


fety

and

sec

urity


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 42

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=4d8da30834dc1fb9351f15143976b819&version=6&language=en&variant=US

indicator lamp out, the front passenger frontair bag is activated.When the OCS senses that the frontpassenger seat occupant is classified as anadult or someone larger than a smallindividual, the 04 indicator lampwill illuminate for approximately 6 secondswhen the engine is started and then go out,indicating that the front passenger front airbag is activated.If the 04 indicator lamp isilluminated, the front passenger front air bagis deactivated and will not be deployed.If the 04 indicator lamp is notilluminated, the front passenger front air bagis activated and will be deployedRin the event of certain frontal impactsRif impact exceeds a preset deployment

thresholdRindependently of the side impact air bags

If the front passenger front air bag isdeployed, the rate of inflation will beinfluenced byRthe rate of relevant vehicle deceleration as

assessed by the air bag control unitRthe front passenger’s weight category as

identified by the OCS

For more information on air bag displaymessages in the multifunction display, see(Y page 230).

G Warning!According to accident statistics, children aresafer when properly restrained in the rearseating positions than in the front seatingposition. Thus, we strongly recommend thatchildren be placed in the rear seats wheneverpossible. Regardless of seating position,children 12 years old and under must beseated and properly secured in an appropriateinfant restraint, toddler restraint, or boosterseat recommended for the size and weight ofthe child.

The infant or child restraint must be properlysecured with the vehicle’s seat belt, the seatbelt and top tether strap, or lower anchors andtop tether strap, fully in accordance with thechild seat manufacturer’s instructions.Occupants, especially children, should alwayssit as upright as possible, wear the seat beltproperly and use an appropriately sized infantrestraint, toddler restraint, or booster seatrecommended for the size and weight of thechild.Children can be killed or seriously injured byan inflating air bag. Note the followingimportant information when circumstancesrequire you to place a child in the frontpassenger seat:RYour vehicle is equipped with air bag

technology designed to deactivate the frontpassenger front air bag in your vehiclewhen the system senses the weight of atypical 12-month-old child or less alongwith the weight of a standard appropriatechild restraint on the front passenger seat.RA child in a rear-facing child restraint on the

front passenger seat will be seriouslyinjured or even killed if the front passengerfront air bag inflates in a collision whichcould occur under some circumstances,even with the air bag technology installedin your vehicle. The only means tocompletely eliminate this risk is to neverplace a child in a rear-facing child restraintin the front seat. We therefore stronglyrecommend that you always place a childin a rear-facing child restraint in a backseat.RIf you must install a rear-facing child

restraint on the front passenger seatbecause circumstances require you to doso, make sure the 04indicator lamp is illuminated, indicatingthat the front passenger front air bag isdeactivated. Should the 04indicator lamp not illuminate or go out whilethe restraint is installed, please checkinstallation. Periodically check the

Occupant safety 43

Safe

ty a

nd s

ecur

ity


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 43

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=96209ebb34e5b60d351f151458de788b&version=6&language=en&variant=US

04 indicator lamp whiledriving to make sure the 04indicator lamp is illuminated. If the04 indicator lamp goes out orremains out, do not transport a child on thefront passenger seat until the system hasbeen repaired.A child in a rear-facing child restraint on thefront passenger seat will be seriouslyinjured or even killed if the front passengerfront air bag inflates.RIf you have to place a child in a forward-

facing child restraint on the front passengerseat, move the seat as far back as possible,use the proper child restraintrecommended for the age, size and weightof the child, and secure child restraint withthe vehicle’s seat belt according to the childseat manufacturer’s instructions. Forchildren larger than the typical 12-month-old child, the front passenger front air bagmay or may not be activated.

Deployment of the driver front air bag doesnot mean that the front passenger front airbag also should have deployed.The OCS may have determinedRthat the seat was empty or occupied by the

weight up to or less than that of a typical12-month-old child seated in a standardchild restraint – both of which are instanceswhere the system suppresses deploymentof the front passenger front air bag eventhough the impact met the criteria and wasof sufficient severity to deploy the driverfront air bagRthat the seat was occupied by a small

individual (such as a young teenager or asmall adult) or a child who weighs morethan the weight of a typical 12-month-oldchild in a standard child restraint – both ofwhich are instances where the system maysuppress deployment of the frontpassenger front air bag even though theimpact met the criteria and was of

sufficient severity to deploy the driver frontair bag

04 indicator lamp : will beilluminated, except with the SmartKeyremoved from the starter switch or with thestarter switch in position 0.

G Warning!If the red SRS indicator lamp + in theinstrument cluster and the 04indicator lamp are lit at the same time, thereis a malfunction in the OCS. The frontpassenger front air bag will be deactivated inthis case. Have the system checked byqualified technicians as soon as possible.Contact an authorized Mercedes-BenzCenter.Only have the seat repaired or replaced at anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center.In order to ensure proper operation of the airbag system and OCS:RDo not place more than 4.4 lb (2 kg) into

the storage bag on the back of the frontpassenger seat. Otherwise, the OCS maynot be able to properly approximate theoccupant weight category.RDo not place objects under and/or around

the front passenger seat.RDo not hang anything from or attach any

items to the seats.RDo not stuff objects such as books between

the front passenger seat and the centerconsole or front passenger door.


fety

and

sec

urity


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 44

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=a0230abb9db6b5f4351f190e1b37c2f1&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=ec268200351780a2351f15142c40bf00&version=8&language=en&variant=US

RDo not move the front passenger seatbackwards against stiff objects.RSit with the seat belt properly fastened in a

position that is as upright as possible withyour back against the seat backrest.RWhile seated, an occupant should not

position him/herself in such a way as tocause the occupant’s weight to be liftedfrom the seat bottom as this may result inthe OCS being unable to correctlyapproximate the occupant’s weightcategory.RRead and observe all warnings in this

chapter.

OCS Self-test After turning the SmartKey in the starterswitch to position 1 or 2 or pressing theKEYLESS-GO start/stop button once ortwice, the 04 indicator lampilluminates. If an adult occupant is properlysitting on the front passenger seat and thesystem classifies the occupant as an adult,the 04 indicator lamp willilluminate and go out after approximately6 seconds.If the seat is not occupied and the systemclassifies the front passenger seat as beingempty, the 04 indicator lampwill illuminate and not go out.

G Warning!If the 04 indicator lamp does notilluminate, the system is not functioning. Youmust contact an authorized Mercedes-BenzCenter before seating any child on the frontpassenger seat.

For more information, see the “Practicalhints” section (Y page 260).

G Warning!Never place anything between seat cushionand child seat (e.g. pillow), since it reducesthe effectiveness of the OCS. The bottom andback of the child seat must make full contact

with the passenger seat cushion andbackrest.If necessary, adjust the tilt of the passengerseat backrest.An incorrectly mounted child seat could causeinjuries to the child in case of an accident,instead of increasing protection for the child.Follow the manufacturer’s instructions forinstallation of child seats.

Seat belts

Safety notesThe use of seat belts and infant and childrestraint systems is required by law in all 50states, the District of Columbia, the U.S.territories and all Canadian provinces.Even where this is not the case, all vehicleoccupants should have their seat beltsfastened whenever the vehicle is in motion.

i See “Children in the vehicle”(Y page 52) for information onRinfants and children traveling with you in

the vehicleRrestraint systems for infants and children

G Warning!Always fasten your seat belt before driving off.Always make sure all of your passengers areproperly restrained. You and your passengersshould always wear seat belts.Failure to wear and properly fasten andposition your seat belt greatly increases yourrisk of injuries and their likely severity in anaccident.If you are ever in an accident, your injuries canbe considerably more severe without yourseat belt properly buckled. Without your seatbelt buckled, you are much more likely to hitthe interior of the vehicle or be ejected fromit. You can be seriously injured or killed.In the same crash, the possibility of injury ordeath is lessened if you are properly wearing

Occupant safety 45

Safe

ty a

nd s

ecur

ity


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 45

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=d4e1668c35558133351f151454daff1b&version=4&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=2062d9a2355a22a4351f15141a4b3859&version=4&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=9b475c3d2513125c351f190e5a300b81&version=8&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=7c3a18e8357c038d351f15146e7cbf44&version=4&language=en&variant=US

your seat belt. The air bags can only protectas intended if the occupants are properlywearing their seat belts.

G Warning!Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seatbackrest in an excessively reclined position asthis can be dangerous. You could slide underthe seat belt in a collision. If you slide underit, the seat belt would apply force at theabdomen or neck. That could cause seriousor even fatal injuries. The seat backrest andseat belt provide the best restraint when thewearer is in a position that is as upright aspossible and the seat belt is properlypositioned on the body.

G Warning!Never let more people ride in the vehicle thanthere are seat belts available. Make sureeveryone riding in the vehicle is correctlyrestrained with a separate seat belt. Neveruse a seat belt for more than one person at atime.

G Warning!Damaged seat belts or seat belts that havebeen subjected to stress in an accident mustbe replaced. Also, the seat belt anchoringpoints must be checked.Only use seat belts which have been approvedby Mercedes-Benz.Do not make any modifications to the seatbelts. This can lead to unintended activationof the ETDs or to their failure to activate whennecessary.Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this mayseverely weaken them. In a crash they maynot be able to provide adequate protection.Have all work carried out only by qualifiedtechnicians. Contact an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center.

Proper use of seat belts

G Warning!USE SEAT BELTS PROPERLYRSeat belts can only protect when used

properly. Never wear seat belts in any otherway than as described in this section, asthat could result in serious injuries in caseof an accident.REach occupant should wear their seat belt

at all times, because seat belts help reducethe likelihood of and potential severity ofinjuries in accidents, including rollovers.The integrated restraint system includesSRS (driver front air bag, driver side kneebag, front passenger front air bag, sideimpact air bags, window curtain air bags fordoor windows), Emergency TensioningDevices (ETDs), seat belt force limiters, andfront seat knee bolsters.The system is designed to enhance theprotection offered to properly beltedoccupants in certain frontal (front air bags,driver’s side knee bag, and ETDs) and side(side impact air bags, window curtain airbags, and ETDs) impacts which exceedpreset deployment thresholds and incertain rollovers (window curtain air bagsand ETDs).RNever wear the shoulder belt under your

arm, against your neck or off your shoulder.In a frontal crash, your body would movetoo far forward. That would increase thechance of head and neck injuries. The seatbelt would also apply too much force to theribs or abdomen, which could severelyinjure internal organs such as your liver orspleen.Adjust the seat belt so that the shouldersection is located as close as possible tothe middle of the shoulder. It should nottouch the neck. Never pass the shoulderportion of the seat belt under your arm. Forthis purpose, you can adjust the height ofthe seat belt outlet.


fety

and

sec

urity


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 46

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=9c763f3335802d27351f15142355f84d&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=8590f67e35846116351f15141719ff37&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=0f9a4c463621960e351f1514466d38b1&version=4&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=00b3db303c4508eb351f15154275e06e&version=13&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=85a922293d169685351f191475108b7b&version=5&language=en&variant=US

RPosition the lap belt as low as possible onyour hips and not across the abdomen. Ifthe lap belt is positioned across yourabdomen, it could cause serious injuries ina crash.RNever wear seat belts over rigid or

breakable objects in or on your clothing,such as eyeglasses, pens, keys etc., asthese might cause injuries.RMake sure the seat belt is always fitted

snugly. Take special care of this whenwearing loose clothing.RNever use a seat belt for more than one

person at a time. Do not fasten a seat beltaround a person and another person orother objects at the same time.RSeat belts should not be worn twisted. In a

crash, you would not have the full width ofthe seat belt to distribute impact forces.The twisted seat belt against your bodycould cause injuries.RPregnant women should also always use a

lap/shoulder belt. The lap belt portionshould be positioned as low as possible onthe hips to avoid any possible pressure onthe abdomen.RPlace the seat backrest in a position that is

as upright as possible.RCheck your seat belt during travel to make

sure it is properly positioned.RNever place your feet on the instrument

panel, dashboard, or on the seat. Alwayskeep both feet on the floor in front of theseat.RWhen using a seat belt to secure infant

restraints, toddler restraints, or children inbooster seats, always follow the child seatmanufacturer’s instructions.

G Warning!Do not pass seat belts over sharp edges. Theycould tear.

Do not allow the seat belt to get caught in thedoor or in the seat adjustment mechanism.This could damage the seat belt.Never attempt to make modifications to seatbelts. This could impair the effectiveness ofthe seat belts.

Fastening the seat belts

G Warning!According to accident statistics, children aresafer when properly restrained in the rearseating positions than in the front seatingposition. Thus, we strongly recommend thatchildren be placed in the rear seats wheneverpossible. Regardless of seating position,children 12 years old and under must beseated and properly secured in anappropriately sized infant restraint, toddlerrestraint, or booster seat recommended forthe size and weight of the child. For additionalinformation, see “Children in the vehicle”.A child’s risk of serious or fatal injuries issignificantly increased if the child restraintsare not properly secured in the vehicle and/or the child is not properly secured in the childrestraint.

Occupant safety 47

Safe

ty a

nd s

ecur

ity


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 47

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=58a78dd6364febde351f15141840bf77&version=4&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=3c66fccc65007b02351f15156d332081&version=14&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=dbaff4c911c13aca351f15142e44b9fc&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=40cb0cf3554792b2351f190e69507254&version=1&language=--&variant=--

X With a smooth motion, pull the seat belt outof seat belt outlet :.

X Place the shoulder portion of the seat beltacross the top of your shoulder and the lapportion across your hips.

X Push latch plate ; into buckle = until itclicks.

X If necessary, adjust the seat belt to thecorrect height (Y page 48).

X If necessary, tighten the lap portion to asnug fit by pulling shoulder portion up.

All lap/shoulder belts except the driver’s seatbelt have special seat belt retractors tosecure child restraints properly. For moreinformation on special seat belt retractors,see “Infant and child restraint systems”(Y page 53).To release the seat belt with seat belt releasebutton ?, see (Y page 48).

Seat belt outlet height adjustment

X Raising: Slide the seat belt outlet heightadjuster upward.The seat belt outlet height adjusterengages in different positions.

X Lowering: Press and hold releasebutton :.

X Slide the seat belt outlet height adjusterdownward.

X Release release button : and make surethe seat belt outlet height adjuster engagesinto place.

Releasing the seat beltsX Press seat belt release button ?

(Y page 47).Allow the retractor to completely rewindthe seat belt by guiding latch plate ;(Y page 47).

! Make sure the seat belt retractscompletely. Otherwise the seat belt and/orlatch plate could get caught or pinched inthe door or in the seat mechanism. This candamage the seat belt and impair itseffectiveness, and/or cause damage to thedoor and/or door trim panel. Such damageis not covered by the Mercedes-BenzLimited Warranty.Damaged seat belts must be replaced.Contact an authorized Mercedes-BenzCenter.

Enhanced seat belt reminder systemWhen the engine is started, the seat belttelltale 7 will always illuminate for6 seconds to remind you and your passengersto fasten your seat belts.If the driver’s seat belt is not fastened whenthe engine is started, an additional warningchime will sound. The warning chime goes outafter approximately 6 seconds or once thedriver’s seat belt is fastened.If after these 6 seconds the driver’s or thefront passenger’s seat belt (with the frontpassenger seat occupied) is not fastened withfront doors closed,Rthe seat belt telltale 7 remains

illuminated for as long as either the driver’sor front passenger’s seat belt is notfastened.Rand if the vehicle speed once exceeds

15 mph (25 km/h), the seat belt telltale7 starts flashing and a warning chimesounds with increasing intensity for amaximum of 60 seconds or until thedriver’s and front passenger’s seat belt arefastened.


fety

and

sec

urity


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 48

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=2c30bba23c6b6d93351f15150dd46040&version=13&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=4cc930fe9e6a1086351f190e74e5454c&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=32a670ab3c6e9565351f151539a3e0b6&version=10&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=923c9b6d4aa6011b351f151474cb844a&version=10&language=en&variant=US

If you and/or your passenger release theseat belt during driving, the seat belttelltale 7 starts flashing and thewarning chime sounds as described before.If the driver’s or the front passenger’s seatbelt remains unfastened after 60 seconds,the warning chime stops sounding, the seatbelt telltale 7 stops flashing butcontinues to be illuminated.After a vehicle standstill, the warning chimeis reactivated and the seat belt telltale7 is flashing again if the vehicle speedonce exceeds 15 mph (25 km/h).

The seat belt telltale 7 will only go out ifboth the driver’s and the front passenger’sseat belt (with the front passenger seatoccupied) are fastened, or the vehicle isstanding still and a front door is opened.For more information, see “Practical hints”(Y page 253).

Emergency Tensioning Device (ETD), seat belt force limiterThe seat belts for the front seats and rearouter seats are equipped with ETDs and seatbelt force limiters.The ETDs are designed to activate in thefollowing cases:Rin frontal or rear-end impacts exceeding

the system’s preset deployment thresholdRin side impacts exceeding the system’s

preset deployment threshold on the farside of the impactRin certain vehicle rolloversRif the restraint systems are operational and

functioning correctly, see “SRS indicatorlamp” (Y page 36)

The ETDs for the front seats will only activateif the front seat belts are fastened (latch plateproperly inserted into buckle).The ETDs for the rear outer seats will activatewith or without the respective seat beltsfastened.

In an impact, the ETDs remove slack from theseat belts in such a way that the seat belts fitmore snugly against the body. Seat belt forcelimiters, when activated, are employed tohelp reduce the peak force exerted by theseat belts on occupants during a crash.

i The ETDs do not correct an incorrect seatposition or incorrectly worn seat belts.The ETDs do not pull occupants backtoward the seat backrest.

G Warning!Pyrotechnic ETDs that were activated must bereplaced.For your safety, when disposing of thepyrotechnic ETDs always follow our safetyinstructions. These are available at anyauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

Automatic comfort-fit feature seat beltAn automatic comfort-fit feature for the frontseats reduces the retracting force of the seatbelts when they are in normal use.

Preventive occupant safety (PRE-SAFE®)

G Warning!The PRE-SAFE® system is intended to reducethe effects of an accident on vehicleoccupants who are wearing their seat beltproperly. Despite your vehicle being equippedwith the PRE-SAFE® system, the possibility ofpersonal injuries occurring as a result of anaccident cannot be eliminated. Therefore,always drive carefully and adjust your drivingto the prevailing road, weather, and trafficconditions.

Occupant safety 49

Safe

ty a

nd s

ecur

ity


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 49

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=033581e93c431c33351f15157fdea026&version=13&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=033581e93c431c33351f15157fdea026&version=13&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=c0b81fa14acabd6e351f15140a250495&version=6&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=10efc0a53c43cb2d351f15156532a1a1&version=5&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=388560123c843371351f15153ae82073&version=10&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=388560123c843371351f15153ae82073&version=10&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=78b5e1c64ad40c64351f15142045c4e4&version=6&language=en&variant=US

The PRE-SAFE® system takes preventivemeasures to better protect the occupantsfrom the possibility of personal injuries in thefollowing hazardous situations:Remergency braking situations, e.g. if the

Brake Assist System (BAS) (Y page 59) isactivatedRcritical dynamic driving situations, e.g.

when the vehicle has been caused toundersteer or oversteer because it hasexceeded its physical limitations or in caseof evasive steering maneuvers at speedsabove approximately 85 mph (140 km/h)

The PRE-SAFE® system takes the followingmeasures when it is activated:RThe front seat belts are pre-tensioned

automatically.RIf the front passenger seat is in an

unfavorable position, the seat will beadjusted to a position that seeks to betterprotect the occupant.RIf the vehicle is in a critical dynamic driving

situation, the door windows and the tilt/sliding sunroof also closes, except for aminimal gap that remains open.

If the closing procedure of any of theseelements is blocked, it will stop and openslightly.Once the hazardous situation no longer existsand an accident has been avoided, the seatbelt pre-tensioning is deactivated. All of thePRE-SAFE® system settings can be re-adjusted following the critical driving event.If the seat belts do not release:X Adjust the seat backrest or seat slightly to

the rear until the seat belt tension isreduced.The locking mechanism releases.

! When moving the seats, make sure thereare no items in the footwell or behind theseats. Otherwise, you could damage theseats and/or the items.

NECK-PRO active front head restraints

The NECK-PRO active front head restraintsare intended to offer the driver and frontpassenger increased protection fromwhiplash-type injuries. In the event of a rear-end collision, the NECK-PRO active front headrestraints on the front seats are designed tomove forward in the direction of travel. Theythus provide the head with increased supportearlier on in the collision sequence. TheNECK-PRO active front head restraints willmove forward whether the seats are occupiedor not.

G Warning!Do not attach any objects (e.g. hangers) to thehead restraint posts. Otherwise, the NECK-PRO active front head restraints may not beable to function properly or offer the intendeddegree of protection they were designed forin the event of a rear-end collision.

G Warning!Only use seat or head restraint covers whichhave been tested and approved by Mercedes-Benz for your vehicle model.Using other seat or head restraint covers mayinterfere with or prevent the activation of theNECK-PRO active front head restraints and/or the deployment of the front side impact airbags.Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Centerfor availability.

When the NECK-PRO active front headrestraints have been triggered in an accident,the NECK-PRO active front head restraintsmust be reset. Otherwise, the NECK-PROactive front head restraints cannot offer anyadditional protection in the event of anotherrear-end collision.For information on resetting the activatedNECK-PRO active front head restraints, see“Resetting activated head restraints”(Y page 264).


fety

and

sec

urity


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 50

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=ef5a28a23c859ed3351f15155b5ba351&version=9&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=ef5a28a23c859ed3351f15155b5ba351&version=9&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=1534b7d44ae6aecf351f1514493f046c&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=a4a6506f88519dcf351f151518d08124&version=4&language=en&variant=US

You cannot remove the NECK-PRO activefront head restraints.

G Warning!For your protection, drive only with properlypositioned head restraints.Adjust the head restraint so that it is as closeto the head as possible and the center of thehead restraint supports the back of the headat eye level. This will reduce the potential forinjury to the head and neck in the event of anaccident or similar situation.

For information on head restraint adjustment,see “Head restraint height” (Y page 79), orsee “Head restraint fore and aft adjustment”(Y page 79).

Correct driver seat adjustment

G Warning!In order to avoid possible loss of vehiclecontrol the following must be done before thevehicle is put into motion:Rseat adjustmentRhead restraint adjustmentRsteering wheel adjustmentRrear view mirror adjustmentRfastening of seat belts

Steering wheel

G Observe Safety notes, see page 82.X Position steering wheel : properly

(Y page 82).Make sure:RYou can reach the steering wheel with your

arms slightly bent at the elbows.RYou can move your legs freely.RAll displays (including malfunction and

indicator lamps) on the instrument clusterare clearly visible.

Seat belt

G Observe Safety notes, see page 45.X Fasten and position your seat belt ;

correctly (Y page 47).Make sure:RThe seat belt is always fitted snugly.RAdjust the seat belt so that the shoulder

section is located as close as possible tothe middle of the shoulder.RPlace the lap portion of the seat belt as low

as possible on your hips.

Occupant safety 51

Safe

ty a

nd s

ecur

ity


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 51

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=a73e020a631c5f98351f190e6182bb8b&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=c0a0e0b5d0e32fa9351f19141106727a&version=10&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=e5c89ca711ac5b92351f15146f737997&version=5&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=ed70f077afed38eb351f190e76ed0293&version=1&language=--&variant=--

Seat and head restraint

G Observe Safety notes, see page 77.X Position seat = and head restraint

properly. See (Y page 78) for seat andhead restraint adjustment.

Observe the following points:RAlways be in a properly seated position.RThe position should be as far rearward from

the front air bag in the steering wheel aspossible, while still permitting properoperation of vehicle controls.RAdjust the seat to a comfortable seating

position that still allows you to reach theaccelerator/brake pedal safely.RThe seat must be adjusted so that you can

correctly fasten and position your seat belt.RThe seat backrest must be in a position that

is as nearly upright as possible.RAdjust the seat cushion so that the front

edge of the seat cushion lightly supportsyour legs.RAdjust the head restraint so that it is as

close to the head as possible and thecenter of the head restraint supports theback of the head at eye level.RNever place hands under the seat or near

any moving parts while the seat is beingadjusted.

Children in the vehicle

Safety notesIf an infant or child is traveling with you in thevehicle:X Secure the child using an infant or child

restraint appropriate to the age and size ofthe child.

X Make sure the infant or child is properlysecured at all times while the vehicle is inmotion.

G Warning!When leaving the vehicle, always remove theSmartKey from the starter switch. Alwaystake the SmartKey with you and lock thevehicle. Do not leave children unattended inthe vehicle, even if they are secured in a childrestraint system, or with access to anunlocked vehicle. A child’s unsupervisedaccess to a vehicle could result in an accidentand/or serious personal injury. The childrencouldRinjure themselves on parts of the vehicleRbe seriously or fatally injured through

excessive exposure to extreme heat or coldRinjure themselves or cause an accident with

vehicle equipment that can be operatedeven if the SmartKey is removed from thestarter switch or removed from the vehicle,such as seat adjustment, steering wheeladjustment, or the memory function

If children open a door, they could injure otherpersons or get out of the vehicle and injurethemselves or be injured by following traffic.Do not expose the child restraint system todirect sunlight. The child restraint system’smetal parts, for example, could become veryhot, and the child could be burned by theseparts.

G Warning!Do not carry heavy or hard objects in thepassenger compartment unless they arefirmly secured in place.Unsecured or improperly positioned cargoincreases a child’s risk of injury in the eventofRstrong braking maneuversRsudden changes of directionRan accident


fety

and

sec

urity


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 52

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=46db6ce525155670351f190e6f078bf3&version=9&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=c7c055f34b17804d351f15142cb9c45e&version=5&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=e72dc8e13ecfe84c351f1914246b8b3d&version=3&language=en&variant=US

Infant and child restraint systems

G Observe Safety notes, see page 52.We recommend all infants and children beproperly restrained at all times while thevehicle is in motion.All lap/shoulder belts except the driver’s seatbelt have special seat belt retractors forsecure fastening of child restraints.To fasten a child restraint, follow the childrestraint manufacturer’s instructions formounting.To activate the special seat belt retractor:X Pull the shoulder belt out completely and

let it retract.During seat belt retraction, a ratchetingsound can be heard to indicate that thespecial seat belt retractor is activated.The seat belt is now locked.

X Push down on child restraint to take up anyslack.

To deactivate the special seat belt retractor:X Release the seat belt buckle and let the

seat belt retract completely.The seat belt can then again be used in theusual manner.

G Warning!Never release the seat belt buckle while thevehicle is in motion, since the special seat beltretractor will be deactivated.

i Information on child seats with mountingfittings for tether anchorages(Y page 54).For information on LATCH-type (ISOFIX)child seat anchors (Y page 55).

The use of infant or child restraints is requiredby law in all 50 states, the District ofColumbia, the U.S. territories and allCanadian provinces.Infants and small children should be seatedin an appropriate infant or child restraintsystem. They must be properly secured inaccordance with the manufacturer’s

instructions for the child restraint. All infantor child restraint systems must comply withU.S. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards213 and 225 and Canadian Motor VehicleSafety Standards 213 and 210.2.A statement by the child restraintmanufacturer of compliance with thesestandards can be found on the instructionlabel on the restraint and in the instructionmanual provided with the restraint.When using any infant restraint, toddlerrestraint, or booster seat, make sure tocarefully read and follow all manufacturer’sinstructions for installation and use.Please read and observe warning labelsaffixed to the inside of the vehicle and toinfant or child restraints.

G Warning!According to accident statistics, children aresafer when properly restrained in the rearseating positions than in the front seatingposition. Thus, we strongly recommend thatchildren be placed in the rear seats wheneverpossible. Regardless of seating position,children 12 years old and under must beseated and properly secured in an appropriateinfant restraint, toddler restraint, or boosterseat recommended for the size and weight ofthe child.The infant or child restraint must be properlysecured with the vehicle’s seat belt, the seatbelt and top tether strap, or lower anchors andtop tether strap, fully in accordance with thechild seat manufacturer’s instructions.Occupants, especially children, should alwayssit as upright as possible, wear the seat beltproperly and use an appropriately sized infantrestraint, toddler restraint, or booster seatrecommended for the size and weight of thechild.

Occupant safety 53

Safe

ty a

nd s

ecur

ity


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 53

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=04525cf53c885b97351f15156d4b20d1&version=13&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=74f7506e4e9ace37351f15140340c476&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=96209ebb34e5b60d351f151458de788b&version=6&language=en&variant=US

Children can be killed or seriously injured byan inflating air bag. Note the followingimportant information when circumstancesrequire you to place a child in the frontpassenger seat:RYour vehicle is equipped with air bag

technology designed to deactivate the frontpassenger front air bag in your vehiclewhen the system senses the weight of atypical 12-month-old child or less alongwith the weight of a standard appropriatechild restraint on the front passenger seat.RA child in a rear-facing child restraint on the

front passenger seat will be seriouslyinjured or even killed if the front passengerfront air bag inflates in a collision whichcould occur under some circumstances,even with the air bag technology installedin your vehicle. The only means tocompletely eliminate this risk is to neverplace a child in a rear-facing child restraintin the front seat. We therefore stronglyrecommend that you always place a childin a rear-facing child restraint in a backseat.RIf you must install a rear-facing child

restraint on the front passenger seatbecause circumstances require you to doso, make sure the 04indicator lamp is illuminated, indicatingthat the front passenger front air bag isdeactivated. Should the 04indicator lamp not illuminate or go out whilethe restraint is installed, please checkinstallation. Periodically check the04 indicator lamp whiledriving to make sure the 04indicator lamp is illuminated. If the04 indicator lamp goes out orremains out, do not transport a child on thefront passenger seat until the system hasbeen repaired.A child in a rear-facing child restraint on thefront passenger seat will be seriously

injured or even killed if the front passengerfront air bag inflates.RIf you have to place a child in a forward-

facing child restraint on the front passengerseat, move the seat as far back as possible,use the proper child restraintrecommended for the age, size and weightof the child, and secure child restraint withthe vehicle’s seat belt according to the childseat manufacturer’s instructions. Forchildren larger than the typical 12-month-old child, the front passenger front air bagmay or may not be activated.

G Warning!Infants and small children should never sharea seat belt with another occupant. During anaccident, they could be crushed between theoccupant and seat belt.A child’s risk of serious or fatal injuries issignificantly increased if the child restraintsare not properly secured in the vehicle and/or the child is not properly secured in the childrestraint.Children too big for a toddler restraint mustride in seats using regular seat belts. Positionshoulder belt across chest and shoulder, notface or neck. A booster seat may benecessary to achieve proper seat beltpositioning for children over 41 lb (18 kg) untilthey reach a height where a lap/shoulder beltfits properly without a booster.When the child restraint is not in use, removeit from the vehicle or secure it with the seatbelt to prevent the child restraint frombecoming a projectile in the event of anaccident.

Installation of infant and child restraint systems

G Observe Safety notes, see page 52.This vehicle is equipped with tetheranchorages for a top tether strap at each ofthe rear seating positions.


fety

and

sec

urity


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 54

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=a0942aa9b82de639351f190e070701e5&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=5d79e87f3c898e10351f15154d24e04f&version=14&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=5d79e87f3c898e10351f15154d24e04f&version=14&language=en&variant=US

Top tether straps enable an additionalconnection to be made between childrestraint systems secured with LATCH-type(ISOFIX) anchors and rear seats. This canfurther reduce the risk of injury.

X Remove anchorage ring cover : from theanchorage ring of the seat on which a childseat is to be installed.

X Store anchorage ring cover : in aconvenient place (e.g. glove box).

X Guide top tether strap ? between thehead restraint and top of the seat backrest.The head restraint must be positioned suchthat top tether strap ? can pass freelybetween the head restraint and top of theseat backrest.

X Make sure top tether strap ? is nottwisted.

X Securely fasten hook =, which is part oftop tether strap ?, to anchorage ring ;.

X For safety, make sure hook = is attachedto anchorage ring ; beyond the safetycatch, as illustrated.

Once hook = is attached, the child restraintitself can be secured.X Install the child restraint system and

tighten top tether strap ? according to thechild restraint manufacturer’s instructions.

After removing the child restraint system andtop tether strap ?:X Reinstall anchorage ring cover :.

Child seat anchors – LATCH-type (ISOFIX)


G Warning!Children too big for a toddler restraint mustride in seats using regular seat belts. Positionshoulder belt across chest and shoulder, notface or neck.A booster seat may be necessary to achieveproper seat belt positioning for children over41 lb (18 kg) until they reach a height wherea lap/shoulder belt fits properly without abooster.Install child seat according to manufacturer’sinstructions.The child seat must be firmly attached to bothanchors.An incorrectly mounted child seat may comeloose during an accident which could result inserious injury or death to the child.Damaged or impact damaged child seats orchild seat mounting fittings must be replaced.

Each rear seat has two LATCH-type (ISOFIX)anchors for the installation of a LATCH-type(ISOFIX) child seat with matching mountingfittings.Non-LATCH-type (ISOFIX) child seats mayalso be used and can be installed using thevehicle’s seat belt system. Install child seataccording to the manufacturer’s instructions.The LATCH-type (ISOFIX) anchors arecovered with upholstery blends.

Occupant safety 55

Safe

ty a

nd s

ecur

ity


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 55

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=f7b14b4d554a39c1351f190e7c64f54d&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=15510fe8554c7a6e351f190e2e433514&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=19d164523c8a4edd351f15157764a0d2&version=14&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=19d164523c8a4edd351f15157764a0d2&version=14&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=e8331a4b546d9e8e351f1514046e03c1&version=5&language=en&variant=US

Information sign : indicates the position ofanchor ;.X Fold the upholstery blend upward to access

anchors ;.X Install a LATCH-type (ISOFIX) child seat

according to the manufacturer’sinstructions.A rigid connection between the child seatand the body of the vehicle is established.

Child safety

Child safety locksG Observe Safety notes, see page 52.

G Warning!Children could open a rear door from theinside. This may cause serious personal injuryor an accident. Therefore, secure the reardoors with the child safety locks wheneverchildren are riding in the back seats of thevehicle.

The child safety locks on the rear doorsenable you to secure each rear doorindividually. You cannot open a secured reardoor from the inside. You can open the reardoor from the outside when the vehicle isunlocked.

X Securing: Press the lever up in direction ofarrow :.

X Check to make sure the child safety locksare working properly.

X Releasing: Press the lever down indirection of arrow ;.

Override switchG Observe Safety notes, see page 52.

You can disable the rear door windowoperation and the 12V power outlet in therear center console for added safety. This canbe useful, for instance, when you havechildren riding in the rear passengercompartment.

G Warning!Activate the override switch when childrenare riding in the back seats of the vehicle. Thechildren may otherwise injure themselves,e.g. by becoming trapped in the rear doorwindow opening.


fety

and

sec

urity


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 56

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=986727285555b4c8351f190e1b7fb274&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=976154c8d20d247b351f190e62780d79&version=10&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=60dadbc4dc7acdfe351f190e76b891cd&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=aa024f1b55691385351f190e735672f8&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=0fd709063c8b7224351f151522c2a30a&version=13&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=3a54b6ef99bf85fe351f19141b3a0575&version=1&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=27bab37d9dbd3731351f190e1d3142b0&version=1&language=--&variant=--

X Activating: Press override switch :.Indicator lamp ; comes on.The functions in the rear are disabled.

You can still operate the rear door windowsusing the switches located on the doorcontrol panel of the driver’s door.X Deactivating: Press override switch :

again.Indicator lamp ; goes out.The functions in the rear are enabled again.

For more information on power windows, seethe “Controls in detail” section(Y page 94).

Panic alarm

Example illustration: SmartKey with KEYLESS-GO

X Activating: Press and hold !button : for at least 1 second.An audible alarm and flashing exteriorlamps will operate.

X Deactivating: Press ! button : again.orX Insert the SmartKey into the starter switch.orX Press the KEYLESS-GO start/stop button.

The SmartKey with KEYLESS-GO must beinside the vehicle.

i USA only:This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:1. This device may not cause harmful

interference, and2. this device must accept any

interference received, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation.

Any unauthorized modification to thisdevice could void the user’s authority tooperate the equipment.

i Canada only:This device complies with RSS-210 ofIndustry Canada. Operation is subject tothe following two conditions:1. This device may not cause interference,

and2. this device must accept any

interference received, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation of the device.


Driving safety systems

IntroductionThis section contains information about thefollowing driving safety systems:RABS (Antilock Brake System)RAdaptive BrakeRBAS (Brake Assist System)REBP (Electronic Brake Proportioning)RESP® (Electronic Stability Program)

i In winter operation, the maximumeffectiveness of most of the drivingsystems described in this section is only

Driving safety systems 57

Safe

ty a

nd s

ecur

ity


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 57

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=9bddc31b3c8c82c2351f15154a32630e&version=11&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=7bec940b1d2cdd7a351f190e4268f545&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=2482cc6325173a7b351f190e557ccbcf&version=8&language=en&variant=US

achieved with winter tires, or snow chainsas required.

Safety notes

G Warning!The following factors increase the risk ofaccidents:RExcessive speed, especially in turnsRWet and slippery road surfacesRFollowing another vehicle too closely

The driving safety systems described in thissection cannot reduce these risks or preventthe natural laws of physics from acting on thevehicle. They cannot increase braking orsteering efficiency beyond that afforded bythe condition of the vehicle brakes and tiresor the traction afforded.Only a safe, attentive, and skillful driver canprevent accidents.The capabilities of a vehicle equipped with thedriving safety systems described in thissection must never be exploited in a recklessor dangerous manner which could jeopardizethe user’s safety or the safety of others.Always adjust your driving style to theprevailing road and weather conditions andkeep a safe distance to other road users andobjects on the street.If a driving system malfunctions, other drivingsafety systems may also switch off. Observeindicator and warning lamps that may comeon as well as messages in the multifunctiondisplay that may appear.

ABS


G Warning!Do not pump the brake pedal. Use firm, steadybrake pedal pressure instead. Pumping thebrake pedal defeats the purpose of the ABS

and significantly reduces brakingeffectiveness.

The Antilock Brake System (ABS) regulatesthe brake pressure so that the wheels do notlock during braking. This allows you tomaintain the ability to steer your vehicle.The ABS is functional above a speed ofapproximately 5 mph (8 km/h) independentof road surface conditions.On slippery road surfaces, the ABS willrespond even to light brake pressure.The ABS indicator lamp ! in theinstrument cluster comes on when you switchon the ignition. It goes out when the engineis running.

BrakingAt the instant one of the wheels is about tolock up, a slight pulsation can be felt in thebrake pedal. The pulsation indicates that theABS is in the regulating mode.X Keep firm and steady pressure on the brake

pedal while you feel the pulsation.Continuous, steady brake pedal pressureyields the advantages provided by the ABS,namely braking power and the ability to steerthe vehicle.The pulsating brake pedal can be anindication of hazardous road conditions andfunctions as a reminder to take extra carewhile driving.

Emergency brake maneuverX Keep continuous full pressure on the brake

pedal.

G Warning!If the ABS malfunctions, other driving safetysystems such as the BAS or the ESP® are alsoswitched off. Observe indicator and warninglamps that may come on as well as messagesin the multifunction display that may appear.

58 Driving safety systemsSa

fety

and

sec

urity


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 58

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=8022145b886e6d53351f151538c9c156&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=ac2322333c8f2df2351f151521f4e33e&version=9&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=9893c453887754b6351f151511e942b0&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=4aa9521688801953351f15152737017f&version=3&language=en&variant=US

If the ABS malfunctions, the wheels may lockduring hard braking, reducing steeringcapability and extending the braking distance.

BAS

G Observe Safety notes, see page 58.The Brake Assist System (BAS) operates inemergency situations. If you apply the brakesvery quickly, the BAS provides full brakeboost automatically, thereby potentiallyreducing the braking distance.X Apply continuous full braking pressure until

the emergency braking situation is over.The ABS will prevent the wheels fromlocking.

When you release the brake pedal, the brakesfunction again as normal. The BAS is thendeactivated.

G Warning!If the BAS malfunctions, the brake system stillfunctions, but without the additional brakeboost available that the BAS would normallyprovide in an emergency braking maneuver.Therefore, the braking distance may increase.

Adaptive BrakeAdaptive Brake provides a high level ofbraking safety as well as increased brakingcomfort. Adaptive Brake takes driver andvehicle characteristics into consideration,thus achieving an optimal braking effect.For more information on the brake system,see (Y page 210).

EBP

G Observe Safety notes, see page 58.The Electronic Brake Proportioning (EBP)enhances braking effectiveness by allowingthe rear brakes to supply a greater proportion

of the braking effort in straight-line brakingwithout a loss of vehicle stability.

G Warning!If the EBP malfunctions, the brake system willstill function with full brake boost. However,the rear wheels could lock up duringemergency braking situations, for example.You could lose control of the vehicle andcause an accident.Adapt your driving style to the changeddriving characteristics.

ESP®

G Observe Safety notes, see page 58.The Electronic Stability Program (ESP®) isoperational as soon as the engine is running.It monitors the vehicle’s traction (force ofadhesive friction between the tires and theroad surface) and handling.The ESP® recognizes that the vehicle deviatesfrom the direction of travel as intended by thedriver. By applying brakes to individualwheels and by limiting the engine output, theESP® works to stabilize the vehicle. TheESP® is especially useful while driving off andon wet or slippery road surfaces. The ESP®

also stabilizes the vehicle during braking andsteering maneuvers.The ESP® warning lamp d in theinstrument cluster comes on when you switchon the ignition. It goes out when the engineis running.The ESP® warning lamp d in theinstrument cluster flashes when the ESP® isengaged.


Safe

ty a

nd s

ecur

ity


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 59

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=7a5f18433c9009c0351f151579eba095&version=8&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=4b10e4cd888d13af351f1515478cc132&version=4&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=9c3e86f33c9102d4351f15151d1161b4&version=7&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=7d393cfc3c91dd14351f15154ea52347&version=7&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=74faf602889a55c9351f15154b80c2d5&version=4&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=ac9541093c92bd83351f1515695e61a0&version=14&language=en&variant=US

G Warning!Never switch off the ESP® when you see theESP® warning lamp d flashing in theinstrument cluster. In this case proceed asfollows:RWhen driving off, apply as little throttle as

possible.RWhile driving, ease up on the accelerator

pedal.RAdapt your speed and driving style to the

prevailing road conditions.

Failure to observe these guidelines couldcause the vehicle to skid. The ESP® cannotprevent accidents resulting from excessivespeed.

! Because the ESP® operatesautomatically, the engine and ignition mustbe shut off (SmartKey in starter switchposition 0 or 1 or KEYLESS-GO start/stopbutton in position 0 or 1) when the parkingbrake is being tested on a brake testdynamometer or when the vehicle is beingtowed with the front axle raised.Active braking action through the ESP®

may otherwise seriously damage the brakesystem which is not covered by theMercedes-Benz Limited Warranty.

! The ESP® will only function properly if youuse wheels of the recommended tire sizeas specified in the “Technical data” sectionof this Operator’s Manual.

i The Distronic system and cruise controlswitch off automatically when the ESP®

engages.

Electronic Traction System (ETS)

G Observe Safety notes, see page 58.The ETS (Electronic Traction System) is acomponent of the ESP®. The ETS improvesthe vehicle’s ability to utilize availabletraction, especially under slippery road

conditions by applying the brakes to aspinning wheel.Except CLS 63 AMG:When you switch off the ESP®, the ETS is stillenabled.

Switching off the ESP®

Switching off the ESP® (except CLS 63 AMG)G Warning!The ESP® should not be switched off duringnormal driving other than in thecircumstances described below. Disablingthe system will reduce vehicle stability indriving maneuvers.Do not switch off the ESP® when a sparewheel is mounted.

To improve the vehicle’s traction, switch offthe ESP®. This allows the drive wheels to spinand thus cut into surfaces for better grip, forexampleRwhen driving with snow chainsRin deep snowRin sand or gravel

G Warning!Switch on the ESP® immediately if theaforementioned circumstances do not applyanymore. Otherwise the ESP® will notstabilize the vehicle when it is starting to skidor a wheel is spinning.

60 Driving safety systemsSa

fety

and

sec

urity


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 60

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=da873e1da818a11a351f15153470f5fd&version=4&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=806e0e269e4e3924351f190e4f1d4575&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=2bd9f303a84c5373351f1515629575d8&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=f6042e6fa8521ca6351f1515553cb593&version=2&language=en&variant=US

When you switch off the ESP®,Rthe ESP® does not stabilize the vehicleRthe engine output is not limited, which

allows the drive wheels to spin and thus cutinto surfaces for better gripRthe ETS will still apply the brakes to a

spinning wheelRthe ESP® continues to operate when you

are brakingRthe cruise control or the Distronic system

cannot be activatedRthe cruise control or the Distronic system

switch off if activated

i When the ESP® is switched off and one ormore drive wheels are spinning, the ESP®

warning lamp d in the instrumentcluster flashes. However, the ESP® willthen not stabilize the vehicle.

X With the engine running, press ESP®

switch : until the ESP® warning lampd in the instrument cluster comes on.The ESP® is switched off.

G Warning!When the ESP® warning lamp d isilluminated continuously, the ESP® isswitched off or is not operational due to amalfunction. Vehicle stability in standarddriving maneuvers is reduced.Adapt your speed and driving to the prevailingroad conditions and to the non-operatingstatus of the ESP®.

! Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for anextended period with the ESP® switchedoff. This may cause serious damage to thedrivetrain which is not covered by theMercedes-Benz Limited Warranty.

Switching off the ESP® (CLS 63 AMG only)G Warning!The ESP® should not be switched off duringnormal driving.Disabling of the system will result in thefollowing:Rno restriction to engine torqueRloss of system-supported traction control

“ESP® OFF” is designed for driving on closedtracks when the vehicle’s natural oversteerand understeer characteristics are desiredand requires a highly skilled and experienceddriver able to handle these critical drivingsituations.You could lose control of your vehicle andcause an accident.Please be aware of these limits when youswitch off the ESP®.Do not switch off the ESP® when a sparewheel is mounted.

When you switch off the ESP®,Rthe ESP® does not stabilize the vehicleRthe engine output is not limited, which

allows the drive wheels to spinRthe ETS will still apply the brakes to a

spinning wheelRthe ESP® operates while you are brakingRthe cruise control or the Distronic system

cannot be activatedRthe cruise control or the Distronic system

switch off if currently activated

i When the ESP® is switched off and one ormore drive wheels are spinning, the ESP®

warning lamp d in the instrumentcluster flashes. However, the ESP® willthen not stabilize the vehicle.


Safe

ty a

nd s

ecur

ity


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 61

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=9b1860b1a85f6d32351f15157a7df5a6&version=4&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=49c66bc9a86add5a351f15151f0df5a6&version=2&language=en&variant=US

X With the engine running, press ESP®

switch : until the ESP® warning lampd in the instrument cluster comes on.The ESP® is switched off.

G Warning!When the ESP® warning lamp d isilluminated continuously, the ESP® isswitched off or is not operational due to amalfunction. Vehicle stability in standarddriving maneuvers is reduced.Adapt your speed and driving to the prevailingroad conditions and to the non-operatingstatus of the ESP®.

! Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for anextended period with the ESP® switchedoff. This may cause serious damage to thedrivetrain which is not covered by theMercedes-Benz Limited Warranty.

Switching on the ESP®

X Press ESP® switch : until the ESP®

warning lamp d in the instrumentcluster goes out.You are now again in normal driving modewith the ESP® switched on.

Anti-theft systems

ImmobilizerThe immobilizer prevents unauthorizedpersons from starting your vehicle.When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKey with you and lock the vehicle. Theengine can be started by anyone with a validSmartKey that is left inside the vehicle.

ActivatingX With SmartKey: Remove the SmartKey

from the starter switch.X With KEYLESS-GO: Turn off the engine and

open the driver’s door.

DeactivatingX Switch on the ignition.

i Starting the engine will also deactivatethe immobilizer.In the event that the engine cannot bestarted (yet the vehicle’s battery ischarged), the system is not operational.Contact an authorized Mercedes-BenzCenter or call 1-800-FOR-MERCedes (in theUSA) or 1-800-387-0100 (in Canada).

Anti-theft alarm systemOnce the alarm system has been armed, avisual and audible alarm is triggered whensomeone opensRa doorRthe trunkRthe hoodThe alarm will stay on even if the activatingelement, a door, for example, is closedimmediately.The alarm system will also be triggered whenRthe vehicle is opened with the mechanical

keyRa door is opened from the insideRthe trunk is opened with the emergency

release buttonTo cancel the alarm after it has beentriggered, see “Canceling the alarm”(Y page 63).

62 Anti-theft systemsSa

fety

and

sec

urity


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 62

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=9b1860b1a85f6d32351f15157a7df5a6&version=4&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=24486bc23c95c510351f15151edb2030&version=8&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=1435480b3c96c417351f15156f64a323&version=13&language=en&variant=US

i If the alarm stays on for more than30 seconds, the Tele Aid system initiates acall to the Customer Assistance Centerautomatically. The Tele Aid system willinitiate the call provided thatRyou have subscribed to the Tele Aid

serviceRthe Tele Aid service has been activated

properlyRthe necessary mobile phone, power

supply and GPS coverage are available

X Arming: Lock the vehicle with theSmartKey or with KEYLESS-GO.The turn signal lamps flash three times toindicate that the vehicle is locked. Indicatorlamp : flashes to indicate that the alarmsystem is armed.

i If the turn signal lamps do not flash threetimes, a door or the trunk may not beproperly closed.Close the respective element.

X Disarming: Unlock the vehicle with theSmartKey or with KEYLESS-GO.The turn signal lamps flash once to indicatethat the alarm system is disarmed.

i Unless you open a door or the trunk withinapproximately 40 seconds after unlockingthe vehicle:RThe vehicle will be locked again.RThe anti-theft alarm system will be

rearmed.

Canceling the alarmTo cancel the alarm, do one of the following:X Insert the SmartKey into the starter switch.X Press button % or & on the

SmartKey.

In vehicles with KEYLESS-GO:X Grasp an outside door handle.

The SmartKey must be within 3 ft (1 m) ofthe vehicle.

X Press the KEYLESS-GO start/stop button.The SmartKey must be inside the vehicle.

Anti-theft systems 63

Safe

ty a

nd s

ecur

ity


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 63

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=cc91aad69e58faf8351f190e39920568&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=58e2db424b0163b9351f15143d09c4b1&version=8&language=en&variant=US

64


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 64

Vehicle equipment .............................. 66Locking and unlocking ....................... 66Starter switch positions ..................... 76Seats .................................................... 77Multifunction steering wheel ............. 82Mirrors ................................................. 84Memory function ................................. 85Lighting ................................................ 86Wipers .................................................. 92Power windows ................................... 94Driving and parking ............................ 96Automatic transmission ................... 101Instrument cluster ............................ 108Control system .................................. 110Driving systems ................................ 127Climate control system .................... 143Rear window defroster ..................... 151Power tilt/sliding sunroof ............... 152Loading and storing .......................... 154Useful features ................................. 160

65

Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 65

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=99196311eb982e00351f191429396010&version=1&language=--&variant=--

Vehicle equipment


Locking and unlocking

Notes

G Observe Safety notes, see page 52.When unlocking or locking the vehicle withthe SmartKey an acoustic signal sounds. Theacoustic signal is activated at the factory. Ifyou wish to deactivate the feature, or adjustits signal volume, contact an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center.When unlocking the vehicle, all turn signallamps flash once. An acoustic signal soundsonce, and the locking knobs in the doorsmove up. The anti-theft alarm system isdisarmed.When locking the vehicle, all turn signal lampsflash three times. An acoustic signal soundsthree times, and the locking knobs in thedoors move down. The anti-theft alarmsystem is armed.All doors and the trunk must be closed.If you cannot lock or unlock the vehicle withthe SmartKey, the batteries in the SmartKeyare discharged, the SmartKey ismalfunctioning, or the vehicle battery isdrained.X Check the batteries in the SmartKey

(Y page 69) and replace them ifnecessary.

X Use the mechanical key to unlock thedriver’s door and the trunk (Y page 261).

X Use the mechanical key to lock the vehicle(Y page 262).

X Have the vehicle battery and the vehiclebattery connections checked at anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

If the SmartKey is malfunctioning, contactRoadside Assistance or an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center.

SmartKeyYour vehicle comes supplied with twoSmartKeys, each with remote control and aremovable mechanical key.The SmartKey centrally locks and unlocksRthe doorsRthe trunk lidRthe fuel filler flap

Example illustration: SmartKey with KEYLESS-GO: & Lock button; F Unlock button for trunk lid= % Unlock button

When you open a door, the door window onthat side lowers slightly. Once you close thedoor, the door window moves up again.

! A door window will not work if it is blockedwith ice or if the vehicle battery isdischarged. If you cannot shut a door, donot force it or you could damage the dooror the door window. Fix whatever isaffecting the window before trying to shutthe door.

66 Locking and unlockingCo

ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 66


https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=c6cd9aa2c6cfd2c1351f190e649e4197&version=11&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=8142792c3231d075351f15155c432370&version=14&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=f44ba5210ec81577351f19142f9ed132&version=1&language=--&variant=--









Factory setting X Global unlocking: Press button %.Unless you open a door or the trunk withinapproximately 40 seconds after unlockingthe vehicle:RThe vehicle will be locked again.RThe anti-theft alarm system will be

rearmed.X Global locking: Press button &.

Selective setting If you frequently travel alone, you may wishto reprogramm the SmartKey. Pressingbutton % will then only unlock the driver’s

door, interior lockable storagecompartments, and the fuel filler flap.X Switching on/off: Press and hold buttons% and & simultaneously forapproximately 6 seconds until the batterycheck lamp (Y page 69) flashes twice.

The SmartKey will then function as follows:X Unlocking driver’s door and fuel filler

flap: Press button % once.X Global unlocking: Press button %

twice.X Global locking: Press button &.

KEYLESS-GOVehicles equipped with KEYLESS-GO comewith two SmartKeys with KEYLESS-GO, eachwith remote control and a removablemechanical key.The KEYLESS-GO function is integrated intothe SmartKey. The validity of the SmartKey ischecked every time you pull an outside doorhandle.When the SmartKey is valid, your vehicleunlocksRthe doorsRthe trunk lidRthe fuel filler flapWhen you open a door, the door window onthat side lowers slightly. Once you close thedoor, the door window moves up again.

! A door window will not work if it is blockedwith ice or if the vehicle battery isdischarged. If you cannot shut a door, donot force it or you could damage the dooror the door window. Fix whatever isaffecting the window before trying to shutthe door.

Locking and unlocking 67

Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 67

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=ccc0a50732345a18351f15153034a1b1&version=12&language=en&variant=US









Important notes on using KEYLESS-GO RYou can also use the SmartKey with

KEYLESS-GO like a normal SmartKey(Y page 66).RYou can combine KEYLESS-GO functions

with normal SmartKey functions (e.g.unlocking with KEYLESS-GO and lockingwith button &).RAlways carry the SmartKey with you.RNever store the SmartKey together with

- electronic items such as a mobile phoneor another SmartKey

- metallic objects such as coins or metalfoil

Doing so could impair the function of theKEYLESS-GO system.RTo lock or unlock the vehicle, the SmartKey

must be located outside the vehicle withinapproximately 3 ft (1 m) of a door or thetrunk.RIf the SmartKey is positioned farther away

from the vehicle, the system may no longerrecognize the SmartKey. The vehiclecannot be locked or the engine started viathe KEYLESS-GO system.RIf the SmartKey is removed from the vehicle

(e.g. if a passenger exits the vehicle withthe SmartKey)- when pressing the KEYLESS-GO start/

stop button or trying to lock the vehiclewith the lock button on an outside doorhandle the message Key Not Detected appears in the multifunctiondisplay

- with the engine running, the red messageKey Not Detected appears in themultifunction display while driving off

Find the SmartKey or change its presentlocation immediately (e.g. place it on thefront passenger seat or insert it in shirtpocket).RIf you have started the engine with the

KEYLESS-GO start/stop button, you canturn it off again bypressing the KEYLESS-GO start/stop

button- inserting the SmartKey into the starter

switch when the vehicle is at a standstilland the automatic transmission is in parkposition P

RThe vehicle could be inadvertentlyunlocked if the SmartKey is within 3 ft (1 m)of the vehicle andan outside door handle is splashed with

water


ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 68

or- you attempt to clean an outside door

handle

RRemember that the engine can be startedby anyone with a SmartKey that is leftinside the vehicle.Possibility 1 (One SmartKey in the vehicle,one SmartKey outside the vehicle):If you leave the SmartKey behind whenexiting and locking the vehicle, no messageappears in the multifunction display.Possibility 2 (One SmartKey in the vehicle,no SmartKey outside the vehicle):When exiting and trying to lock the vehicle,the message Key Detected In Vehicleappears in the multifunction display. Thevehicle will not be locked.

Factory setting X Global unlocking: Pull an outside door

handle.Unless you open a door or the trunk withinapproximately 40 seconds after unlockingthe vehicle:RThe vehicle will be locked again.RThe anti-theft alarm system will be

rearmed.

X Global locking: Press lock button : on anoutside door handle.

Selective setting If you frequently travel alone, you may wishto reprogram the SmartKey. Pulling thedriver’s outside door handle will then onlyunlock the driver’s door and the fuel filler flap.X Switching on/off: Press and hold buttons% and & simultaneously forapproximately 6 seconds until the batterycheck lamp (Y page 69) flashes twice.

KEYLESS-GO will then function as follows:X Unlocking driver’s door and fuel filler

flap: Pull the driver’s outside door handle.X Global unlocking: Pull any outside door

handle other than the driver’s outside doorhandle.

X Global locking: Press lock button : on anoutside door handle.

Checking SmartKey batteries

Example illustration: SmartKey with KEYLESS-GO

X Press button & or % on theSmartKey.Battery check lamp : comes on briefly toindicate that the SmartKey batteries are inorder.

If the battery check lamp does not come onbriefly during check, the SmartKey batteriesare discharged.X Replace the batteries (Y page 264).

i You can obtain the required batteries atany authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.


Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 69

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=742d74e8896696e8351f190e3480f205&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=cdf3d637324620d9351f151570cb20b3&version=12&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=7916bcf00ec93428351f191433bb5695&version=1&language=--&variant=--

i If the batteries are checked within signalrange of the vehicle, pressing button& or % will lock or unlock the vehicleaccordingly.

Loss of the SmartKeyIf you lose your SmartKey or mechanical key,you should do the following:X Have the SmartKey deactivated by an

authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.X Report the loss of the SmartKey or the

mechanical key to your car insurancecompany immediately.

X Have the mechanical lock replaced ifnecessary.

Any authorized Mercedes-Benz Center will beglad to supply you with a replacement. Forinformation on replacing the SmartKey, see“Replacing the SmartKey” (Y page 70).

Replacing the SmartKeyOnly you, or someone authorized by you canorder a replacement key from any Mercedes-Benz Center. In order to do so, the Mercedes-Benz Center will require proof of identity andvehicle ownership with original documents,including the following:If you are the current owner of the vehicle:Rthe vehicle’s current state registrationRa current identity card, passport, or drivers

licenseIf you are an authorized person:Rthe vehicle’s current state registrationRa current identity card, passport, or drivers

license for the authorized individualRsigned and dated authorization from the

owner of the vehicle for which the key isbeing requested

i Duplicated or photocopieddocumentation will not be accepted.

Activating the keyOnce you, or an authorized person, hasprovided the appropriate documents, theMercedes-Benz Center will need tosynchronize the key to your vehicle before itcan be used. In order to do so, the Mercedes-Benz Center need access to your vehicle.

Opening the doors from the insideYou can open a door from the inside evenwhen it is locked unless it is secured with thechild safety lock (Y page 56).Open door only when conditions are safe todo so.

Example illustration driver’s door

If the vehicle has previously been locked withthe SmartKey or with KEYLESS-GO, openinga door from the inside will trigger the anti-theft alarm system.To cancel the alarm, see (Y page 63).X Front doors: Pull on inside door

handle ; on the respective front door.If the door was locked, locking knob : willmove up.When you open a door, the door window onthat side lowers slightly. Once you close thedoor, the door window moves up again.

! A door window will not work if it is blockedwith ice or if the vehicle battery isdischarged. If you cannot shut a door, donot force it or you could damage the dooror the door window. Fix whatever is


ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 70

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=f04b78cc3250c00a351f15152489636b&version=11&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=d396974915d24f6e351f19143122f406&version=1&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=8f64dfc931a8a748351f15155782a00c&version=13&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=8a9c073b89693601351f190e5a2a3263&version=1&language=--&variant=--

affecting the window before trying to shutthe door.

X Rear doors: Pull up locking knob on therespective rear door to unlock door.

X Pull on the inside door handle on therespective rear door.

Automatic central lockingYou can switch the automatic central lockingon or off using the control system(Y page 123).The doors and the trunk lock automaticallywhen the vehicle is set into motion.You can open a locked front door from theinside. Open door only when conditions aresafe to do so.The doors are designed to unlockautomatically after an accident if the force ofthe impact exceeds a preset threshold.The vehicle locks automatically when theignition is switched on and the wheels areturning at a vehicle speed of above 9 mph(15 km/h). You could therefore lock yourselfout when the vehicle is pushed or towed or ison a test stand.

Locking and unlocking from the inside

G Observe Safety notes, see page 52.You can lock or unlock the vehicle from theinside using the central locking or unlockingswitch. This can be useful, for example, if youwant to lock the vehicle before starting todrive.The central locking or unlocking switch doesnot lock or unlock the fuel filler flap.

X Locking: Press central locking switch ;.When all doors are closed, the vehiclelocks.

X Unlocking: Press central unlockingswitch :.

You can open a locked front door from theinside. Open door only when conditions aresafe to do so.If the vehicle was previously locked with thecentral locking switchRand the SmartKey is set to factory settings,

the complete vehicle is unlocked when afront door is opened from the insideRand the SmartKey is set to selective

settings, only the front door opened fromthe inside is unlocked

If the vehicle has been locked centrally withthe SmartKey or with KEYLESS-GO, it will notunlock using the central unlocking switch.

Opening the trunk

G Warning!Make sure the trunk is closed when the engineis running and while driving. Among otherdangers, deadly carbon monoxide (CO) gasesmay enter vehicle interior resulting inunconsciousness and death.

! When you open the trunk, the trunk lidswings open upwards. Always make surethere is sufficient overhead clearance.


Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 71

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=173558823254448b351f15154bed2073&version=12&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=b89f26e93255c53e351f151533b42028&version=15&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=abadb3008981dfe8351f190e18c3f51f&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=d90e77d431aa0812351f15150b2fe333&version=10&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=3ea45526f576f876351f191436288bdb&version=2&language=en&variant=US

You can open the trunk when the vehicle isstationary.A minimum height clearance of 5.9 ft (1.80 m)is required to open the trunk lid.

Opening the trunk from the outside

X Press and hold button F (Y page 66) onthe SmartKey until the trunk unlocks andbegins to open.

orX Pull on handle :.

In vehicles without KEYLESS-GO: Thevehicle must be unlocked.

If the trunk does not open, it is still lockedseparately (Y page 75).Vehicles with trunk opening/closing system:X Stopping the opening procedure: Press

button F on the SmartKey.

Opening the trunk from the inside

Example illustration: Vehicles with trunk opening/closing system

X Pull remote trunk opening switch : untilthe trunk begins to open.

If the trunk does not open, it is still lockedseparately (Y page 75).Vehicles with trunk opening/closing system:X To interrupt the opening procedure:

Release remote trunk opening switch :.

Closing the trunk

G Warning!Make sure the trunk is closed when the engineis running and while driving. Among otherdangers, deadly carbon monoxide (CO) gasesmay enter vehicle interior resulting inunconsciousness and death.

G Warning!To prevent possible personal injury, alwayskeep hands and fingers away from the trunkopening when closing the trunk lid. Beespecially careful when small children arearound.

G Observe Safety notes, see page 52.Do not leave the SmartKey in the open trunk.You may lock yourself out.If the vehicle was previously locked centrallywith the SmartKey or KEYLESS-GO, the trunklid will lock automatically when closed. Allturn signal lamps flash three times to confirmlocking.


ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 72

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=8ce4b0d89e911bf7351f190e557e8504&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=18ef9034d321b986351f19143f9974be&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=3956157e31abdd3a351f151504f4e0a6&version=11&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=3ea45526f576f876351f191436288bdb&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=31a507b5f5accab3351f190e63b7d613&version=2&language=en&variant=US

Closing the trunk from the outside manually

X Lower trunk lid by pulling firmly onhandle :.

X Close trunk with hands placed flat on trunklid.

Closing the trunk from the inside automatically

G Warning!Maintain sight of the area around the rear ofthe vehicle while operating the trunk lid withthe door mounted switch. Monitor the closingprocedure carefully to make sure no one is indanger of being injured.To interrupt the closing procedure, press orpull the door mounted remote trunk opening/closing switch.Even with the SmartKey removed from thestarter switch or the SmartKey with KEYLESS-GO removed from the vehicle, the remotetrunk opening/closing switch can beoperated. Therefore, do not leave childrenunattended in the vehicle, or with access toan unlocked vehicle. A child’s unsupervisedaccess to a vehicle could result in an accidentand/or serious personal injury.

In vehicles with trunk opening/closingsystem you can close the trunk from theinside using the remote trunk opening/closing switch.If the trunk lid comes into contact with anobject while closing, the closing procedure is

stopped and the trunk lid reopens slightly.This will happen only while the trunk is in itsupper motion sequence. Check if luggage hasbeen piled too high, for example.

X Press and hold remote trunk opening/closing switch : until the trunk is closed.

X To interrupt the closing procedure:Release remote trunk opening/closingswitch :.

Closing the trunk from the outside automatically

G Warning!Monitor the closing procedure carefully tomake sure no one is in danger of beinginjured. To prevent possible personal injury,always keep hands and fingers away from thetrunk opening when closing the trunk lid. Beespecially careful when small children arearound. To stop the closing procedure, do oneof the following:RPress button F on the SmartKey.RPress or pull the remote trunk opening/

closing switch (on the driver’s door).RPress the trunk closing switch.RPress the KEYLESS-GO locking/closing

switch.RPull the trunk lid handle.

Even with the SmartKey removed from thestarter switch or the SmartKey with KEYLESS-GO removed from the vehicle, the remote


Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 73

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=bc8283b389aaa526351f190e6306724c&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=68c364f872c05ae6351f15142d6803cb&version=4&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=18ef9034d321b986351f19143f9974be&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=bc9b011a151f36bd351f190e12d6d634&version=2&language=en&variant=US

trunk opening/closing switch can beoperated. Therefore, do not leave childrenunattended in the vehicle, or with access toan unlocked vehicle. A child’s unsupervisedaccess to a vehicle could result in an accidentand/or serious personal injury.

In vehicles with trunk opening/closingsystem you can close the trunk separatelyfrom the outside using the trunk closingswitch.

Vehicles without KEYLESS-GO

Vehicles with KEYLESS-GO

X Press trunk closing switch : briefly.If the trunk lid comes into contact with anobject while closing, the closing procedure isstopped and the trunk lid reopens slightly.This will happen only while the trunk is in itsupper motion sequence. Check if luggage hasbeen piled too high, for example.

Closing the trunk and locking vehicle from outsideIn vehicles with trunk opening/closingsystem and KEYLESS-GO, you can close the

trunk and lock the vehicle simultaneouslyfrom the outside using the KEYLESS-GOlocking/closing switch.

X Make sure you have the SmartKey withKEYLESS-GO with you.

X Press KEYLESS-GO locking/closingswitch : briefly.With all doors closed:RThe locking knobs in the doors move

down.RThe trunk lid starts to close

automatically.RAll turn signal lamps flash three times to

confirm locking once the trunk hasclosed completely.RAn acoustic signal sounds three times.RThe anti-theft alarm system is armed.

If the trunk lid comes into contact with anobject while closing, the closing procedure isstopped and the trunk lid reopens slightly.This will happen only while the trunk is in itsupper motion sequence. Check if luggage hasbeen piled too high, for example.

Trunk lid emergency releaseThe trunk lid can be opened from inside thetrunk with the emergency release button.


ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 74

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=366a4ea748f221be351f190e00ce0908&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=26a09beb9eaced48351f190e49de42ba&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=833e2f6d9eb036e5351f190e0a12457c&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=52fae9b031ad4512351f15156ac060ca&version=8&language=en&variant=US

X Briefly press emergency releasebutton :.

The emergency release button unlocks andopens the trunk while the vehicle is standingstill or in motion.Illumination of the emergency release button:RThe button flashes for 30 minutes after

opening the trunk.RThe button flashes for 60 minutes after

closing the trunk.The emergency release button does not openthe trunk, if the vehicle battery is dischargedor disconnected.If the vehicle has previously been lockedcentrally with the SmartKey or KEYLESS-GO,opening the trunk from the inside using theemergency release button will trigger theanti-theft alarm system.To cancel the alarm, see (Y page 63).

Valet lockingYou can lock the trunk separately with themechanical key. This denies unauthorizedaccess to the trunk, e.g. when you valet parkthe vehicle.X Leave only the SmartKey less its

mechanical key with the vehicle.

X Valet locking: Close the trunk.X Remove the mechanical key from the

SmartKey (Y page 261).X Insert the mechanical key in the trunk lid

lock.X Turn the mechanical key clockwise to

position 2 and remove the mechanicalkey in that position to lock the trunk.

The trunk remains locked even when thevehicle is centrally unlocked.You can then only open the trunk with themechanical key.X Canceling: Insert the mechanical key in

the trunk lid lock.X Turn the mechanical key counterclockwise

to neutral position 1 and remove themechanical key in that position to unlockthe trunk.You can now open the trunk.


Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 75

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=2fad717f9eb66af9351f190e7070c56c&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=134a602f31ae9178351f15151b6b6095&version=8&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=272554a79eba0681351f190e5b2ac2b4&version=1&language=--&variant=--

Starter switch positions

SmartKey


Starter switchg For removing SmartKey (gear selector

lever must be in park position P)1 Power supply for some electrical

consumers, e.g. wipers2 Ignition (power supply for all electrical

consumers) and driving position 3 Starting position

When you switch on the ignition, all lamps inthe instrument cluster come on. The low-beam headlamp indicator lamp, high-beamheadlamp indicator lamp, and turn signalindicator lamps will only come on if activated.If a lamp in the instrument cluster fails tocome on when the ignition is switched on,have it checked and replaced if necessary. Ifa lamp in the instrument cluster remains onafter starting the engine or comes on whiledriving, refer to “Lamps in instrument cluster”(Y page 251).If the SmartKey is left in starter switchposition 0 for an extended period of time, itcan no longer be turned in the starter switch.In this case, the steering is locked. To unlock,remove SmartKey from the starter switch andreinsert.The steering is locked when the SmartKey isremoved from the starter switch.

X Always remove the SmartKey from thestarter switch when the engine is not inoperation.This will help to prevent accelerated vehiclebattery discharge or a completelydischarged vehicle battery.

If the SmartKey cannot be turned in thestarter switch, the vehicle battery may not besufficiently charged.X Check the vehicle battery and charge it if

necessary (Y page 279).orX Get a jump start (Y page 280).

KEYLESS-GO

G Observe Safety notes, see page 52.Vehicles equipped with the KEYLESS-GOfeature are supplied with a SmartKey withintegrated KEYLESS-GO function.The SmartKey must be present in the vehicle.Pressing the KEYLESS-GO start/stop buttonwithout depressing the brake pedalcorresponds to the various starter switchpositions (Y page 76).Pressing the KEYLESS-GO start/stop buttonwith the brake pedal firmly depressed willstart the engine (Y page 97).The function of the SmartKey overrules theKEYLESS-GO function.X Make sure the automatic transmission is in

park position P.X Do not depress the brake pedal.

76 Starter switch positionsCo

ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 76

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=b24012303259a745351f151531f8e08a&version=13&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=a1f066c39ec26846351f190e4b5f0563&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=558f9741325a82ec351f15153770632b&version=11&language=en&variant=US

KEYLESS-GO start/stop button: USA only; Canada only

Position 0Before you press the KEYLESS-GO start/stopbutton, the vehicle’s on-board electronicshave status 0 (as with SmartKey removed).

Position 1X Press the KEYLESS-GO start/stop button

once.This supplies power for some electricalconsumers, e.g. wipers.

i When you now press the KEYLESS-GOstart/stop buttonRonce more, the ignition (position 2) is

switched onRtwice more the power supply is again

switched off

Ignition (or position 2) X Press the KEYLESS-GO start/stop button

twice.This supplies power for all electricalconsumers.When you switch on the ignition, all lampsin the instrument cluster come on. The low-beam headlamp indicator lamp, high-beamheadlamp indicator lamp, and turn signalindicator lamps will only come on ifactivated. If a lamp in the instrumentcluster fails to come on when the ignition

is switched on, have it checked andreplaced if necessary. If a lamp in theinstrument cluster remains on afterstarting the engine or comes on whiledriving, refer to “Lamps in instrumentcluster” (Y page 251).

i When you now press the KEYLESS-GOstart/stop button once, the power supplyis again switched off.

Seats

Safety notes

G Warning!In order to avoid possible loss of vehiclecontrol the following must be done before thevehicle is put into motion:Rseat adjustmentRhead restraint adjustmentRsteering wheel adjustmentRrear view mirror adjustmentRfastening of seat belts

G Warning!Do not adjust the driver’s seat while driving.Adjusting the seat while driving could causethe driver to lose control of the vehicle.Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seatbackrest in an excessively reclined position asthis can be dangerous. You could slide underthe seat belt in a collision. If you slide underit, the seat belt would apply force at theabdomen or neck. That could cause seriousor fatal injuries. The seat backrest and seatbelts provide the best restraint when thewearer is in a position that is as upright aspossible and seat belts are properlypositioned on the body.

G Warning!Your seat must be adjusted so that you cancorrectly fasten your seat belt.

Seats 77

Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 77

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=d41a1cfc9ec8f205351f190e404f8547&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=80809ba431ee18f3351f151472f45a70&version=9&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=05f86598bb15f2ed351f191443c6a71f&version=1&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=7d8cbdd211af19e5351f15147367f8f6&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=41e8c3fb11b19ea8351f1514580cf9fc&version=4&language=en&variant=US

Observe the following points:RAdjust the seat backrest until your arms are

slightly angled when holding the steeringwheel.RAdjust the seat to a comfortable seating

position that still allows you to reach theaccelerator/brake pedal safely. Theposition should be as far back as possiblewith the driver still able to operate thecontrols properly.RAdjust the head restraint so that it is as

close to the head as possible. The center ofthe head restraint must support the back ofthe head at eye level.RNever place hands under the seat or near

any moving parts while a seat is beingadjusted.

Failure to do so could result in an accidentand/or serious personal injury.

G Warning!The power seats can be operated at any time.Therefore, do not leave children unattendedin the vehicle, or with access to an unlockedvehicle. A child’s unsupervised access to avehicle could result in an accident and/orserious personal injury.

G Warning!According to accident statistics, children aresafer when properly restrained in the rearseating positions than in the front seatingposition. Thus, we strongly recommend thatchildren be placed in the rear seats wheneverpossible. Regardless of seating position,children 12 years old and under must beseated and properly secured in anappropriately sized infant restraint, toddlerrestraint, or booster seat recommended forthe size and weight of the child. For additionalinformation, see “Children in the vehicle”.A child’s risk of serious or fatal injuries issignificantly increased if the child restraintsare not properly secured in the vehicle and/

or the child is not properly secured in the childrestraint.

G Warning!For your protection, drive only with properlypositioned head restraints.Adjust the head restraint so that it is as closeto the head as possible and the center of thehead restraint supports the back of the headat eye level. This will reduce the potential forinjury to the head and neck in the event of anaccident or similar situation.Do not drive the vehicle without the seat headrestraints. Head restraints are intended tohelp reduce injuries during an accident.

Seat adjustment! When moving the seats, make sure there

are no items in the footwell or behind theseats. Otherwise, you could damage theseats and/or the items.

Power seats i The memory function (Y page 85) lets

you store the settings for the seat positiontogether with the settings for the steeringwheel and the exterior rear view mirrors.

78 SeatsCo

ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 78

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=ac6dc6c2a6da07f9351f190e00a4e482&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=dbaff4c911c13aca351f15142e44b9fc&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=e0280547150b2168351f15146d81ff6f&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=e7f9778532687afe351f151534e4e363&version=13&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=c3c593fb29da8e33351f190e45398e93&version=1&language=--&variant=--

X Seat fore and aft adjustment: Press theswitch forward or backward in direction ofarrow ?.

i When moving the seat fore or aft, the headrestraints may readjust automatically.

X Seat backrest tilt: Press the switchforward or backward in direction of arrowA.

X Seat height: Press the switch up or downin direction of arrow =.

X Seat cushion tilt: Press the switch up ordown in direction of arrow ; until yourupper legs are lightly supported.

X Head restraint height: Press the switchup or down in direction of arrow :.

Head restraint fore and aft adjustment

X While seated, reach behind you with bothhands and find upper edge of the headrestraint.

X Push or pull on the upper edge of the headrestraint cushion to the desired position.

Comfort head restraint G Warning!When folding back the side cushions, neverreach between the side cushion and themounting post. You could otherwise betrapped.

You can adjust the side cushions of the headrestraints individually.X Adjusting side cushions: Pull or push side

cushions : into desired position.X Adjusting forward or backward: Pull or

push head restraint in direction ofarrow ;.

Lumbar supportYou can adjust the contour of the front seat’slumbar support to help enhance support toyour spine.

X Move adjustment lever : in direction ofthe arrows until you have reached acomfortable seating position.

Seats 79

Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 79

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=56da381d9328cc96351f190e590cb51b&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=1f12f1ce1520700a351f1514636c382e&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=9da6ea569329aec0351f190e431ef2cb&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=306ce1543269a55d351f15155238e02e&version=10&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=6ec34b759330e24b351f190e6e51b28c&version=1&language=--&variant=--

Rear seat head restraints

G Warning!For safety reasons, always drive with the rearhead restraints in the upright position whenthe rear seats are occupied.Keep the area around head restraints clear ofarticles (e.g. clothing) to not obstruct thefolding operation of the head restraints.

G Warning!For your protection, drive only with properlypositioned head restraints.Adjust the head restraint in such a way that itis as close to the head as possible and thecenter of the head restraint supports the backof the head at eye level. This will reduce thepotential for injury to the head and neck in theevent of an accident or similar situation.With a rear seat occupied, make sure to movethe respective head restraint up from thelowest non-use position and have theoccupant adjust the head restraint properly.Do not drive the vehicle without the seat headrestraints installed when the rear seats areoccupied. Head restraints are intended tohelp reduce injuries during an accident.

G Warning!Make sure the rear seat head restraintsengage when placing them upright manually.Otherwise their protective function cannot beensured.The back of the head will not be supported inthe event of a collision. That could causeserious or even fatal injuries. Rear seatoccupants can be seriously injured or killed.

Folding rear seat head restraints backThe rear seat head restraints can be foldedbackward for increased visibility.

X Switch on the ignition.X Press the symbol-side on head restraint

release switch : to release the headrestraints.The head restraints will fold backward.

Placing rear seat head restraints upright

X Pull the head restraint forward until it locksinto position.

Multicontour seatThe multicontour seat has a movable seatcushion and inflatable air cushions built intothe seat backrest to provide additionallumbar and side support.

80 SeatsCo

ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 80

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=3fb58291326a9b0e351f15153e1c6319&version=14&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=b17800b8159b30e9351f15146b9c39e7&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=577199cb682745de351f190e54f64aa4&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=01a4791015ab591a351f15140ca83f46&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=1e24573c9333e59f351f190e4b14b559&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=6d56862293359898351f190e76e3355a&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=e5b3f090326c0e60351f15152cb52000&version=12&language=en&variant=US

X Switch on the ignition.X Seat cushion depth: Adjust the seat

cushion depth to the length of your upperleg using switch ?.

X Seat backrest contour: Adjust thecontour of the seat backrest to the desiredposition using W or X.

X Move the seat backrest support cushion tothe bottom with button = or to the centerwith button ;.

X Seat backrest side bolsters: Adjust theside bolsters so that they provide goodlateral support using switch :.

i If, after a period of time, the seat no longerprovides the desired contour, then repeatthe adjustment procedure.

Seat ventilation

The blue indicator lamps in seat ventilationswitch : come on to show which ventilationlevel you have selected.

i The seat ventilation for the driver’s seatcan be activated using the summer openingfeature (Y page 96).

X Switch on the ignition.X Switching on: Press seat ventilation

switch :.Three blue indicator lamps in seatventilation switch : come on.

X Press seat ventilation switch : repeatedlyuntil the desired ventilation level is set.

X Switching off: Press seat ventilationswitch : repeatedly until all indicatorlamps go out.

If one or more of the indicator lamps in theseat ventilation switch : are flashing, thereis insufficient voltage available since toomany electrical consumers are turned on. Theseat ventilation switches off automatically.The seat ventilation will switch back on againautomatically as soon as sufficient voltage isavailable.

Seat heating

Front seat heating switches

Seats 81

Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 81

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=2dec7f7b933d8b70351f190e1dce32ca&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=20766851326d7751351f1515521620d5&version=12&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=c4a12db493430170351f190e3d03f2c9&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=e333970c326e30cb351f151574d0a320&version=14&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=048fcdf1934596e2351f190e3ee3322c&version=1&language=--&variant=--

Rear seat heating switch (Canada only)

The red indicator lamps in seat heatingswitch : come on to show which heatinglevel you have selected.The seat heating switches from level 3 (high)to level 2 after approximately 5 minutes.The seat heating switches from level 2 to level1 (low) after approximately 10 minutes.After approximately 20 minutes in level 1, theseat heating switches off automatically.X Switch on the ignition.X Switching on: Press seat heating

switch :.Three red indicator lamps in seat heatingswitch : come on.

X Press seat heating switch : repeatedlyuntil the desired seat heating level is set.

X Switching off: Press seat heatingswitch : repeatedly until all indicatorlamps go out.

If one or more of the indicator lamps in seatheating switch : are flashing, there isinsufficient voltage available since too manyelectrical consumers are turned on. The seatheating switches off automatically.The seat heating will switch back on againautomatically as soon as sufficient voltage isavailable.

Multifunction steering wheel

Safety notes

G Warning!Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving.Adjusting the steering wheel while drivingcould cause the driver to lose control of thevehicle.The electrical steering wheel adjustmentfeature can be operated at any time.Therefore, do not leave children unattendedin the vehicle, or with access to an unlockedvehicle. A child’s unsupervised access to avehicle could result in an accident and/orserious personal injury.

Make sureRyou can reach the steering wheel with your

arms slightly bent at the elbowsRyou can move your legs freelyRall displays (including malfunction and

indicator lamps) on the instrument clusterare clearly visible

Steering wheel adjustment

X Adjusting steering wheel in or out: Movestalk in direction of arrows :.

X Adjusting steering wheel up or down:Move stalk in direction of arrows ;.

i The memory function (Y page 85) letsyou store the settings for the steeringwheel together with the settings for the

82 Multifunction steering wheelCo

ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 82

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=b986880b934762cf351f190e1f9df209&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=de80e568254a7a3b351f190e33de3db1&version=6&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=ab4d974efd7fe13e351f190e35457c5b&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=bc7ffcd432785774351f15157b41a082&version=13&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=c3a242794bc1f330351f190e05bcf53e&version=1&language=--&variant=--

seat position and the exterior rear viewmirrors.

Easy-entry/exit featureThis feature allows the driver an easier entryinto and exit from the vehicle. When enteringand exiting the vehicle, the steering wheel isin its uppermost position.The easy-entry/exit feature can be activatedor deactivated in the Convenience submenuof the control system (Y page 124).

G Warning!You must make sure no one can becometrapped or injured by the moving steeringwheel when the easy-entry/exit feature isactivated.To stop steering wheel movement, movesteering wheel adjustment stalk or press oneof the memory position buttons.Do not leave children unattended in thevehicle, or with access to an unlocked vehicle.Children could open the driver’s door andunintentionally activate the easy-entry/exitfeature, which could result in an accidentand/or serious personal injury.

With the easy-entry/exit feature activated,the steering wheel will return to its last setposition when you close the driver’s door withthe ignition switched on. The steering wheelwill also return to its last set position whenyou insert the SmartKey into the starterswitch or press the KEYLESS-GO start/stopbutton once with the driver’s door closed.

i The last set steering wheel position isstored when the ignition is switched off orthe position is stored in memory(Y page 86).

With the easy-entry/exit feature activated,the steering wheel tilts upwards when youremove the SmartKey from the starter switch.The steering wheel also tilts upwards whenyou open the driver’s door with the SmartKey

in starter switch position 0 or 1 or theKEYLESS-GO start/stop button in position 1.

i When the current position for the steeringwheel is in the uppermost tilt position, thesteering wheel will no longer be able tomove upward when the easy-entry/exitfeature is activated.The adjustment procedure is brieflyinterrupted when the engine is started.

G Warning!Let the system complete the adjustmentprocedure before setting the vehicle inmotion. All steering wheel adjustment mustbe completed before setting the vehicle inmotion. Driving off with the steering wheelstill adjusting could cause the driver to losecontrol of the vehicle.

Crash-responsive exit aidWhen you open the driver’s door after anaccident has occurred, the steering columnmoves up. The position of the SmartKey in thestarter switch is insignificant. This functionfacilitates exiting as well as rescue of vehicleoccupants.The crash-responsive exit aid can only betriggered when the easy-entry/exit feature isactivated via the control system.

Heated steering wheelThe steering wheel heating warms up theleather area of the steering wheel.

Multifunction steering wheel 83

Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 83

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=12324d50327a0f71351f151513fd233e&version=11&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=f97ba013744a307f351f1515263f4117&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=d3ec54667456e5fc351f15155162c11a&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=5a91d94c32829ff8351f151540256354&version=12&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=6209d8914bc37821351f190e24667252&version=1&language=--&variant=--

X Switch on the ignition.X Switching on: Turn switch at the tip of the

stalk in direction of arrow :.Indicator lamp = comes on.

i The steering wheel heating may besuspended temporarily. However, indicatorlamp = remains on. The steering wheelheating is suspended when thetemperature of the vehicle interior is above86‡ (30†). It is also suspended when thetemperature of the steering wheel is above95‡ (35†).When these conditions do not applyanymore, steering wheel heatingcontinues.

X Switching off: Turn switch at the tip ofstalk in direction of arrow ;.Indicator lamp = goes out.

i Indicator lamp = flashes or goes out incase of power surge or undervoltage or ifthe steering wheel heating malfunctions.

i The steering wheel heating switches offautomatically when you remove theSmartKey from the starter switch or, onvehicles with KEYLESS-GO, when youswitch off the ignition and open the driver’sdoor.

For more information on the steering wheel,see “Multifunction steering wheel”(Y page 110).

Mirrors

NotesAdjust the interior and exterior rear viewmirrors before driving so that you have a goodview of the road and traffic conditions.

Interior rear view mirrorX Adjust the interior rear view mirror

manually.

Exterior rear view mirrors

G Warning!Exercise care when using the passenger-sideexterior rear view mirror. The mirror surfaceis convex (outwardly curved surface for awider field of view). Objects in mirror arecloser than they appear. Check your interiorrear view mirror and glance over yourshoulder before changing lanes.

i You can store the settings for the exteriorrear view mirror position with the memoryfunction (Y page 85).

X Switch on the ignition.X Press button = for the driver’s side

exterior rear view mirror or button : forthe passenger-side exterior rear viewmirror.

X Press adjustment button ; up, down, leftor right according to the desired setting.

! If an exterior rear view mirror was forciblyhit from the front, manually snap it backinto place.

i At low ambient temperatures, the exteriorrear view mirrors will be heatedautomatically.

Auto-dimming rear view mirrorsThe exterior rear view mirror on the driver’sside and the interior rear view mirror willrespond automatically to glare when the

84 MirrorsCo

ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 84

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=b2c7c8f9255492e1351f190e68b27a3e&version=5&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=a5aa82c6328702d1351f151513476364&version=11&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=fbf6f3ef3287d0fa351f15152106a0c5&version=14&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=b8fa105274fc4bdd351f1515569c421c&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=ed21929abc538923351f190e0a33491f&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=3268bfc63288b6a0351f151541bca1a5&version=10&language=en&variant=US

ignition is switched on and incoming lightfrom headlamps falls on the sensor in theinterior rear view mirror.The rear view mirrors will not react if theautomatic transmission is set to reverse gearR or the interior lighting is switched on.

G Warning!The auto dimming function does not react ifincoming light is not aimed directly at sensorsin the interior rear view mirror.The interior rear view mirror and the exteriorrear view mirror on the driver’s side do notreact, for example, if the rear windowsunshade is in raised position.Light hitting the mirror(s) at certain angles(incident light) could blind you. As a result,you may not be able to observe trafficconditions and could cause an accident.

Exterior rear view mirror parking position

To assist during parking maneuvers, you canset the passenger-side exterior rear viewmirror so that you can see the rear wheel andthe road curb.

Setting and storing the parking position

X Switch on the ignition.X Press button :, to select the passenger-

side exterior rear view mirror.

X Shift the automatic transmission intoreverse gear R.The passenger-side exterior rear viewmirror moves to the preset parkingposition.

X Adjust the passenger-side exterior rearview mirror with adjustment button ; sothat you see the rear wheel and the roadcurb.

X Press memory button M ? and within3 seconds, press one of the arrows ofadjustment button ;.The parking position is stored if the exteriorrear view mirror does not move.

Calling up the parking positionX Switch on the ignition.X Press button :, to select the passenger-

side exterior rear view mirror.X Shift the automatic transmission into

reverse gear R.The passenger-side exterior rear viewmirror moves to the stored parkingposition.

The passenger-side exterior rear view mirrorreturns to its previously stored drivingpositionR10 seconds after you have put the gear

selector lever out of reverse gear RRimmediately once your vehicle exceeds a

speed of approximately 6 mph (10 km/h)Rimmediately when you press button = to

select the driver’s side exterior rear viewmirror

Memory function

NotesWith the memory function you can store upto three different configurations per frontseat.

Memory function 85

Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 85

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=89fcc7df1d6219b2351f190e4184e96a&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=52da0ea53289fe9e351f15150634a046&version=8&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=52da0ea53289fe9e351f15150634a046&version=8&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=c6a4adae5bd86765351f191464b9d125&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=7573b4cd255c6d3c351f190e472dfdda&version=9&language=en&variant=US

Each memory position button on the driver’sside can store all of the following settings:RSeat positionRMulticontour seat: previously saved

settingsRSteering wheel positionRExterior rear view mirrors’ position

G Warning!Do not activate the memory function whiledriving. Activating the memory function whiledriving could cause the driver to lose controlof the vehicle.

Each memory position button on the frontpassenger side can store all of the followingsettings:RSeat positionRMulticontour seat: previously saved

settings

Storing positions into memoryX Adjust the seats.X On the driver’s side, also adjust the

steering wheel and exterior rear viewmirrors to the desired positions.

X Press memory button M once and within3 seconds press memory position button1, 2 or 3.When the settings are stored to theselected position, an acknowledgementsignal sounds.

Recalling positions from memoryX Press and hold desired memory position

button 1, 2 or 3 until the seat has movedto the stored position completely. On thedriver’s side, also wait for the steeringwheel and exterior rear view mirrors tomove to the stored position.

i Releasing the memory position buttonstops movement to the stored positionsimmediately.

Lighting

Notesi If you drive in countries with left-hand

driving, you must have the headlampsmodified for symmetrical low beams.Relevant information can be obtained atany authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

i Vehicles equipped with active Bi-Xenonheadlamps:The active Bi-Xenon headlamps increaseusable illumination over conventionalheadlamps because they follow thecurvature of the road ahead. The beams ofthe active Bi-Xenon headlamps shift toeither side according to the vehicle’ssteering angle and speed.

86 LightingCo

ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 86

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=3198792f754177f1351f151547554381&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=6ba7a1ad93df29c1351f190e1ce18286&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=39f4f94d328c4bee351f1515530fe19b&version=10&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=e64a70d9328d30fa351f15157018e0a7&version=9&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=b126f327255f1e04351f190e5375bd82&version=6&language=en&variant=US

Exterior lamp switch

1 W Standing lamps, left2 X Standing lamps, right3 $ Off

Daytime running lamp mode4 Ã Automatic headlamp mode

Daytime running lamp mode5 T Parking lamps (also tail lamps,

license plate lamps, side markerlamps and instrument panel lamps)

6 L Low-beam headlamps or high-beamheadlamps

7 N Front fog lamps8 R Rear fog lamp

i The exterior lamps (except standinglamps or parking lamps) go outautomatically when you remove theSmartKey from the starter switch or openthe driver’s door with the ignition switchedoff.When the parking lamps or the rear foglamp are switched on and you remove theSmartKey from the starter switch and openthe driver’s door, an acoustic signalsounds.In addition the message Switch Off Lights appears in the multifunctiondisplay.Switch off the parking lamps or the rear foglamp manually.

! Failure to switch off the parking lampswhen leaving the vehicle may result in adischarged battery.

Low-beam headlamps The low-beam headlamps can be switched onand off with the exterior lamp switch.X Switch on the ignition.X Switching on: Turn the exterior lamp

switch to position L.The following lamps come on:RLow-beam headlampsRTail lampsRParking lampsRLicense plate lampsRSide marker lampsRInstrument panel lampsRGreen indicator lamp T in the exterior

lamp switchRGreen indicator lamp L in the

instrument clusterX Switching off: Turn the exterior lamp

switch to position $.

Automatic headlamp mode The following lamps come on and go outautomatically depending on the brightness ofthe ambient light:RLow-beam headlampsRTail lampsRParking lampsRLicense plate lampsRSide marker lamps

G Warning!If the exterior lamp switch is set to Ã, theheadlamps will not automatically come onunder foggy conditions.To minimize risk to you and to others, activateheadlamps by turning exterior lamp switch to

Lighting 87

Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 87

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=1876c2cf3b934e34351f151510a9a03a&version=14&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=826633f28a158b70351f190e43f43231&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=de9cfdd674795a28351f1514544f1a80&version=3&language=en&variant=US

L when driving or when traffic and/orambient lighting conditions require you to doso.In low ambient lighting conditions, only switchfrom position Ã to L with the vehicleat a standstill in a safe location. Switchingfrom Ã to L will briefly switch off theheadlamps. Doing so while driving in lowambient lighting conditions may result in anaccident.The automatic headlamp feature is only an aidto the driver. The driver is responsible for theoperation of the vehicle’s lights at all times.

X Switching on: Turn the exterior lampswitch to position Ã.

The following lamps come on and go outdepending on the brightness of the ambientlight with the SmartKey in starter switchposition 1 or the KEYLESS-GO start/stopbutton pressed once:RTail lampsRParking lampsRLicense plate lampsRSide marker lampsWhen the engine is running, the low-beamheadlamps will also come on and turn offautomatically.Canada only: High-beam headlamps are onlyavailable with the exterior lamp switch inposition L.

Daytime running lamp mode In Canada, the daytime running lamp mode ismandatory and therefore in a constant mode.In the USA, the daytime running lamp modeis deactivated by default.X Activate the daytime running lamp mode

using the control system, see “Switching

daytime running lamp mode on or off (USAonly)” (Y page 121).

X Turn the exterior lamp switch to position$ or Ã.When the engine is running, the low-beamheadlamps come on.In low ambient lighting conditions, thefollowing lamps will come on additionally:RTail lampsRParking lampsRLicense plate lampsRSide marker lamps

With the daytime running lamp modeactivated and the engine running, you cannotswitch off the low-beam headlamps manually.

Canada onlyWith the exterior lamp switch in position$ or Ã, you cannot switch on thehigh-beam headlamps.The high-beam flasher is available at all times.X For nighttime driving turn the exterior lamp

switch to position L to permit activationof the high-beam headlamps.

When the engine is running, and youRshift from a driving position to park

position P with the vehicle at a standstill orthe parking brake is engaged, the low-beamheadlamps will go out with a delay of3 minutesRturn the exterior lamp switch to positionT, the low-beam headlamps, the tailand parking lamps, the license plate lampsand the side marker lamps come onRturn the exterior lamp switch to positionL, the manual headlamp mode haspriority over the daytime running lampmodeThe corresponding exterior lamps come on(Y page 87).

88 LightingCo

ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 88

USA onlyYou can only switch on the high-beamheadlamps in low ambient lighting conditions.The high-beam flasher is available at all times.X For nighttime driving turn the exterior lamp

switch to position L or Ã to permitactivation of the high-beam headlamps.

When the engine is running, and you turn theexterior lamp switch to position T orL, the manual headlamp mode haspriority over the daytime running lamp mode.The corresponding exterior lamps come on(Y page 87).

Fog lamps Fog lamps cannot be switched on with theexterior lamp switch in position Ã.

G Warning!In low ambient lighting or foggy conditions,only switch from position Ã to L withthe vehicle at a standstill in a safe location.Switching from Ã to L will brieflyswitch off the headlamps. Doing so whiledriving in low ambient lighting conditions mayresult in an accident.

Fog lamps will operate with the parking lampsand/or the low-beam headlamps on. Foglamps should only be used in conjunction withlow-beam headlamps. Consult your State orProvince Motor Vehicle Regulationsregarding permissible lamp operation.X Switch on the ignition.X Turn the exterior lamp switch to positionT or L (Y page 87).

X Switching on front fog lamps: Pull out theexterior lamp switch to first stop.The green indicator lamp N in theexterior lamp switch comes on.

X Switching on rear fog lamp: Pull out theexterior lamp switch to second stop.The rear fog lamp, the front fog lamps, thegreen N and the yellow indicator lampR in the exterior lamp switch come on.

X Switching off front fog lamps/rear fog lamp: Push in the exterior lamp switch toits stop.

Locator lighting and night security illumination Locator lighting and night securityillumination are described in the “Controlsystem” section, see “Switching locatorlighting on or off” (Y page 121) and“Switching night security illumination(Headlamps delayed shut-off feature) on oroff” (Y page 122).

Combination switch

Turn signals X Press the combination switch in direction

of arrow ; or ?.The corresponding turn signal indicatorlamp ! or # in the instrumentcluster flashes.

The combination switch resets automaticallyafter major steering wheel movements.

Lighting 89

Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 89

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=e91d2a3f7b4f9300351f15147994e2d5&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=02b516e13b93dc21351f151546bc6185&version=12&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=1f39940731a03c6a351f190e0cbf0742&version=1&language=--&variant=--

To signal minor directional changes:X Press the combination switch only to the

point of resistance in direction ofarrow ; or ? and release.The corresponding turn signal lamps willflash three times.

High beam X Turn the exterior lamp switch to positionL (Y page 87).

X Switching on: Push the combinationswitch in direction of arrow :.The high-beam headlamp indicator lampK in the instrument cluster comes on.

X Switching off: Pull the combination switchin direction of arrow = to its originalposition.

i Also note the information on high-beamheadlamps with activated automaticheadlamp mode (Y page 87) or the daytimerunning lamp mode (Y page 88).

High-beam flasher X Switching on: Pull the combination switch

briefly in direction of arrow =.

Hazard warning flasherThe hazard warning flasher can be switchedon at all times, even with the SmartKeyremoved from the starter switch.The hazard warning flasher comes onautomatically when an air bag deploys.

The hazard warning flasher switch is locatedon the center console.

X Switching on: Press hazard warningflasher switch :.All turn signal lamps are flashing.

i With the hazard warning flasher activatedand the combination switch set for eitherleft or right turn, only the respective left orright turn signals will operate when theignition is switched on.

X Switching off: Press hazard warningflasher switch : again.

i If the hazard warning flasher has beenactivated automatically, press hazardwarning flasher switch : to switch it off.

Headlamp cleaning systemThe headlamps will be cleaned with a high-pressure water jet automatically when theengine is running and you haveRswitched on the headlamps

andRthe windshield wipers have wiped the

windshield with washer fluid five timesThe counter resets when you switch off theignition.For information on filling up the washerreservoir, see “Washer system and headlampcleaning system” (Y page 181).

90 LightingCo

ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 90

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=35787bdb3b9471cd351f15152395a0c2&version=12&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=00b79b1d8a1f1a4c351f190e237d320f&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=69c7ff823b99a2ff351f151528e561a2&version=12&language=en&variant=US

Corner-illuminating front fog lampsCorner-illuminating front fog lamps are notavailable on vehicles with AMG SportPackage and on CLS 63 AMG.The corner-illuminating front fog lampsimprove illumination of the area in thedirection into which you are turning.The corner-illuminating front fog lamps willonly operateRin low ambient lighting conditionsRat vehicle speeds below 25 mph

(40 km/h)Rwith the front fog lamps switched offRwhen the engine is running

Switching onX Turn the exterior lamp switch to positionL or Ã.

orX Activate the daytime running lamp mode

(Y page 88).X Switch on the left or right turn signal,

depending on whether you are turning leftor right.The respective front fog lamp comes on. Ifyou have switched on the turn signal forone side but turn the steering wheel in theother direction, the corner-illuminatingfront fog lamp on the side of the turn signalcomes on.

orX Turn the steering wheel in the desired

direction.Driving forward: The front fog lamp on theside of your steering direction comes on.Driving in reverse: The front fog lampopposite to your steering direction comeson.

The corner-illuminating front fog lamps willcome on automatically depending on thesteering angle, even if you did not switch oneither turn signal. If the corner-illuminatingfront fog lamps came on automatically, they

will also go out automatically depending onthe steering angle and vehicle speed.The corner-illuminating front fog lampstemporarily come on on both sides of thevehicle if you turn the steering wheel in onedirection and then again in the other directionshortly thereafter.The corner-illuminating front fog lampremains lit for a short time only. It then goesout automatically.

Switching off

X Switch off the left or right turn signal.orX Steer straight ahead.

i There may be a brief delay before thecorner-illuminating front fog lamps go out.

Interior lighting in the front

: p Left front reading lamp on/off; v Rear interior lighting on/off= q Automatic control on/off? c Front interior lighting on/off A p Right front reading lamp on/off

Lighting 91

Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 91

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=d887dcf13b9a6a73351f151532cc60fb&version=11&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=04e8fc0b3b9ce008351f15157f83a0f9&version=13&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=3f519dd8477302b6351f190e23c0f287&version=1&language=--&variant=--

B Interior lightingC Ambient lightingD Front reading lamps

Automatic control X Activating: Press switch q.

The interior lighting comes on in darkness,when youRunlock the vehicleRremove the SmartKey from the starter

switch (Interior Lighting Delayed Shut-off must be switched on(Y page 123))Ropen a doorRopen the trunk

The interior lighting goes out after a shorttime.

i If a door remains open, the interior lampsgo out automatically after approximately5 minutes.

X Deactivating: Press switch q.

Manual control ! An interior lamp switched on manually

does not go out automatically.Leaving an interior lamp switched on for anextended period of time with the engineturned off could result in a dischargedbattery.

X Switching front interior lighting on/off: Press switch c.

X Switching rear interior lighting on/off:Press switch v.

X Switching front reading lamps on/off:Press respective switch p.

Ambient lightingThe brightness of the ambient lighting C isadjusted via the “Control system”(Y page 122).

Interior lighting in the rear! An interior lamp switched on manually

does not go out automatically.Leaving an interior lamp switched on for anextended period of time with the engineturned off could result in a dischargedbattery.

: p Left rear reading lamp on/off; p Right rear reading lamp on/off

X Switching rear reading lamps on/off:Press respective reading lamp switchp.

Wipers

Notes! Do not operate the wipers when the

windshield is dry. Dust that accumulates ona windshield might scratch the glass and/or damage the wiper blades when wipingoccurs on a dry windshield. If it is necessaryto operate the wipers in dry weatherconditions, always operate the wipers withwasher fluid.

Windshield wipersX Observe notes on page (Y page 92).

92 WipersCo

ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 92

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=ae83fbd23b9d9370351f15150a9a607b&version=11&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=2ba17c6a8a24fc39351f190e138672c6&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=31f77da32ef53452351f190e1f37b6fd&version=11&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=af123b9b1c52b478351f191414dd980f&version=2&language=en&variant=US

Switching on/off

Combination switch1 $ Windshield wipers off2Ä Slow intermittent wiping5

3Å Fast intermittent wiping6

4 ° Slow continuous wiping5 ¯ Fast continuous wipingB í Single wipe/ î Wiping with

washer fluid

X Switch on the ignition.X Turn the combination switch to the desired

position, depending on the intensity of therain.

Intermittent wiping Only switch on intermittent wiping under wetweather conditions or in the presence ofprecipitation.When you select intermittent wiping, the rainsensor is activated. The rain sensor sets asuitable wiping interval depending on thewetness of the sensor surface automatically.

! Do not leave windshield wipers on anintermittent setting when the vehicle istaken to an automatic car wash or duringwindshield cleaning. Windshield wipers willoperate in the presence of water sprayedon the windshield, and windshield wipersmay be damaged as a result.

! If you have set intermittent wiping, dirt onthe surface of the rain sensor or opticaleffects may cause the windshield wipers towipe in an undesired fashion. This couldthen damage the windshield wiper bladesor scratch the windshield. You shouldtherefore switch off the windshield wiperswhen weather conditions are dry.

X Turn the combination switch to positionÄ or Å.After the initial wipe, pauses betweenwipes are controlled by the rain sensorautomatically.

Intermittent wiping is interrupted when thevehicle is at a standstill and a front door isopened. This protects persons getting into orout of the vehicle from being sprayed.Intermittent wiping will be continued when alldoors are closed andRthe automatic transmission is in drive

position D or reverse gear RorRthe wiper setting is changed using the

combination switch

Single wipeX Press the combination switch briefly in

direction of arrow B to the resistancepoint.The windshield wipers wipe one timewithout washer fluid.

Wiping with washer fluidX Press the combination switch in direction

of arrow B past the resistance point.The windshield wipers operate with washerfluid.

i To prevent smears on the windshield ornoisy/chattering wiper blades, wipe withwasher fluid every now and then even whenit is raining.

5 Rain sensor operation with low sensitivity.6 Rain sensor operation with high sensitivity.

Wipers 93

Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 93

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=e28058cb897cf39e351f190e313cb549&version=1&language=--&variant=--

For information on filling up the washerreservoir, see “Washer system and headlampcleaning system” (Y page 181).For information on cleaning the headlampswith washer fluid, see “Headlamp cleaningsystem” (Y page 90).

Problems with wipers! If anything blocks the windshield wipers

(leaves, snow, etc.), switch them offimmediately.For safety reasons, do the following beforeattempting to remove any blockage:RStop the vehicle in a safe location.RRemove the SmartKey from the starter

switch.orRTurn off the engine by pressing the

KEYLESS-GO start/stop button andopen the driver’s door (with the driver’sdoor open, starter switch is in position0, same as with SmartKey removed fromstarter switch).REngage the parking brake.RRemove blockage.RTurn the windshield wipers on again.If the windshield wipers fail to function atall with the combination switch in positionÄ or Å,Rset the combination switch to the next

higher wiper speedRhave the windshield wipers checked at

the nearest authorized Mercedes-BenzCenter

Power windows

Opening and closingThe door windows are opened and closedelectrically. The switches for all door windowsare located on the driver’s door control panel.

The switches for the respective door windowsare located on the front passenger door andon the rear doors.

i Operating the rear door windows fromthe rear is not possible when you activatethe override switch (Y page 56).


G Warning!When opening or closing the door windows,make sure there is no danger of anyone beingharmed by the opening/closing procedure.The door windows are equipped with theexpress operation and automatic reversalfunction. If in express operation mode a doorwindow encounters an obstruction thatblocks its path, the automatic reversalfunction will stop the door window and openit slightly.The door windows operate differently whenthe switch is pulled and held. See the “Closingwhen a door window is blocked” section inthis chapter for details.The closing of the door windows can beimmediately halted by releasing the switch or,if the switch was pulled past the resistancepoint and released, by either pressing orpulling the respective switch.If a door window encounters an obstructionthat blocks its path in a circumstance whereyou are closing the door windows by pressingand holding button & on the SmartKey orby pressing and holding the lock button(vehicles with KEYLESS-GO) on an outsidedoor handle, the automatic reversal functionwill not operate.Activate the override switch when childrenare riding in the back seats of the vehicle. Thechildren may otherwise injure themselves,e.g. by becoming trapped in the door windowopening.

i You can also open or close the doorwindows using the SmartKey, see“Summer opening feature” (Y page 96)

94 Power windowsCo

ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 94

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=7708c61f9180f1b0351f190e00e07e41&version=10&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=184a690b31b0d675351f15150704633d&version=14&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=6508efc557433314351f191413514dfd&version=4&language=en&variant=US

and “Convenience closing feature”(Y page 96).

i After switching off the ignition orremoving the SmartKey from the starterswitch, you can operate the door windowsuntil you open the driver’s or frontpassenger door. If no door was opened youcan operate the door windows for up to5 minutes.

X Switch on the ignition.X Opening/closing: Press or pull and hold

switch : to ? to the resistance point.The corresponding door window movesdownward or upward until you release theswitch.

X Express operation: Press or pullswitch : to ? past the resistance pointand release.The corresponding door window opens orcloses completely.

X Stopping during express operation:Press or pull the respective switch again.

Closing when a door window is blocked

G Warning!Make sure that nobody can become trappedand be seriously or even fatally injured whenclosing a door window with greater force orwithout automatic reversal function.

If the upward movement of a door window isblocked during the closing procedure, thedoor window will stop and open slightly.X Immediately after the door window has

stopped because it was blocked, pull andhold the respective switch upward until thedoor window is fully closed.The door window closes with greater force.

If the door window is blocked again and opensslightly:X Immediately after the door window was

blocked, pull and hold the respectiveswitch upward until the door window is fullyclosed.The door window closes without automaticreversal function.

G Warning!Pulling and holding the switch to close thedoor window immediately after it had beenblocked two times will cause the door windowto close without any reversal function for aslong as you hold the switch.

Synchronizing door windowsThe door windows must be synchronized afterthe battery has been disconnected or if thedoor windows cannot be fully closed (expressoperation).Each door window must be synchronizedseparately.X Close all doors.X Switch on the ignition.X Pull and hold switch :, ;, = or ?

(Y page 95) until the respective doorwindow is closed.The door window opens again slightly.

X Pull and hold the respective switch oncemore immediately until the door window isclosed completely.

X Hold the respective switch forapproximately 1 second.The door window is synchronized.

Power windows 95

Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 95

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=85d7773489c34b90351f190e16ebb56d&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=1b754d2c3342b14f351f190e7a0e8085&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=fdf845facb86ba2c351f1914704bbf75&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=3bc9b74631b81a9b351f151568306365&version=12&language=en&variant=US

Summer opening featureWhen the weather is warm, you can ventilatethe vehicle before driving off bysimultaneouslyRopening the door windowsRopening the tilt/sliding sunroofRswitching on the seat ventilation for the

driver’s seatThe summer opening feature can only beactivated via the remote control of theSmartKey. The SmartKey must be in closeproximity to the driver’s outside door handle.X Aim the transmitter eye of the SmartKey at

the driver’s outside door handle.X Press and hold button % on the

SmartKey until the door windows and thetilt/sliding sunroof have reached thedesired position.The vehicle unlocks.

X Release button % on the SmartKey tointerrupt the opening procedure.

Convenience closing featureWhen locking the vehicle, you cansimultaneously close the door windows andthe tilt/sliding sunroof.

G Warning!When closing the door windows and the tilt/sliding sunroof, make sure there is no dangerof anyone being harmed by the closingprocedure.If potential danger exists, proceed as follows:RRelease button & to stop the closing

procedure. To open, press and hold button%. To continue the closing procedureafter making sure that there is no danger of

anyone being harmed by the closingprocedure, press and hold button &.

Vehicles with KEYLESS-GO:RRelease the lock button on the outside door

handle to stop the closing procedure.RImmediately pull on the same outside door

handle and hold firmly. The door windowsand the tilt/sliding sunroof will open for aslong as the door handle is held but the doornot opened.

With SmartKeyThe SmartKey must be in close proximity tothe driver’s outside door handle.X Aim transmitter eye of the SmartKey at the

driver’s outside door handle.X Press and hold button & on the

SmartKey until the door windows and thetilt/sliding sunroof are closed completely.

With KEYLESS-GOThe SmartKey with KEYLESS-GO must belocated outside the vehicle withinapproximately 3 ft (1 m) of a door.X Close all doors.X Press and hold the lock button on an

outside door handle (Y page 69) until thedoor windows and the tilt/sliding sunroofare closed completely.

X Release the lock button on the outside doorhandle to interrupt the closing procedure.

Driving and parking

Safety notes

G Warning!Make sure absolutely no objects areobstructing the pedals’ range of movement.Keep the driver’s footwell clear of allobstacles. If there are any floormats or

96 Driving and parkingCo

ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 96

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=db5db3d331b93d50351f151528206038&version=11&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=9dbdefe931ba93fb351f151516ec6044&version=14&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=2d7769f757c7d27d351f190e4c35069c&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=34346a5a2ef2e8b4351f190e7910b7ea&version=9&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=ba55549b6d371ffd351f15147031041a&version=4&language=en&variant=US

carpets in the footwell, make sure the pedalsstill have sufficient clearance.During sudden driving or braking maneuversthe objects could get caught between orunder the pedals. You could then no longerbrake or accelerate. This could lead toaccidents and injury.

G Warning!With the engine not running, there is no powerassistance for the brake and steeringsystems. In this case, it is important to keepin mind that a considerably higher degree ofeffort is necessary to brake and steer thevehicle. Adapt your driving accordingly.

Starting the engine

G Warning!Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to yourhealth. All exhaust gas contains carbonmonoxide (CO), and inhaling it can causeunconsciousness and possible death.Do not run the engine in confined areas (suchas a garage) which are not properly ventilated.If you think that exhaust gas fumes areentering the vehicle while driving, have thecause determined and correctedimmediately. If you must drive under theseconditions, drive only with at least onewindow fully open at all times.

Automatic transmission

Gearshift pattern for automatic transmissionj Park position with gear selector lever lockk Reverse geari Neutral positionh Drive position

For more information, see “Automatictransmission” (Y page 101).X Make sure the automatic transmission is in

park position P.

With SmartKey X Do not depress the accelerator pedal.X Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to

position 3 (Y page 76) and release it.The engine starts automatically.

With KEYLESS-GO

G Warning!As long as the SmartKey is in your vehicle, thevehicle can be started. Therefore, never leavechildren unattended in the vehicle, as theycould otherwise accidentally start the engine.When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKey with you and lock the vehicle. Donot leave children unattended in the vehicle,or with access to an unlocked vehicle. Achild’s unsupervised access to a vehicle couldresult in an accident and/or serious personalinjury.

Driving and parking 97

Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 97

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=78dfa16aad3dadf8351f15151603b6b3&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=1b84df9936fe07af351f15156d056353&version=14&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=d84d73b430c1a52c351f151430a77f17&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=e2a1747a3e803690351f190e69e4cebf&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=220bc0bc720929fd351f1514497104e4&version=3&language=en&variant=US

You can start your vehicle without theSmartKey in the starter switch using theKEYLESS-GO start/stop button.The SmartKey must be located in the vehicle.

KEYLESS-GO start/stop button: USA only; Canada only

X Depress the brake pedal during the startingprocedure.

X Do not depress the accelerator pedal.X Press the KEYLESS-GO start/stop button

once.The engine starts automatically.

Starting difficulties ! Remember that extended starting

attempts can drain the battery.

The engine does not start. You can hear the starter.There could be a malfunction in the engineelectronics or in the fuel supply system.Carry out the following steps:X If you are starting the engine with the

SmartKey: Turn the SmartKey in the starter

switch to position 0 and repeat the startingprocedure.

X If you are starting the engine with KEYLESS-GO: Close any doors that may be open toallow for better detection of the SmartKey.

orX Start the engine with the SmartKey as radio

signals from another source may beinterfering with the KEYLESS-GO function.

X Repeat the starting procedure.

If the engine does not start after severalstarting attempts:X Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz

Center or call Roadside Assistance.

The engine does not start. You cannot hear the starter.The battery may not be charged sufficiently.X Get a jump start (Y page 280).

If the engine will not start despite a jumpstart:X Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz

Center or call Roadside Assistance.The starter has been exposed to excessivetemperatures.X Let the starter cool for about 2 minutes.X Repeat the starting procedure.

If the engine does not start after severalstarting attempts:X Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz


Driving off

G Warning!On slippery road surfaces, never downshift inorder to obtain braking action. This couldresult in drive wheel slip and reduced vehiclecontrol. Your vehicle’s ABS will not preventthis type of loss of control.


ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 98

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=d41a1cfc9ec8f205351f190e404f8547&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=de21d10936ff26fb351f151575cc233d&version=12&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=de54e9de723762c2351f15141a800549&version=2&language=en&variant=US

! Do not run a cold engine at high enginespeeds. Running a cold engine at highengine speeds may shorten the service lifeof the engine. This is not covered by theMercedes-Benz Limited Warranty.CLS 63 AMG: At engine temperaturesbelow 68‡ (20†), the engine’s maximumspeed is restricted in order to protect itfrom damage. Avoid driving your vehicle atfull speed when the engine is cold toprevent premature engine wear and/ordiminished comfort.

! If an acoustic warning sounds and themessage Release Parking Brakeappears in the multifunction display whendriving off, you have forgotten to releasethe parking brake.Release the parking brake.

! Avoid spinning of a drive wheel. This maycause serious damage to the drivetrainwhich is not covered by the Mercedes-BenzLimited Warranty.

! Simultaneously depressing theaccelerator pedal and applying the brakesreduces engine performance and causespremature brake and drivetrain wear whichis not covered by the Mercedes-BenzLimited Warranty.

i Once the vehicle is in motion, theautomatic central locking function engagesand the locking knobs in the doors movedown.The automatic central locking function canbe switched off (Y page 123).


G Warning!It is dangerous to shift the automatictransmission out of park position P or neutralposition N if the engine speed is higher thanidle speed. If your foot is not firmly on thebrake pedal, the vehicle could accelerate

quickly forward or in reverse. You could losecontrol of the vehicle and hit someone orsomething. Only shift into gear when theengine is idling normally and when your rightfoot is firmly on the brake pedal.

! Only shift the automatic transmission intoreverse gear R or park position P when thevehicle is stopped. Otherwise theautomatic transmission could be damaged.

X Depress the brake pedal.The gear selector lever lock is released.

X Shift the automatic transmission into driveposition D or reverse gear R.

i Shifting the automatic transmission out ofpark position P is only possible with thebrake pedal depressed.Only depressing the brake pedal releasesthe gear selector lever lock.

X Wait for the gear selection process tocomplete before setting the vehicle inmotion.

X If engaged, release the parking brake.X Release the brake pedal.X Carefully depress the accelerator pedal.After a cold start, the automatic transmissionshifts at a higher engine speed. This allowsthe catalytic converter to reach its operatingtemperature earlier.For more information on driving, see “Drivinginstructions” (Y page 210).

Problems while driving

The engine runs erratically and misfiresRAn ignition cable may be damaged.RThe engine electronics may not be

operating properly.RUnburned gasoline may have entered the

catalytic converter and damaged it.

Driving and parking 99

Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 99

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=627c99d8435ad8da351f190e5a0b9c07&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=852e930d36ffc542351f1515058be038&version=10&language=en&variant=US

X Give very little gas.X Have the problem checked at an authorized

Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possible.

The coolant temperature is above 248‡ (120†)The coolant is too hot and is no longer coolingthe engine.X Stop the vehicle in a safe location as soon

as possible.X Turn off the engine immediately.X Allow the engine and coolant to cool off.X Check the coolant level and add coolant if

necessary (Y page 180).

In case of accident If the vehicle is leaking fuel:X Do not start the engine under any

circumstances.X Exit the vehicle at a safe distance from the

roadway.X Notify local fire and/or police authorities.

If the extent of the damage cannot bedetermined:X Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz


If no damage on major assemblies, fuelsystem, and engine mount can bedetermined:X Start the engine in the usual manner.

Parking

G Warning!Do not park this vehicle in areas wherecombustible materials such as grass, hay orleaves can come into contact with the hotexhaust system. These materials could beignited and cause a vehicle fire.

Vehicle movement may result in seriouspersonal injury or damage to the vehicle orvehicle drivetrain. Therefore, always do thefollowing before turning off the engine andleaving the vehicle:RKeep right foot on the brake pedal.REngage the parking brake.RShift the automatic transmission into park

position P.RSlowly release the brake pedal.RWhen parked on an incline, always turn the

front wheels towards the road curb.RTurn the SmartKey in the starter switch to

position 0 and remove the SmartKey fromthe starter switch, or press the KEYLESS-GO start/stop button.RTake the SmartKey with you and lock the

vehicle when leaving.

G Warning!Vehicles with AIRMATIC:If you have selected the Comfort suspensiontuning, the vehicle lowers slightly when youlock it within approximately 60 seconds afterturning off the engine. You should thereforemake sure that no one is standing near thewheel arches or lying underneath the vehiclewhen it is being locked. Otherwise, personalinjury could result.Also, make sure your vehicle cannot comeinto contact with objects, such as a road curb,while lowering. Your vehicle could otherwisebe damaged.

Parking brake

G Warning!Engaging the parking brake while the vehicleis in motion can cause the rear wheels to lockup. You could lose control of the vehicle andcause an accident. In addition, the vehicle’sbrake lights do not light up when the parkingbrake is engaged.


ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 100

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=9edaefe537006f6a351f151555eb21a1&version=13&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=330c3170307a9587351f151439753f54&version=6&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=10a95d8e72f0fb81351f1514608f83f0&version=5&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=888accf77300dec3351f151434b5c3fa&version=2&language=en&variant=US

G Warning!When leaving the vehicle, always remove theSmartKey from the starter switch, take it withyou, and lock the vehicle. Do not leavechildren unattended in the vehicle, or withaccess to an unlocked vehicle. Children couldrelease the parking brake and/or shift theautomatic transmission out of park positionP, either of which could result in an accidentand/or serious personal injury.

X Releasing: Pull on release handle :.When the ignition is switched on or theengine is running, the brake warning lamp$ (USA only) or J (Canada only) inthe instrument cluster goes out.

X Engaging: Step on parking brakepedal ; firmly.When the engine is running, the brakewarning lamp $ (USA only) or J(Canada only) in the instrument clustercomes on.

Turning off the engine

G Warning!Do not turn off the engine before the vehiclehas come to a complete stop. With the enginenot running, there is no power assistance forthe brake and steering systems. In this case,it is important to keep in mind that aconsiderably higher degree of effort isnecessary to brake and steer the vehicle.

X Shift the automatic transmission into parkposition P.

X Engage the parking brake.

i Always engage the parking brake inaddition to shifting the automatictransmission into park position P.

With SmartKey X Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to

position 0.X Remove the SmartKey from the starter

switch.The SmartKey can only be removed from thestarter switch with the automatictransmission in park position P.

With KEYLESS-GOX Press the KEYLESS-GO start/stop button.

With the driver’s door closed, the starterswitch is now in position 1. With the driver’sdoor opened, the starter switch is set toposition 0, same as the SmartKey removedfrom the starter switch (Y page 76).

If an acoustic warning sounds, you have triedto turn off the engine with the KEYLESS-GOstart/stop button while the automatictransmission was not in park position P.Read and observe messages that may appearin the multifunction display (Y page 235).


IntroductionFor information on driving with an automatictransmission, see “Driving and parking”(Y page 96).

G Warning!Make sure absolutely no objects areobstructing the pedals’ range of movement.Keep the driver’s footwell clear of allobstacles. If there are any floormats or

Automatic transmission 101

Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 101

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=a9478b5b730565b2351f15146ef204bb&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=30c6f4fbbdaae48a351f190e24c70eef&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=bbef67e63703037a351f15157ccc232c&version=13&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=7ced23b5b6136119351f190e20be3587&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=f79d4b5c2ef049c6351f190e067af029&version=8&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=ba55549b6d371ffd351f15147031041a&version=4&language=en&variant=US

carpets in the footwell, make sure the pedalsstill have sufficient clearance.During sudden driving or braking maneuversthe objects could get caught between orunder the pedals. You could then no longerbrake or accelerate. This could lead toaccidents and injury.

! Allow the engine to warm up under lowload use. Do not place full load on theengine until the operating temperature hasbeen reached.Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for anextended period when driving off onslippery road surfaces.This may cause serious damage to theengine and the drivetrain which is notcovered by the Mercedes-Benz LimitedWarranty.

i During the brief warm-up, transmissionupshifting is delayed. This allows thecatalytic converter to heat up more quicklyto operating temperature.

Gear selector lever

Gearshift pattern for automatic transmissionj Park position with gear selector lever lockk Reverse geari Neutral positionh Drive position

G Warning!It is dangerous to shift the automatictransmission out of park position P or neutralposition N if the engine speed is higher thanidle speed. If your foot is not firmly on thebrake pedal, the vehicle could acceleratequickly forward or in reverse. You could losecontrol of the vehicle and hit someone orsomething. Only shift into gear when theengine is idling normally and when your rightfoot is firmly on the brake pedal.

! Only shift the automatic transmission intoreverse gear R or park position P when thevehicle is stopped. Otherwise theautomatic transmission could be damaged.

i Shifting the automatic transmission out ofpark position P is only possible with thebrake pedal depressed.Only depressing the brake pedal releasesthe gear selector lever lock.

i The current gear selector lever positioncorresponds with the current transmissionposition.The current transmission position P, R, N,or D appears in the multifunction display(Y page 103).

There are additional indicators on the coverof the shifting gate showing the current gearselector lever position.The indicators come on when you insert theSmartKey into the starter switch, and go outwhen you remove the SmartKey from thestarter switch.

Shifting procedureThe automatic transmission selects individualgears automatically, depending onRthe selected gear range (Y page 104)Rthe selected program mode:

C/S (Y page 105)or

102 Automatic transmissionCo

ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 102

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=f69c9b743704a168351f151577bf2074&version=11&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=e2a1747a3e803690351f190e69e4cebf&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=627c99d8435ad8da351f190e5a0b9c07&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=c9354021370545fa351f15150576e07a&version=12&language=en&variant=US

M (CLS 63 AMG only) (Y page 107)Rthe position of the accelerator pedalRthe vehicle speedWith drive position D selected, you caninfluence transmission shifting byRlimiting the gear rangeRextending the gear rangeRchanging the gears manually (CLS 63 AMG

only)CLS 63 AMG:Double-clutching is active when downshiftingin all program modes. Double-clutchingreduces load-alteration effects and supportssporty driving. The degree to which youperceive double-clutching acoustically variesdepending on the selected program mode.

Transmission positionsThe current transmission position appears inthe multifunction display.

: Transmission position indicator

Effect

B Park positionShift the automatic transmissioninto park position P only when thevehicle is stopped. The park positionis not intended to serve as a brakewhen the vehicle is parked. Rather,the driver should always engage theparking brake in addition to shiftingthe automatic transmission intopark position P to secure thevehicle.The SmartKey can only be removedfrom the starter switch with the gearselector lever in park position P.With the SmartKey removed fromthe starter switch, the gear selectorlever is locked in park position P.If the vehicle’s electrical system ismalfunctioning, the gear selectorlever could remain locked in parkposition P. To unlock the gearselector lever manually, see“Manually unlocking the gearselector lever” (Y page 263).

C Reverse gearShift the automatic transmissioninto reverse gear R only when thevehicle is stopped.


Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 103

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=067918533705eb9b351f15153960e35c&version=11&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=6c23b6713e68d57e351f190e26fa8e86&version=1&language=--&variant=--

Effect

A Neutral positionNo power is transmitted from theengine to the drive axle. When thebrakes are released, the vehicle canbe moved freely (pushed or towed).To avoid damage to thetransmission, never shift theautomatic transmission into neutralposition N while driving.Exception: If the ESP® is switchedoff or malfunctioning, shift theautomatic transmission into neutralposition N if the vehicle is in dangerof skidding.

! Coasting the vehicle, or drivingfor any other reason with theautomatic transmission in neutralposition N can result intransmission damage that is notcovered by the Mercedes-BenzLimited Warranty.

7 Drive positionThe automatic transmission shiftsautomatically. All forward gears areavailable.

Driving tips

Kickdown Use the kickdown when you want maximumacceleration.X U.S. vehicles except AMG vehicles:

Fully depress the accelerator pedal.Depending on the engine speed theautomatic transmission shifts into a lowergear.

X Canada vehicles and AMG vehicles:Depress the accelerator pedal past thepoint of resistance.Depending on the engine speed theautomatic transmission shifts into a lowergear.

Working on the vehicle

G Warning!When working on the vehicle, engage theparking brake and shift the automatictransmission into park position P. Otherwisethe vehicle could roll away which could resultin an accident and/or serious personal injury.

Gear rangesWith the automatic transmission in driveposition D and driving in automatic programmode C or S, you can limit or extend the gearrange, see “One-touch gearshifting”(Y page 105).The current gear range appears in themultifunction display.

: Gear range indicator

Effect

= With this selection you can use thebraking effect of the engine.

5 Allows the use of the engine’sbraking effect when drivingRon steep downgradesRin mountainous regionsRunder extreme operating

conditions

4 For maximum use of the engine’sbraking effect on very steep orlengthy downgrades.


ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 104

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=6e84c9ea37084f1d351f15151b61a04c&version=9&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=017e92677363287b351f151442e2846d&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=8c836dda37090c7c351f1515020a60af&version=11&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=69522bb93e61cb2e351f190e7735c970&version=1&language=--&variant=--

Automatic shift program

Program mode selector switch

C Comfort For comfort driving

S Sport For sporty driving

Program mode selector switch on CLS 63 AMG

C Comfort For standard driving


M Manual For manual gearshifting

The current program mode appears in themultifunction display.

: Program mode indicator

You should only change the program modewhen the automatic transmission is in parkposition P.Automatic program mode S will not be stored.When the engine is turned off with theautomatic program mode S selected, theautomatic transmission will go to theautomatic program mode C when the engineis restarted.X Press the program mode selector switch

repeatedly until the letter of the desiredprogram mode appears in the multifunctiondisplay.

Selecting program mode C means:RThe vehicle starts out more gentle, both

forward and reverse, except when drivingoff with full throttle.RTraction and driving stability are improved

on icy roads.RUpshifts occur earlier even when you give

more gas. The engine then operates atlower revolutions and the wheels are lesslikely to spin.

Selecting program mode S means thatupshifts occur later.

One-touch gearshiftingWith the automatic transmission in driveposition D and driving in automatic program


Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 105

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=4f136ea2370a393b351f1515213be1b6&version=14&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=70e68e383e56cb1f351f190e094e0907&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=bbb75c31cdb31de4351f19145108f344&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=232a75c53e5c299d351f190e1e0ece92&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=0863088f370ca0dc351f15150795a076&version=13&language=en&variant=US

mode C or S, you can limit or extend the gearrange using the gear selector lever or thesteering wheel gearshift control.Steering wheel gearshift control is availableon vehicles with AMG Sport Package and onCLS 63 AMG only.CLS 63 AMG: For information on using thegear selector lever or the steering wheelgearshift control in manual program modeM, see “Manual shift program”(Y page 107).

Steering wheel gearshift control (exampleillustration)

i You cannot shift with the steering wheelgearshift control when the automatictransmission is in park position P, neutralposition N, or reverse gear R.

Limiting gear range


X Briefly press the gear selector lever to theleft in the D- direction.

orX Briefly pull left gearshift control :.

The automatic transmission will shift intothe next lower gear as permitted by theshift program. This action simultaneously

limits the gear range of the automatictransmission.

i To avoid overrevving the engine whendownshifting, the automatic transmissionwill not shift into a lower gear if the engine’smaximum speed would be exceeded.

Extending gear rangeX Briefly press the gear selector lever to the

right in the D+ direction.orX Briefly pull right gearshift control ;.

The automatic transmission will shift intothe next higher gear as permitted by theshift program. This action simultaneouslyextends the gear range of the automatictransmission.

i If you press on the accelerator pedalwhen the engine has reached therevolution limit of the current gear range,the automatic transmission will upshiftbeyond any gear range limit selected.

Canceling gear range limitX Press and hold the gear selector lever to

the right in the D+ direction until Dreappears in the multifunction display.

orX Pull and hold right gearshift control ; untilD reappears in the multifunction display.The automatic transmission will shift fromthe current gear range directly into driveposition D.

Shifting into optimal gear range X Press and hold the gear selector lever to

the left in the D- direction.orX Pull and hold left gearshift control :.

The automatic transmission will select thegear range suited for optimal accelerationand deceleration automatically. This willinvolve shifting down one or more gears.


ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 106

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=0a2ebdb63e4db754351f190e6245491c&version=1&language=--&variant=--


Manual shift programThe manual shift program is available onCLS 63 AMG only.Manual program mode M differs with regardto spontaneity, response time, and shiftingsmoothness from automatic program modeS.In manual program mode M, system-controlled automatic gearshifting is switchedoff. You need to change the gears by manuallyupshifting or downshifting using the gearselector lever or the steering wheel gearshiftcontrol.

Program mode selector switch on CLS 63 AMG

C Comfort For standard driving


M Manual For manual gearshifting

The current program mode appears in themultifunction display (Y page 105).For information on automatic program mode(C or S), see “Automatic shift program”(Y page 105) and “One-touch gearshifting”(Y page 105).

Activating manual shift programX Press the program mode selector switch

repeatedly until M appears in themultifunction display.The automatic transmission switches tomanual program mode M. Automatic

shifting is switched off. The gear range isnot limited.

You can change the gears manually with driveposition D selected. You can upshift ordownshift through the gears in succession.

i Manual program mode M will not bestored. When the engine is turned off withmanual program mode M selected, theautomatic transmission will go toautomatic program mode C when theengine is restarted.

Upshifting! In manual program mode M, the

automatic transmission will not upshift,even if the engine has reached itsoverrevving range. Shift up into the nextgear before the engine has reached itsoverrevving range. Make absolutely certainthat the engine speed does not reach thered marking on the tachometer. Otherwisethe engine could be damaged which is notcovered by the Mercedes-Benz LimitedWarranty.

X Briefly press the gear selector lever to theright in the D+ direction.

orX Briefly pull right gearshift control ;

(Y page 106).The automatic transmission shifts into thenext higher gear.

Upshift indicator

In manual program mode M, upshiftindicator ; in the multifunction displayadvises you to upshift before the enginereaches the overspeed range. In addition,symbol ^ may appear instead of manual


Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 107

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=448ac90f370d813d351f15150f7d6360&version=11&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=bbb75c31cdb31de4351f19145108f344&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=7ab887623e4235d9351f190e5c754ee6&version=1&language=--&variant=--

program mode symbol M in the multifunctiondisplay. Thus you can drive at the maximumengine speed for each gear withoutoverrevving the engine.X Shift the automatic transmission from

current gear : into the next higher gear.The fuel supply will otherwise beinterrupted to prevent the engine fromoverrevving.

Downshifting


X Briefly press the gear selector lever to theleft in the D- direction.

orX Briefly pull left gearshift control :

(Y page 106).The automatic transmission shifts into thenext lower gear.

i For maximum acceleration, press andhold the gear selector lever to the left in theD- direction or pull and hold the leftgearshift control. Depending on the enginespeed the automatic transmission selectsthe optimal gear for maximumacceleration.

i When you brake or stop, the automatictransmission shifts down into a gear fromwhich you can easily accelerate or take off.

Kickdown Using the kickdown while driving in manualprogram mode M is not possible.

Deactivating manual shift programX Press the program mode selector switch

repeatedly until C or S appears in themultifunction display.

orX Restart the engine.

The automatic transmission will go toautomatic program mode C.

Manual program mode M is not stored.

Emergency operation (limp-home mode)

If vehicle acceleration becomes lessresponsive or sluggish or the automatictransmission no longer shifts, the automatictransmission is most likely operating in limp-home (emergency operation) mode. In thismode only second gear and reverse gear Rcan be selected.X Stop the vehicle in a safe location.X Shift the automatic transmission into park

position P.X Turn off the engine.X Wait at least 10 seconds before restarting.X Restart the engine.X Shift the automatic transmission into drive

position D (for second gear) or reverse gearR.

X Have the automatic transmission checkedat an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center assoon as possible.

Instrument cluster

IntroductionFor a full view illustration of the instrumentcluster, see “Instrument cluster”(Y page 28).

108 Instrument clusterCo

ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 108


https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=5441f301370ed3d0351f15154de7e042&version=11&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=5441f301370ed3d0351f15154de7e042&version=11&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=ca667b812eed868e351f190e511bb726&version=11&language=en&variant=US

G Warning!No messages will be displayed if either theinstrument cluster or the multifunctiondisplay is inoperative.As a result, you will not be able to seeinformation about your driving conditions,such asRspeedRoutside temperatureRwarning/indicator lampsRmalfunction/warning messagesRfailure of any systems

Driving characteristics may be impaired.If you must continue to drive, do so with addedcaution. Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possible.

: Reset button

For information on changing the instrumentcluster settings, e.g. the language, see(Y page 119).

Activating the instrument clusterThe instrument cluster is activated when youRopen a front doorRswitch on the ignitionRpress reset button :Rswitch on the exterior lamps

Adjusting the instrument cluster illuminationX To brighten illumination: Turn reset

button : clockwise until the desired levelof illumination is reached.

X To dim illumination: Turn resetbutton : counterclockwise until thedesired level of illumination is reached.

i The instrument cluster illumination isdimmed or brightened automatically to suitambient light conditions.The instrument cluster illumination will alsobe adjusted automatically when you switchon the vehicle’s exterior lamps.

Coolant temperature indicator

G Warning!Driving when your engine is overheated cancause some fluids which may have leaked intothe engine compartment to catch fire. Youcould be seriously burned.Steam from an overheated engine can causeserious burns which can occur just by openingthe engine hood. Stay away from the engineif you see or hear steam coming from it.Stop the vehicle in a safe location away fromother traffic. Turn off the engine, get out of thevehicle and do not stand near the vehicle untilthe engine has cooled down.

During severe operating conditions, e.g. stop-and-go traffic, the coolant temperature mayrise close to 248‡ (120†).

! Excessive coolant temperature triggers awarning in the multifunction display and thered coolant temperature warninglamp ? in the instrument cluster comeson.The engine should not be operated with acoolant temperature above 248‡ (120†).Doing so may cause serious engine damagewhich is not covered by the Mercedes-BenzLimited Warranty.

Instrument cluster 109

Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 109

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=abc4e5304d70ed62351f1514186c49b3&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=c8d3f2b94be59e64351f190e718632b8&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=e8a12a943b7f18d0351f1515113f635f&version=10&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=9dc11f9f3b7ffed3351f15156c97602a&version=9&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=9dc11f9f3b7ffed3351f15156c97602a&version=9&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=9206c3343b80a8b6351f15150c76a333&version=8&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=4b7c935151d5771e351f15145a2049a4&version=2&language=en&variant=US

Resetting trip odometerX Make sure you are viewing the standard

display (Y page 112) in the multifunctiondisplay.

X Press and hold the reset button in theinstrument cluster (Y page 108) until thetrip odometer is reset.

TachometerThe red marking on the tachometer(Y page 28) denotes excessive engine speed.

! Avoid driving at excessive engine speeds,as it may result in serious engine damagethat is not covered by the Mercedes-BenzLimited Warranty.

To help protect the engine, the fuel supply isinterrupted if the engine is operated withinthe red marking.

Control system

IntroductionThe control system is activated as soon as thestarter switch is in position 1.The control system enables you to call upinformation about your vehicle and to changevehicle settings.For example, you can use the control systemto find out when your vehicle is next due formaintenance service, to set the language formessages in the instrument cluster display,and much more.

G Warning!A driver’s attention to the road and trafficconditions must always be his/her primaryfocus when driving.For your safety and the safety of others,selecting features through the multifunctionsteering wheel should only be done by the

driver when traffic and road conditions permitit to be done safely.Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph(approximately 50 km/h), your vehicle iscovering a distance of 44 feet (approximately14 m) every second.

The control system relays information to themultifunction display.

Multifunction steering wheelThe displays in the multifunction display andthe settings in the control system arecontrolled by using the buttons on themultifunction steering wheel.

: Multifunction display

; Press buttonWX

to select submenus in theSettings menuto set valuesto operate the RACETIMER7

to set the volume

7 AMG vehicles only.

110 Control systemCo

ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 110

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=3bc8c9833b814892351f15150af1a057&version=7&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=f73230953b81e4e9351f15154be46018&version=10&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=33f2442b2eeae59c351f190e08a3b7ca&version=8&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=807cae50a03ad948351f151441f2a56d&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=521d66fd3cc8c87a351f15156c60a064&version=13&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=7547b60b4bc5d7f0351f190e3e62f2e2&version=1&language=--&variant=--

Press button6 to answer a call

to dial8

to redial~ to end a call

to reject an incoming call

= Press buttonVU

to select next or previous menu

Press button briefly&*

to move within a menuWithin Audio/DVD menu toselect previous or next track,scene or stored stationWithin Telephone menu toswitch to the phone book andselect a name or number

Press and hold button&*

Within Audio/DVD menu toselect previous or next trackwith quick search or to selectprevious or next station instation list or wave bandWithin Telephone menu tostart the quick search in thephone book

Depending on the selected menu, pressingthe buttons on the multifunction steeringwheel will alter what appears in themultifunction display.The information available in the multifunctiondisplay is arranged in menus andaccompanying functions and submenus.The individual functions are then found withinthe relevant menu (radio or CD operationsunder Audio/DVD menu, for example).These functions serve to call up relevantinformation or to customize the settings foryour vehicle.

It is helpful to think of the menus, and thefunctions within each menu, as beingarranged in a circular pattern.X Press button V or U repeatedly to

pass through each menu one after theother.

X Press button * or & repeatedly topass through each function display, oneafter the other, in the current menu.

In the Settings menu, instead of functions,you will find a number of submenus for callingup and changing settings. For instructions onusing these submenus, see “Settings menu”(Y page 118).The number of menus available in the systemdepends on which optional equipment isinstalled in your vehicle.

Multifunction display

: Outside temperature indicator; Trip odometer= Automatic transmission program mode

indicator? Transmission position/gear range

indicatorA Main odometer

For more information on menus displayed inthe multifunction display, see “Menus andsubmenus” (Y page 112).

8 Function only available in telephone menu.

Control system 111

Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 111

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=3d7f5e913cc9d49e351f151548a060a0&version=12&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=c114f1864c56b3d2351f190e0d05f254&version=1&language=--&variant=--

Menus and submenus

i The headings used in the menus table aredesigned to facilitate navigation within thesystem and are not necessarily identical tothose shown in the multifunction display.The first function displayed in each menuwill automatically show you which part ofthe system you are in.

Function

: Standard display menu(Y page 112)

; AMG9 menu (Y page 113)

= Audio/DVD menu (Y page 116)

? Navigation menu (Y page 117)

A Distronic menu (Y page 117)

B Vehicle status message memory10 menu (Y page 117)

C Settings menu (Y page 118)

Function

D Trip computer menu (Y page 124)

E Telephone menu (Y page 125)

Standard display menuYou can select whether the digitalspeedometer or the outside temperatureappears in the standard display(Y page 120).

Standard display: Basic display with outside temperature; Trip odometer

9 AMG vehicles only.10 The vehicle status message memory menu is only displayed if there is a message stored.


ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 112

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=043433323ccac2b2351f15155f17e1a9&version=14&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=18c00a2e4bf27dd7351f190e29ac7536&version=1&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=97f762cf3ccb84c8351f151560e6a333&version=13&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=a8b325e14bf440ee351f190e576a32f4&version=1&language=--&variant=--

X If you see another display, press buttonV or U repeatedly until the standarddisplay appears.

X Press button & or * to select thefunctions in the Standard display menu.

The following functions are available:RRestarting the tire pressure loss warning

system (Y page 187) (Canada only)RRestarting the TPMS (Y page 189) (USA

only)RChecking tire inflation pressure with the

Advanced TPMS (Y page 190) (Canadaonly)RCalling up digital speedometer or outside

temperature (Y page 113)RCalling up maintenance service indicator

display (Y page 215)

Calling up digital speedometer or outside temperature Depending on the chosen setting for thestandard display (Y page 120) you can callup the other display here.

G Warning!The outside temperature indicator is notdesigned to serve as an ice-warning deviceand is therefore unsuitable for that purpose.Indicated temperatures just above thefreezing point do not guarantee that the roadsurface is free of ice. The road may still be icy,especially in wooded areas or on bridges.

X Press button & or * repeatedly untilthe digital speedometer or the outsidetemperature appears in the multifunctiondisplay.

: Basic display with digital speedometer; Status line display with outside

temperature= Trip odometer

You can select whether the digitalspeedometer or the outside temperatureappears in the status line display(Y page 120).

AMG menuThis function is only available in AMGvehicles.X Press button V or U repeatedly until

the AMG menu appears in themultifunction display.

The main screen of the AMG menu shows youthe gear currently engaged : as well as theengine oil temperature ;.The engine oil temperature flashes if theengine oil temperature has not yet reached80†. During this time, avoid driving at fullengine speed.If the engine reaches the overspeed range inthe manual shift program, the menu will beshown in red. In addition, you will see UP nextto gear indicator : as a reminder to upshift.

Control system 113

Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 113

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=c461703010c5c766351f1514736878c0&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=9960e81e4bf5b81c351f190e644bb57a&version=1&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=7cdebe203ccc36a9351f15154af7e0af&version=10&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=f0433fa74bf8151b351f190e3ab972ec&version=1&language=--&variant=--

Use buttons & or * to select thefollowing functions in the AMG menu:RVehicle supply voltage (Y page 114)RRACETIMER (Y page 114)ROverall analysis (Y page 115)RLap analysis (Y page 115)

Vehicle supply voltageX Press button V or U repeatedly until


X Press button & repeatedly until thevehicle supply voltage appears in themultifunction display.

: Gear indicator; Vehicle supply voltage indicator

RACETIMER

G Warning!The RACETIMER feature is only for use onroads and in conditions where high speeddriving is permitted. Racing on public roads isprohibited under all circumstances. The driveris and must always remain responsible forfollowing posted speed limits.

The RACETIMER allows you to time and savedriving stretches.X Press button V or U repeatedly until


X Press button & repeatedly until theRACETIMER appears in the multifunctiondisplay.

: Gear indicator; RACETIMER= Lap number

You can start the RACETIMER when theengine is running or the starter switch is inposition 2 (Y page 76).While the RACETIMER is being displayed, youcannot adjust the audio volume using buttonsW or X.X Starting: Press button W.X Displaying intermediate time: Press

button X while the timer is running.The intermediate time is shown for5 seconds.

X Stopping: Press button W.When you stop the vehicle and turn theSmartKey to position 1 (Y page 76) or, invehicles with KEYLESS-GO, turn off theengine and do not open the driver’s door, theRACETIMER stops timing. Timing is resumedwhen you press button W after switchingthe ignition back on or restarting the engine.

Saving lap time and starting a new lapYou can save up to nine laps.X Press button X while the timer is

running.The intermediate time will be shown for5 seconds.

X Press button X within 5 seconds.The intermediate time shown will be savedas a lap time.The RACETIMER begins timing the new lap.The new lap begins to be timed as soon asthe intermediate time is called up.


ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 114

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=87c872114bf8dab4351f190e35523254&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=cd15c796a48eb342351f15144052a5ba&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=8764cdfb4bf96907351f190e664b72dd&version=1&language=--&variant=--

: Gear indicator; RACETIMER= Best lap time? Lap number

Resetting current lapX Press button W while the timer is

running.The timer stops.

X Press button X.The lap time is reset to “0”.

Deleting all lapsIt is not possible to delete a single saved lap.When you turn off the engine, the RACETIMERwill be reset to “0” after 30 seconds. All lapsare deleted.X Press button W while the timer is

running.The timer stops.

X Press the reset button in the instrumentcluster twice (Y page 109).

X Press button W.The timer starts. The saved laps aredeleted.

Overall analysisThis function is only available if you havesaved at least one lap and have stopped theRACETIMER.X Press button V or U repeatedly until


X Press button & repeatedly until theoverall analysis appears in themultifunction display.

: Overall analysis of RACETIMER; Overall driving time= Maximum speed? Overall distance drivenA Average speed

Lap analysisThis function is only available if you havesaved at least two laps and have stopped theRACETIMER.X Press button V or U repeatedly until


X Press button & repeatedly until the lapanalysis appears in the multifunctiondisplay.

Each lap is shown in its own submenu. Thefastest lap is indicated by flashingsymbol :.

: Lap number; Lap time= Maximum speed during lap? Lap lengthA Average speed during lap

X Press button & or * to see other lapanalyses.

Control system 115

Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 115

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=1e96a5e14bfa097d351f190e3dffb57d&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=70de9ac84bfab31f351f190e4581b2a2&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=11c6a9334bfb7ea5351f190e59ac32bb&version=1&language=--&variant=--

Audio/DVD menuThe functions in the Audio/DVD menuoperate the audio or video equipment whichyou have currently switched on.The following functions are available:RSelecting radio station (Y page 116)ROperating audio devices/audio media

(Y page 116)ROperating video DVD (Y page 117)If no audio equipment is currently switchedon, the message AUDIO Off appears in themultifunction display.

Selecting radio station i The SIRIUS XM Satellite Radio is treated

as a radio application.Additional optional satellite radioequipment and a subscription to a satelliteradio service provider are required forsatellite radio operation. Contact anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center fordetails and availability for your vehicle.For more information, refer to separateCOMAND system operating instructions.

X Switch on the COMAND system and selectradio. Refer to separate COMAND systemoperating instructions.

X Press button V or U repeatedly untilthe currently tuned station appears in themultifunction display.

Example illustration: Wave band setting; Station frequency

X Selecting next or previous stored station: Press button * or & brieflyto select a stored station.

X Selecting next or previous station in the station list: Press and hold button * or& to select a station.

X Selecting next or previous station in wave band (Only if no station list isavailable): Press and hold button * or& to select a station.

You can only store new stations using thecorresponding feature on the radio. Refer toseparate COMAND system operatinginstructions.You can also operate the radio in the usualmanner.

Operating audio devices/audio mediaX Switch on the COMAND system and select

the audio device or audio media. Refer toseparate COMAND system operatinginstructions.

X Press button V or U repeatedly untilthe Audio/DVD menu appears in themultifunction display.

Example illustration: Disc number; Current track

X Selecting next or previous track: Pressbutton * or & briefly.

X Selecting a track from the track list (quick search): Press and hold button* or &.

The current track does not appear duringAudio AUX mode operation.


ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 116

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=fa82a9173cccea93351f1515446fe35d&version=16&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=861068b74c2b80d3351f190e0d20b528&version=1&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=609e3e9d4c2c5eaa351f190e1273f56d&version=1&language=en&variant=US

Operating video DVDX Switch on the COMAND system and select

DVD-Video. Refer to separate COMANDsystem operating instructions.

X Press button V or U repeatedly untilthe Audio/DVD menu appears in themultifunction display.

: Disc number; Current scene

X Press button * or & to select ascene.

Navigation menuThe Navigation menu contains the functionsneeded to operate your navigation system.X Press button V or U repeatedly until

the Navigation menu appears in themultifunction display.The message shown in the multifunctiondisplay depends on the status of thenavigation system:RWith the COMAND system switched off,

the message NAVI Off appears in themultifunction display.RWith the COMAND system switched on

but route guidance not activated, thedirection of travel and, if applicable, thename of the street currently traveled onappear in the multifunction display.RWith the COMAND system switched on

and route guidance activated, thedirection of travel and maneuverinstructions appear in the multifunctiondisplay.

Please refer to separate COMAND systemoperating instructions for instructions on howto activate the route guidance system.

Distronic menuUse the Distronic menu to display thecurrent settings for your Distronic system.The information shown in the multifunctiondisplay depends on whether the Distronicsystem is activated or deactivated.Please refer to the “Driving systems” sectionof this manual (Y page 129) for instructionson how to activate Distronic.

Vehicle status message memory menu

Use the Vehicle status message memorymenu to scan malfunction and warningmessages that may be stored in the memory.Such messages appear in the multifunctiondisplay and are based on conditions orsystem status the vehicle’s system hasrecorded.The Vehicle status message memory menuonly appears if messages have been stored.

G Warning!Malfunction and warning messages are onlyindicated for certain systems and areintentionally not very detailed. Themalfunction and warning messages aresimply a reminder with respect to theoperation of certain systems. They do notreplace the owner’s and/or driver’sresponsibility to maintain the vehicle’soperating safety. Have all requiredmaintenance and safety checks performed onthe vehicle. Bring the vehicle to an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center to address themalfunction and warning messages.

Control system 117

Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 117

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=8f23091a90a635d8351f19145d8fc2e9&version=1&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=c6f5023f3ccd88a7351f15156b3b2002&version=12&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=e2236df73ccf120e351f15157f48634f&version=6&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=5a769b503cd0bbe7351f15150adb6195&version=12&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=5a769b503cd0bbe7351f15150adb6195&version=12&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=0b762205a96a695b351f15140ce17f40&version=2&language=en&variant=US

X Press button V or U repeatedly untilthe Vehicle status message memorymenu appears in the multifunction display.If conditions have occurred causing statusmessages to be recorded, the number ofmessages appears in the multifunctiondisplay.

X Press button & or *.The stored messages will now be displayedin the order in which they have occurred.For malfunction and warning messages,see “Vehicle status messages in themultifunction display” (Y page 228).

Should the vehicle’s system record anyconditions while driving, the number ofmessages will reappear in the multifunctiondisplay when the SmartKey in the starterswitch is turned to position 0 or removedfrom the starter switch. With KEYLESS-GO,the number of messages will reappear whenyou turn off the engine by pressing theKEYLESS-GO start/stop button and open thedriver’s door.Except for high-priority messages, the vehiclestatus message memory will be cleared whenyou switch off the ignition.

Settings menu

IntroductionIn the Settings menu there are twofunctions: The function To reset, press reset button for 3 seconds., with whichyou can reset all the settings to the originalfactory settings and a collection of submenuswith which you can make individual settingsfor your vehicle.

The following settings and submenus areavailable in the Settings menu:RResetting to factory settings

(Y page 118)RSubmenus in the Settings menu

(Y page 119)RInstrument cluster submenu

(Y page 119)RLighting submenu (Y page 121)RVehicle submenu (Y page 123)RConvenience submenu (Y page 124)

Resetting to factory settingsYou can reset the settings of all submenus tothe factory settings.For safety reasons, the function Headlamp Mode in the Lighting submenu cannot bereset while driving.X Press button V or U repeatedly until

the Settings menu appears in themultifunction display.

X Press the reset button in the instrumentcluster (Y page 108) for approximately3 seconds.The request to press the reset button oncemore to confirm appears in themultifunction display.

X Press the reset button once more.The settings you have changed will not bereset unless you confirm the action bypressing the reset button a second time. Afterapproximately 5 seconds, the Settingsmenu reappears in the multifunction display.


ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 118

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=b44a382d4c37716d351f190e1c3d355e&version=1&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=7f7af4402ee4d7b8351f190e75b8370e&version=8&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=77afdd343cd8246a351f1515086fe33d&version=12&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=aeca804aa65885c6351f19142bb37898&version=1&language=en&variant=US

Submenus in the Settings menuX Press button V or U repeatedly until


X Press button &.The collection of the submenus appears inthe multifunction display. There are moresubmenus than can be displayedsimultaneously.

X Press button X.The selection marker moves to the nextsubmenu.

X Scroll down with button X, scroll upwith button W.

X With the selection marker on the desiredsubmenu, use button & to access theindividual functions within that submenu.

X Once within the submenu, use button& to move to the next function or button* to move to the previous functionwithin that submenu.

X Use button W or X to change thesettings of the respective function.

The following lists show what settings can bechanged within the various menus. Detailedinstructions on making individual settings canbe found on the following pages.

Instrument cluster submenuRSelecting speedometer display mode

(Y page 120)RSelecting language (Y page 120)

RSelecting display (speed or outsidetemperature) for status line (Y page 120)RSelecting display (speed or outside

temperature) for standard display(Y page 120)

Lighting submenuRSwitching daytime running lamp mode on

or off (USA only) (Y page 121)RSwitching locator lighting on or off

(Y page 121)RSetting ambient lighting (Y page 122)RSwitching night security illumination

(Headlamps delayed shut-off feature) on oroff (Y page 122)RSwitching interior lighting delayed shut-off

on or off (Y page 123)

Vehicle submenuRSwitching automatic central locking on or

off (Y page 123)

Convenience submenuRActivating easy-entry/exit feature

(Y page 124)

Instrument cluster submenuAccess the Instr. Cluster submenu viathe Settings menu. Use the Instr. Cluster submenu to change the instrumentcluster display settings.The following functions are available:RSelecting speedometer display mode

(Y page 120)RSelecting language (Y page 120)RSelecting display (speed or outside

temperature) for status line (Y page 120)RSelecting display (speed or outside

temperature) for standard display(Y page 120)

Control system 119

Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 119

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=c23d9c233cdc508e351f1515388fa192&version=14&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=75f69e76f83b200c351f19140ee0741c&version=1&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=73c7d9c23cdd21d3351f15153ab0e364&version=14&language=en&variant=US

Selecting speedometer display mode X Press button V or U repeatedly until


X Press button &.X Move the selection marker with buttonW or X to the Instr. Clustersubmenu.

X Press button & or * repeatedly untilthe message Display Unit Speed-/Odometer appears in the multifunctiondisplay.The selection marker is on the currentsetting.

X Press button W or X to setspeedometer unit to Km or Miles.

Selecting language X Press button V or U repeatedly until



X Press button & or * repeatedly untilthe message Language appears in themultifunction display.The selection marker is on the currentsetting.

X Press button W or X to select thelanguage to be used for the multifunctiondisplay messages.

Selecting display (speed or outside temperature) for status line X Press button V or U repeatedly until



X Press button & or * repeatedly untilthe message Status Line Displayappears in the multifunction display.The selection marker is on the currentsetting.

X Press button W or X to select thestatus line to Speed or Outside Temp..You will see the status line display whenyou have called up a different display fromthe standard display.

Selecting display (speed or outside temperature) for standard displayX Press button V or U repeatedly until



X Press button & or * repeatedly untilthe message Basic Display appears inthe multifunction display.The selection marker is on the currentsetting.


ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 120

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=feb6d4e4a68e0118351f19146e873820&version=1&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=0b0f47e6a6907bd5351f19144e7fbf36&version=1&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=54606901a6921656351f19143718788f&version=1&language=en&variant=US

X Press button W or X to select thedisplay shown in the standard display.The other display now appears in theStandard display menu (Y page 112).

Lighting submenuAccess the Lighting submenu via theSettings menu. Use the Lighting submenuto change the lamp and lighting settings onyour vehicle.The following functions are available:RSwitching daytime running lamp mode on

or off (USA only) (Y page 121)RSwitching locator lighting on or off

(Y page 121)RSetting ambient lighting (Y page 122)RSwitching night security illumination

(Headlamps delayed shut-off feature) on oroff (Y page 122)RSwitching interior lighting delayed shut-off

on or off (Y page 123)

Switching daytime running lamp mode on or off (USA only) X Press button V or U repeatedly until


X Press button &.X Move the selection marker with buttonW or X to the Lighting submenu.

X Press button & or * repeatedly untilthe message Headlamp Mode appears inthe multifunction display.The selection marker is on the currentsetting.

X Press button W or X to selectmanual operation (Manual) or daytimerunning lamp mode (Constant).

With daytime running lamp mode switched onand the exterior lamp switch inposition $ or Ã, the low-beamheadlamps are switched on when the engineis running.In low ambient light conditions the followinglamps will come on additionally:RParking lampsRTail lampsRLicense plate lampsRSide marker lampsFor more information on the daytime runninglamp mode, see (Y page 88).For safety reasons, resetting all the functionsof all submenus to the factory settings whiledriving (Y page 118) will not deactivate thedaytime running lamp mode.The following message appears in themultifunction display:Lighting - Cannot be completely reset to factory settings while driving.

Switching locator lighting on or off With the locator lighting feature activated andthe exterior lamp switch in position Ã, thefollowing lamps will come on during darknesswhen the vehicle is unlocked using button% on the SmartKey:RParking lampsRTail lampsRLicense plate lamps

Control system 121

Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 121

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=c87cfcf6a693a8d3351f19147225f8be&version=1&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=c1f3dbb13cde7ced351f15152cdca32b&version=13&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=47a91218a6967e44351f1914167c38fa&version=1&language=en&variant=US

RSide marker lampsRFront fog lampsThe locator lighting goes out when the driver’sdoor is opened.If you do not open the driver’s door afterunlocking the vehicle with the SmartKey, thelamps will go out automatically afterapproximately 40 seconds.X Press button V or U repeatedly until



X Press button & or * repeatedly untilthe message Surround Light. Function appears in the multifunctiondisplay.The selection marker is on the currentsetting.

X Press button W or X to switch thelocator lighting function On or Off.

X Turn the exterior lamp switch to positionÃ when exiting the vehicle.The locator lighting feature is activated.

Setting ambient lightingUse this function to adjust the brightness ofthe ambient lighting.X Press button V or U repeatedly until


X Press button &.

X Move the selection marker with buttonW or X to the Lighting submenu.

X Press button & or * repeatedly untilthe message Ambient Light Levelappears in the multifunction display.The selection marker is on the currentsetting.

X Press button W or X to select thedesired brightness of the ambient lighting.The setting 1 represents the darkest leveland setting 5 the brightest level. Theambient light is switched off at setting 0.

Switching night security illumination (Headlamps delayed shut-off feature) on or off Use this function to set whether you wouldlike the exterior lamps to remain on for15 seconds during darkness after exiting thevehicle and closing all doors.With the headlamps delayed shut-off featureactivated and the exterior lamp switch inposition Ã before the engine is turned off,the following lamps will come on when theengine is turned off:RParking lampsRTail lampsRLicense plate lampsRSide marker lampsRFront fog lampsIf, after turning off the engine, you do notopen a door or do not close an opened door,the lamps will automatically go out after60 seconds.


ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 122

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=9f370923a698031c351f1914664f7f18&version=1&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=b8ca484da69925b8351f1914281d38a2&version=1&language=en&variant=US

X Press button V or U repeatedly untilthe Settings menu appears in themultifunction display.


X Press button & or * repeatedly untilthe message Headlamps Delayed Shut-off appears in the multifunction display.The selection marker is on the currentsetting.

X Press button W or X to switch theheadlamps delayed shut-off feature On orOff.

X Turn the exterior lamp switch to positionÃ before turning off the engine.The headlamps delayed shut-off feature isactivated.

You can temporarily deactivate theheadlamps delayed shut-off feature:X Before exiting the vehicle, turn the

SmartKey in the starter switch to position0.

X Then turn it to position 2 and back toposition 0.The headlamps delayed shut-off feature isdeactivated. It will reactivate as soon asyou start the engine.

Switching interior lighting delayed shut-off on or off Use this function to set whether you wouldlike the interior lighting to remain on for10 seconds during darkness after you haveremoved the SmartKey from the starterswitch.



X Press button & or * repeatedly untilthe message Interior Lighting Delayed Shut-off appears in themultifunction display.The selection marker is on the currentsetting.

X Press button W or X to switch theinterior lighting delayed shut-off featureOn or Off.

Vehicle submenuAccess the Vehicle submenu via theSettings menu. Use the Vehicle submenuto set the automatic central locking.

Switching automatic central locking on or off Use this function to switch the automaticcentral locking on or off. With the automaticcentral locking activated, the vehicle islocked centrally at a vehicle speed ofapproximately 9 mph (15 km/h).X Press button V or U repeatedly until


X Press button &.

Control system 123

Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 123

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=f074c5f0a69f162d351f19143b1d385b&version=1&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=3f007885a6a06966351f1914574b78be&version=1&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=e35be2903cdf257a351f15155debe360&version=14&language=en&variant=US

X Move the selection marker with buttonW or X to the Vehicle submenu.

X Press button & or * repeatedly untilthe message Automatic Door Lockingappears in the multifunction display.The selection marker is on the currentsetting.

X Press button W or X to switch theautomatic central locking On or Off.

Convenience submenuAccess the Convenience submenu via theSettings menu. Use the Conveniencesubmenu to activate the easy-entry/exitfeature.

Activating easy-entry/exit feature Use this function to activate and deactivatethe easy-entry/exit feature (Y page 83).

G Warning!You must make sure no one can becometrapped or injured by the moving steeringwheel when the easy-entry/exit feature isactivated.To stop steering wheel movement, movesteering wheel adjustment stalk or press oneof the memory position buttons.Do not leave children unattended in thevehicle, or with access to an unlocked vehicle.Children could open the driver’s door andunintentionally activate the easy-entry/exitfeature, which could result in an accidentand/or serious personal injury.


X Press button &.X Move the selection marker with buttonW or X to the Conveniencesubmenu.

X Press button & or * repeatedly untilthe message Easy-entry Functionappears in the multifunction display.The selection marker is on the currentsetting.

X Press button W or X to activate (On)or deactivate (Off) the easy-entry/exitfeature.

Trip computer menuUse the Trip computer menu to call upstatistical data on your vehicle.The following information is available:RFuel consumption statistics since start

(Y page 125)RFuel consumption statistics since last reset

(Y page 125)RResetting fuel consumption statistics

(Y page 125)RDistance to empty (Y page 125)


ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 124

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=3fc4a268a6a5bcae351f191414c23898&version=1&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=47d16a963cdfe99c351f15150693231f&version=13&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=f97ba013744a307f351f1515263f4117&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=9c34edffa6a87fe3351f19147c6cbf19&version=1&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=81290acf3ce089e3351f1515150e235f&version=14&language=en&variant=US

Fuel consumption statistics since start X Press button U or V repeatedly until

the first function of the Trip computermenu appears in the multifunction display.

X Press button & or * repeatedly untilthe message From Start appears in themultifunction display.

: Distance driven since start; Time elapsed since start= Average speed since start? Average fuel consumption since start

All statistics stored since the last engine startwill be reset approximately 4 hours after theSmartKey in the starter switch is turned toposition 0 or removed from the starter switch.Resetting will not occur if you turn theSmartKey back to position 1 or 2 within thistime period.

Fuel consumption statistics since last resetX Press button U or V repeatedly until


X Press button & or * repeatedly untilthe message From Reset appears in themultifunction display.

: Distance driven since last reset; Time elapsed since last reset

= Average speed since last reset? Average fuel consumption since last reset

Resetting fuel consumption statisticsX Press button U or V repeatedly until


X Press button & or * repeatedly untilthe reading that you want to reset appearsin the multifunction display.

X Press and hold the reset button in theinstrument cluster until the respectivevalues are reset to 0.

The fuel consumption statistics resetautomatically to 0 after 99 999 miles or9 999 hours, whichever occurs first.

Distance to emptyX Press button U or V repeatedly until


X Press button & or * repeatedly untilthe message Range: appears in themultifunction display.The calculated remaining driving rangebased on the current fuel tank levelappears in the multifunction display.If only very little fuel is left in the tank, avehicle at the fuel pump C appearsinstead of the remaining driving range.

Telephone menu

G Warning!A driver’s attention to the road must alwaysbe his/her primary focus when driving. For

Control system 125

Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 125

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=efebb2954c39f938351f190e6165b57a&version=1&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=34be61a44c3b07f7351f190e1dec3538&version=1&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=23669981a6af3700351f19147b18f82b&version=1&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=2b8c72f03ce18824351f15155b8fa379&version=15&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=c2a0a742a1933a58351f190e357b2ca9&version=1&language=en&variant=US

your safety and the safety of others, werecommend that you pull over to a safelocation and stop before placing or taking atelephone call. If you choose to use thetelephone while driving, please use the hands-free device and only use the telephone whenweather, road and traffic conditions permit.Some jurisdictions prohibit the driver fromusing a mobile phone while driving a vehicle.Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph(approximately 50 km/h), your vehicle iscovering a distance of 44 feet (approximately14 m) every second.

You can connect your telephone to theCOMAND system via Bluetooth®, seeseparate COMAND system operatinginstructions.X Switch on the COMAND system.

Refer to separate COMAND systemoperating instructions.

X Press button U or V repeatedly untilthe message TEL appears in themultifunction display.One of the following messages will appearin the multifunction display:RNo Service: No network is available.RBluetooth Ready: The telephone has

not been connected to the COMANDsystem via Bluetooth® yet.X Connect the telephone to the

COMAND system via Bluetooth®.

RReady or name of the network provider(if available): The telephone has found anetwork and is ready for use. You canoperate it using the control system.

Answering a call When your telephone is ready to receive calls,you can answer a call at any time. In themultifunction display you will then see thefollowing message, or if available, the callerID (number or name):

X Press button 6.You have answered the call.

Ending a call or rejecting an incoming callX Press button ~.

Dialing a number from the phone book When your telephone is ready to receive calls,you may select and dial a number from thephone book at any time.X Press button U or V repeatedly until

the message TEL appears in themultifunction display.

X Press button & or * repeatedly untilthe desired name appears in themultifunction display.If you press and hold button & or* for longer than 1 second, the systemscrolls rapidly through the list of namesuntil you release the button again.The stored names are displayed inalphabetical order.

X Press button 6.The control system dials the selectedphone number.If the connection is successful and thisfeature is supported by your networkprovider, the name of the party (if stored in


ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 126

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=5193437ea6b3707d351f191451fd38da&version=1&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=fe9f2ee9a6b4db7c351f191442e3380e&version=1&language=--&variant=--

your phone book) you are calling willappear in the multifunction display.The control system stores the dialednumber in the redial memory.

orX Press button ~ if you do not want to

make the call.

Redialing The control system stores the most recentlydialed phone numbers. This eliminates theneed to search through your entire phonebook.X Press button U or V repeatedly until

the message TEL appears in themultifunction display.

X Press button 6.The first number in the redial memoryappears in the multifunction display.

X Press button & or * repeatedly untilthe desired number or name appears in themultifunction display.

X Press button 6.The control system dials the selectedphone number.

Driving systems

IntroductionThis section describes the following drivingsystems of your vehicle:RCruise controlRDistronicRDistance warning function (only available

with Distronic)

RAIRMATIC DCRParktronic systemThe driving safety systems ABS, AdaptiveBrake, BAS, EBP and ESP® are described inthe “Safety and security” section(Y page 57).

Cruise controlThe cruise control maintains the speed youset for your vehicle automatically.The use of the cruise control is recommendedfor driving at a constant speed for extendedperiods of time.The currently set speed or last set speed(“Resume” function) appears in themultifunction display for approximately5 seconds. The corresponding cruise controlspeed segments from the selected speed tothe vehicle maximum speed in themultifunction display are illuminated.

G Warning!The cruise control is a convenience systemdesigned to assist the driver during vehicleoperation. The driver is and must alwaysremain responsible for the vehicle’s speedand for safe brake operation.Only use the cruise control if the road, traffic,and weather conditions make it advisable totravel at a constant speed.RThe use of the cruise control can be

dangerous on winding roads or in heavytraffic because conditions do not allow safedriving at a constant speed.RThe use of the cruise control can be

dangerous on slippery roads. Rapidchanges in tire traction can result in wheelspin and loss of control.RDeactivate the cruise control when driving

in fog.

The “Resume” function should only beoperated if the driver is fully aware of the

Driving systems 127

Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 127

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=75a16b4aa6b663d8351f1914591c3f4f&version=1&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=585c5ffe2ed8ca66351f190e1df5f738&version=13&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=95ec14db371954d0351f15157dd72068&version=14&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=9df56c204e956d39351f15141126444e&version=4&language=en&variant=US

previously set speed and wishes to resumethis particular preset speed.

G Warning!The cruise control brakes automatically sothat the set speed is not exceeded.

: Setting current or higher speed ; Setting current or lower speed= Canceling the cruise control? Activating the cruise control or resuming

to last set speed

Activating cruise control You can activate the cruise control at avehicle speed above 20 mph (30 km/h).You cannot activate the cruise controlRwhen you brakeRwhen you have engaged the parking brakeRwhen the automatic transmission is in park

position P, reverse gear R, or neutralposition NRthe ESP® is switched off or has switched off

due to a malfunctionThe vehicle speed displayed in thespeedometer can briefly vary from the speedsetting for the cruise control system.

Setting current speed X Accelerate or decelerate to the desired

speed.X Briefly lift the cruise control lever in

direction of arrow : or press in directionof arrow ;.

X Remove your foot from the acceleratorpedal.

i On uphill grades, the cruise control maynot be able to maintain the set speed. Oncethe grade eases, the set speed will beresumed.On downhill grades, the cruise controlmaintains the set speed by braking with thevehicle’s brake system. In addition, onlonger downhill grades the automatictransmission will downshift automatically.

Canceling cruise control X Depress the brake pedal.orX Briefly push the cruise control lever in

direction of arrow =.The last set speed is stored for later use.

The last stored speed is deleted from memorywhen the engine is turned off.The cruise control switches off automaticallywhen you depress the brake pedal or youengage the parking brake. In this case, thecruise control speed segments in themultifunction display will go out.The cruise control also switches offautomatically whenRthe vehicle speed falls below 20 mph

(30 km/h)Rthe ESP® is in operationRthe ESP® is switched off with the ESP®

switchRthe ESP® has switched off due to a

malfunctionRyou shift the automatic transmission into

neutral position N while driving

128 Driving systemsCo

ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 128

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=54b7d70d4ea0cb71351f15141dca03ca&version=4&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=3f7a71bf51b8c4c6351f190e6058f50a&version=1&language=--&variant=--

The cruise control speed segments in themultifunction display goes out and anacoustic warning will sound. Observeadditional messages in the multifunctiondisplay that may appear.Depressing the accelerator pedal does notdeactivate the cruise control. After a briefacceleration (e.g. for passing), the cruisecontrol will resume the last set speed.

Changing the set speed

G Warning!Keep in mind that it may take a brief momentuntil the vehicle has made the necessaryadjustments.Increase or decrease the set vehicle speed toa value that the prevailing road conditions andlegal speed limits permit. Otherwise, suddenand unexpected acceleration or decelerationof the vehicle could cause an accident and/or serious injury to you and others.

When you use the cruise control lever todecelerate, the brake system will brake thevehicle automatically if the engine’s brakingpower does not brake the vehicle sufficiently.X Increasing: Lift the cruise control lever in

direction of arrow : and hold it up untilthe desired speed is reached.

X Decreasing: Press the cruise control leverin direction of arrow ; and hold it downuntil the desired speed is reached.

X Release the cruise control lever.The new speed is set and the vehicle willaccelerate or decelerate.

Fine adjustment in 1 mph (Canada: 1 km/h) incrementsX Increasing: Briefly tip the cruise control

lever in direction of arrow :.X Decreasing: Briefly tip the cruise control

lever in direction of arrow ;.

Setting stored speed (Resume function)

G Warning!The set speed stored in memory should onlybe set again if prevailing road conditions andlegal speed limits permit. Possibleacceleration or deceleration differencesarising from returning to the preset speedcould cause an accident and/or serious injuryto you and others.

X Briefly pull the cruise control lever indirection of arrow ?.If no speed is stored, the current speed isset and stored.


The last stored speed is deleted from memorywhen the engine is turned off.

Distronic

Safety notesWhen activated, the Distronic adaptive cruisecontrol increases the driving convenienceafforded by the cruise control while travelingon expressways and other major roadways.RIf the Distronic distance sensor detects a

slower moving vehicle directly ahead, yourvehicle speed will be reduced so that youfollow that vehicle at your preset followingdistance.RIf there is no vehicle directly ahead of you,

the Distronic will function in the same wayas standard cruise control (Y page 127).

G Warning!The Distronic requires familiarity with itsoperational characteristics. We stronglyrecommend that you review the followinginformation carefully before operating thesystem.

Driving systems 129

Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 129

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=e6aa1c334ee1a51e351f151478be846c&version=4&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=2b29cc4c4efe2638351f1514664b0569&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=79749e71371c5e8e351f151575622343&version=7&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=2c4b78e74f479333351f151434cb044b&version=3&language=en&variant=US

G Warning!The Distronic is a convenience system. Itsspeed adjustment reduction capability isintended to make cruise control moreeffective and usable when traffic speeds vary.It is not however, intended to, nor does it,replace the need for extreme care.The responsibility for the vehicle’s speed,distance to the preceding vehicle and, mostimportantly, brake operation to ensure a safestopping distance, always remains with thedriver.The Distronic cannot take street and trafficconditions into account. Complex drivingsituations are not always fully recognized bythe Distronic. This could result in wrong ormissing distance warnings.

G Warning!The Distronic adaptive cruise control is not asubstitute for active driving involvement. Itdoes not react to pedestrians or on stationaryobjects, nor does it recognize or predict thelane curvature or the movement of precedingvehicles.The Distronic can only apply 20% of themaximum braking power of the vehicle.It is the driver’s responsibility at all times tobe attentive to the road, weather and trafficconditions. Additionally, the driver mustprovide the steering, braking and other drivinginputs necessary to remain in control of thevehicle.High-frequency sources such as toll stations,speed measuring systems etc. can cause theDistronic system to malfunction.

G Warning!The Distronic cannot take road and trafficconditions into account. Only use theDistronic if the road, weather and trafficconditions make it advisable to travel at aconstant speed.

G Warning!Use of the Distronic can be dangerous onslippery roads. Rapid changes in tire tractioncan result in wheel spin and loss of control.The Distronic does not function in adversesight and distance conditions. Do not use theDistronic during conditions of fog, heavy rain,snow or sleet.

G Warning!The Distronic cannot take weather conditionsinto account. Switch off the Distronic or donot switch it on if:Rroads are slippery or covered with snow or

ice. The wheels could lose traction whilebraking or accelerating, and the vehiclecould skid.Rthe Distronic system sensor cover is dirty

or visibility is diminished due to snow, rainor fog, for example. The distance controlsystem functionality could be impaired.

Always pay attention to surrounding trafficconditions even while the Distronic isswitched on. Otherwise, you may not be ableto recognize dangerous situations until it istoo late. This could cause an accident in whichyou and/or others could be injured.

G Warning!The “Resume” function should only beoperated if the driver is fully aware of thepreviously set speed and wishes to resumethis particular preset speed.

G Warning!Close attention to road and traffic conditionsis imperative at all times, regardless ofwhether or not the Distronic is activated.Use of the Distronic can be dangerous onwinding roads or in heavy traffic becauseconditions do not allow safe driving at aconstant speed.The Distronic will not react to stationaryobjects in the roadway (e.g. a stopped vehiclein a traffic jam or a disabled vehicle). The


ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 130

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=4f5446c64f3e364a351f151475e3c3dc&version=4&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=c6b6d51a4f44025e351f1514483f439c&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=fb4882ab4f4aff42351f151422c7040f&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=4a990ab54f4d57b1351f1514235043f3&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=56e2d95a4f504482351f15144698c418&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=55857fca4f5466ef351f15145cc0c465&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=2a95ba9e4f58c0da351f1514685a8395&version=4&language=en&variant=US

Distronic will also not respond to oncomingvehicles.Switch off the DistronicRwhen changing from the left to the right

lane if vehicles are moving more slowly inthe left laneRwhen entering a turn lane or highway off

rampRin complex driving situations, such as in

highway construction zones

In these situations, the Distronic will continueto maintain the set speed unless deactivated.The Distronic is designed and intended onlyto maintain a set speed and keep a setdistance from moving objects in front of it.

i USA only:This device has been approved by the FCCas a “Vehicular Radar System”. The radarsensor is intended for use in an automotiveradar system only. Removal, tampering, oraltering of the device will void anywarranties, and is not permitted by theFCC. Do not tamper with, alter, or use inany non-approved way.Any unauthorized modification to thisdevice could void the user’s authority tooperate the equipment.




Removal, tampering, or altering of thedevice will void any warranties, and is notpermitted. Do not tamper with, alter, or usein any non-approved way.


Distronic displays in the speedometer

When the Distronic is activated, one or twocruise control speed segments come onaround set speed :.The vehicle speed displayed on thespeedometer can briefly vary from the speedsetting on the Distronic system.

When the Distronic detects a vehicle directlyahead, the cruise control speedsegments ; appear in the speedometer.These segments represent the differencebetween the set speed of your vehicle : andthe speed of the preceding vehicle =.If the Distronic calculates that there is adanger of collision, the distance warning lamp· in the instrument cluster comes on andan intermittent warning sounds.

Driving systems 131

Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 131

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=ecc7b565371e18f0351f15151fe2a1aa&version=9&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=0fe74f4e51cd57f0351f190e0889f2dc&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=29966dbf51ce0994351f190e578ab54d&version=1&language=--&variant=--

X Immediately apply the brakes to avoid acollision.Under no circumstances should the driverawait the intermittent warning soundbefore braking.The intermittent warning sound ceases andthe distance warning lamp · goes outwhen the necessary distance to the vehicleahead is established again.

G Warning!An intermittent warning sounds and thedistance warning lamp · in the instrumentcluster is illuminated if the Distronic systemcalculates that the distance to the vehicleahead and your vehicle’s current speedindicate that the Distronic will not be capableof slowing the vehicle sufficiently to maintainthe preset following distance, which createsa danger of a collision.Immediately brake the vehicle to increaseyour distance to the preceding vehicle. Thewarning sound is intended as a final cautionin which you should intercede with your ownbraking inputs to avoid a potentiallydangerous situation. Do not wait for theoperation of the warning signal to intercedewith your own braking. This will result inpotentially dangerous emergency brakingwhich will not always result in an impact beingavoided.Tailgating increases the risk of an accident.

G Warning!The Distronic brakes your vehicle with amaximum deceleration of 6.5 ft/s2 (2 m/s2).This corresponds to approximately 20% of themaximum deceleration of your vehicle.The Distronic brakes the vehicle in an effortto restore the preset distance or to maintainthe set speed.

Distronic menu in the control systemThe information shown in the multifunctiondisplay depends on whether the Distronic

system and/or the distance warning functionare activated or deactivated.

i To activate or deactivate the Distronicsystem, see (Y page 133) or see(Y page 134).To activate or deactivate the Distancewarning function, see (Y page 137).

X Press button V or U repeatedly untilone of the following two displays appearsin the multifunction display.

Distronic deactivatedWhen the Distronic is deactivated, you willsee the standard Distronic display in themultifunction display.

: Preceding vehicle, if detected; Actual distance to the preceding vehicle= Preset distance threshold to the

preceding vehicle? Your vehicleA Symbol for activated distance warning

function (Y page 137)

Distronic activatedWhen the Distronic is activated :, you willsee the set speed in the multifunction displayfor approximately 5 seconds. The followingdisplay appears in the multifunction display.


ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 132

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=f34a57cb4f95aefb351f151421a784dc&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=f16acef04f98d648351f15142c4fc431&version=4&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=c215b019371f0065351f15153a4f207a&version=7&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=5370e9b3371fa65c351f151519aee352&version=8&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=b93a8ca851c901ad351f190e1a2472b2&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=4b5c7b2737206988351f151543c3e372&version=9&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=5df6aded51ca02fe351f190e195bf563&version=1&language=--&variant=--

Cruise control leverThe Distronic system is operated by means ofthe cruise control lever.

: Setting current or higher speed; Setting current or lower speed= Deactivating the Distronic? Activating the Distronic, resuming to the

last set speed or increasing speed in1 mph (Canada: 1 km/h) increments

Activating DistronicYou can activate the Distronic when thevehicle speed is between 20 mph (30 km/h)and 110 mph (180 km/h).When the Distronic is activated, one or twocruise control speed segments around the setspeed in the multifunction display areilluminated. The multifunction display willbriefly show a message such asDISTRONIC 55 MPH(Canada: DISTRONIC 90 km/h).If the Distronic is not activated after thecruise control lever is pulled in direction ofarrow ? (Y page 133), you will see themessage — in the multifunction display.In the following cases you cannot activate theDistronic:Rup to 2 minutes after starting the engineRwhen you brakeRwhen you have engaged the parking brake

Rwhen the automatic transmission is in parkposition P, reverse gear R, or neutralposition NRwhen the ESP® is switched off or has

switched off due to a malfunctionThe vehicle speed displayed on thespeedometer can briefly vary from the speedsetting on the Distronic system.

Setting the current speedX Accelerate or decelerate to the desired

speed.X Briefly lift the cruise control lever in

direction of arrow : or depress indirection of arrow ; (Y page 133).


i If you do not take your foot off of theaccelerator pedal and continue toaccelerate past the set speed, the followingmessage will appear in the multifunctiondisplay:DISTRONIC OverrideThe distance to a slower moving vehicle infront of you will not be set. Your vehiclespeed will then be determined only by theaccelerator pedal position.

Setting a higher speed

G Warning!Keep in mind that it may take a brief momentuntil the vehicle has made the necessaryadjustments.Increase the set vehicle speed to a value thatthe prevailing road conditions and legal speedlimits permit. Otherwise, sudden andunexpected acceleration of the vehicle couldcause an accident and/or serious injury toyou and others.

You can increase the set speed in 1 mph(Canada: 1 km/h) increments or in 5 mph(Canada: 10 km/h) increments.

Driving systems 133

Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 133

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=52f493e4372161de351f15151ea520be&version=9&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=3f7a71bf51b8c4c6351f190e6058f50a&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=f1f9b86b37223369351f151521eaa078&version=8&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=a88966313722e5c5351f15155669632b&version=7&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=d873db563724190c351f15157ae320e8&version=7&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=93ffd9d2f2a014b1351f190e051755de&version=2&language=en&variant=US

Adjustment in 5 mph (Canada: 10 km/h) incrementsX Briefly lift the cruise control lever up in

direction of arrow : (Y page 133).The new speed is set and the vehicle willaccelerate. Keep in mind that it may take abrief moment until the vehicle has reachedthe set speed.

Fine adjustment in 1 mph (Canada: 1 km/h) incrementsX Briefly pull the cruise control lever in

direction of arrow ? (Y page 133).

Setting a lower speed

G Warning!Keep in mind that it may take a brief momentuntil the vehicle has made the necessaryadjustments.Decrease the set vehicle speed to a value thatthe prevailing road conditions and legal speedlimits permit. Otherwise, sudden andunexpected deceleration of the vehicle couldcause an accident and/or serious injury toyou and others.

i When you use the cruise control lever todecelerate, the brake system willautomatically brake the vehicle if theengine’s braking power does not brake thevehicle sufficiently.

Adjustment in 5 mph (Canada: 10 km/h) increments X Briefly press the cruise control lever down

in direction of arrow ; (Y page 133).The new speed is set and the vehicle willdecelerate. Keep in mind that it may take abrief moment until the vehicle has reachedthe set speed.

Setting stored speed (Resume function)

G Warning!The set speed stored in memory should onlybe set again if prevailing road conditions andlegal speed limits permit. Possibleacceleration or deceleration differencesarising from returning to the preset speedcould cause an accident and/or serious injuryto you and others.

X Briefly pull the cruise control lever indirection of arrow ? (Y page 133).If no speed is stored, the current speed isset and stored.


Deactivating DistronicX Depress the brake pedal.orX Briefly push the cruise control lever in

direction of arrow = (Y page 133).The cruise control speed segments in themultifunction display will go out and thefollowing message appears briefly in themultifunction display: DISTRONIC OffThe last set speed is stored for later use.

The last stored speed is deleted from memorywhen the engine is turned off.The Distronic switches off automaticallywhen you depress the brake pedal or youengage the parking brake. In this case, thecruise control speed segments in themultifunction display will go out.The Distronic also switches off automaticallywhenRthe vehicle speed falls below 20 mph

(30 km/h)Rthe ESP® is in operationRthe ESP® is switched off with the ESP®

switch


ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 134

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=409340873724b44b351f15157f9e61ba&version=7&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=3fdb66ec4ef616d4351f15142f9683d1&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=76357b4137280ea6351f1515295ee034&version=7&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=2b29cc4c4efe2638351f1514664b0569&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=25beb8d93728be94351f1515577961a9&version=9&language=en&variant=US

Rthe ESP® has switched off due to amalfunctionRyou shift the automatic transmission into

neutral position N while drivingThe cruise control speed segments in themultifunction display goes out and anacoustic warning will sound. Observeadditional messages in the multifunctiondisplay that may appear.

G Warning!Distronic switches off and releases the brakeswhen the vehicle decelerates below theminimum speed of 20 mph (30 km/h) byoperation of the system. At that time thedriver must apply the brakes in order toreduce vehicle speed further or bring it to astop.

Depressing the accelerator pedal does notdeactivate the Distronic. After a briefacceleration (e.g. for passing), the Distronicwill resume the last set speed.

Setting the following distance in DistronicYou can set the specified following distancefor Distronic by varying the time settingbetween 1.0 and 2.0 seconds. Using this timesetting and the current speed of your vehicle,Distronic calculates and sets the requiredfollowing distance to the preceding vehicle.The set distance will be shown in themultifunction display.

G Warning!It is up to the driver to exercise discretion toselect the appropriate setting given roadconditions, traffic, driver’s preferred drivingstyle and applicable laws and drivingrecommendations for safe following distance.

X Increasing distance: Turnthumbwheel : towards ª.Increasing the distance setting tellsDistronic to maintain a greater followingdistance to the preceding vehicle.

X Decreasing distance: Turnthumbwheel : towards ¥.Decreasing the distance setting tellsDistronic to maintain a shorter followingdistance to the preceding vehicle.

Driving with DistronicThis section describes a number of drivingsituations where special precaution isrequired on the part of the driver. Be preparedto brake in such situations. Braking willdeactivate the Distronic system.

G Warning!The Distronic works to maintain the speedselected by the driver unless a movingobstacle proceeding directly ahead of it in thesame travel direction is detected (e.g.following another vehicle ahead of you at yourset distance).This means that:RYour vehicle can pass another vehicle after

you have changed lanes.RWhile in a sharp turn or if the preceding

vehicle is in a sharp turn, the Distroniccould lose sight of the preceding vehicle.Your vehicle could then accelerate to thepreviously selected speed.

Driving systems 135

Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 135

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=a6aa96dc53c10331351f15142eb0c443&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=504e9df53729b898351f15153e02e358&version=9&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=504e9df53729b898351f15153e02e358&version=9&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=f5695f7a53d01fcb351f151423d084c2&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=85ed333b51c77fb5351f190e6353328f&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=c2491f01372b54ff351f15156aff60c5&version=9&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=355d698353eab971351f151456f98445&version=3&language=en&variant=US

The Distronic regulates only the distancebetween your vehicle and those directlyahead of it, but does not register stationaryobjects in the road, e.g.:Ra stopped vehicle in a traffic jamRa disabled vehicleRan oncoming vehicle

The driver must always be alert, observe alltraffic and intercede as required by means ofsteering or braking the vehicle.

G Warning!The Distronic should not be used in snowy oricy road conditions.

The most likely cause for a malfunctioningsystem is a dirty Distronic system sensorcover (located in the hood grille), especiallyat times of snow and ice or heavy rain.In such a case, the Distronic will switch off,and the message DISTRONIC Currently Unavailable – See Operator’s Manualappears in the multifunction display.For cleaning and care of the Distronic systemsensor cover, see (Y page 219).

i If the message DISTRONIC Currently Unavailable – See Operator’s Manual disappears during driving and thelast set speed flashes for approximately5 seconds, the dirt (e.g. slush) hasdissolved; the Distronic works again.

Turns and bends

In turns or bends, the Distronic may notdetect a moving vehicle in front, or it may

detect one too soon. This may cause yourvehicle to brake late or unexpectedly.

Offset driving

A vehicle traveling in your lane but offset fromyour direct line of travel may not be detectedby the Distronic. There will be insufficientdistance to the preceding vehicle.

Lane changing

The Distronic has not yet detected the vehiclechanging lanes. There will be insufficientdistance to the lane-changing vehicle.

Narrow vehicles


ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 136

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=c374766253f5f0e6351f15141b18845f&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=7af4a3e4aee0a1fd351f190e5a06b2f5&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=07d8ea09aee1cf71351f190e7b9bf5b9&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=1fd165c2aee2e816351f190e2d5c32db&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=a1db26c9aee3ec42351f190e7b6ef28e&version=1&language=--&variant=--

Because of their narrow profile, the vehiclestraveling near the outer edges of the lanehave not yet been detected by the Distronic.There will be insufficient distance to thepreceding vehicles.

Distance warning functionWhen the Distronic is deactivated, thisfunction will continue to warn you whenrecognizing a stationary obstacle or a slowervehicle moving in your vehicle’s path and thedanger of a collision exists:RThe distance warning lamp · in the

instrument cluster comes on.RAn intermittent warning will sound if

necessary.If these warnings are issued, you must applythe brakes to maintain a safe distance andavoid a collision with the preceding vehicle.When depressing the brake pedal, thewarning sound ceases. The warning soundwill also cease when the distance to thepreceding vehicle is sufficient again withoutapplying the brakes. In this case, the distancewarning lamp · will also go out.

G Warning!If the distance warning lamp · in theinstrument cluster comes on while drivingand/or an intermittent warning sounds,immediate attention on the part of the driveris required. As required by the trafficsituation, apply the brakes and navigatearound a possible obstacle. However, do notdrive by relying on the distance warningfunction, as this will result in an emergencybraking application. This will not alwaysenable you to avoid a collision, especiallywhen traveling on varying road surfaceconditions and with varying driver reaction.Complex driving situations are not alwaysfully recognized by the distance warningfunction. This could result in wrong or missingdistance warnings.

X Activating/deactivating: Pressswitch :.When the distance warning function isactivated, indicator lamp ; in switch :comes on. A loudspeaker symbol appearsin the multifunction display (Y page 132).

Airmatic DC (Dual Control)

IntroductionThe AIRMATIC DC lets you select the chassisand suspension setup. The chassis andsuspension setup adjusts the dampingbehavior and the ride height for your vehicle.The AIRMATIC DC consists of twocomponents. The Adaptive Damping System(ADS) (Y page 137) and the vehicle levelcontrol (Y page 138).

Adaptive Damping System (ADS)The fine tuning of the damping is dependentonRyour driving styleRroad surface conditionsRvehicle loadingRyour personal settings

Driving systems 137

Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 137

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=564cf13b372bfa9d351f15152327e1a3&version=9&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=03d451405417afff351f1514799604e4&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=3520fa3551c51cf8351f190e79767501&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=7a84d05568041fa4351f190e1118cd39&version=7&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=5467ca1968063989351f190e780f8d22&version=8&language=en&variant=US

The following settings are available:RComfort

Both indicator lamps ; are off.RSport 1

One indicator lamp ; is on.RSport 2

Both indicator lamps ; are on.

X Start the engine.X Press ADS switch : repeatedly until the

desired suspension tuning is reached.The setting remains stored when you turn offthe engine.

G Warning!If you have selected the Comfort suspensiontuning, the vehicle lowers slightly when youlock it within approximately 60 seconds afterturning off the engine. To avoid personalinjury, make sure nobody is in the vicinity ofthe wheel housing or under the vehicle whenyou turn off the engine.

! When parking, make sure there issufficient clearance under the vehicle for it

to lower without making contact with theroad curb for example. Otherwise, thevehicle could be damaged.

Vehicle level control

G Warning!To help avoid personal injury, keep hands andfeet away from wheel housing area, and stayaway from under the vehicle when loweringthe vehicle chassis.

Your vehicle automatically adjusts its rideheight to increase vehicle safety and toreduce fuel consumption.You can choose between normal or raisedlevel.The vehicle chassis ride height is raised orlowered according to the selected levelsetting and to the vehicle speed. At a speedexceeding approximately 68 mph(110 km/h) with normal level set orexceeding 75 mph (120 km/h) with raisedlevel set, the ride height is reducedautomatically. With decreasing speed, theride height is again raised to the normal level.

i These height adjustments are so smallthat you may not notice any change.

Select the raised level only when required bycurrent driving conditions. Otherwise, thehandling may be impaired and the fuelconsumption may increase.


ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 138

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=2529e79a51aace78351f190e7066b55c&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=045f8ca0546f3d01351f15147504c3aa&version=4&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=5038079368084929351f190e060f4ab9&version=8&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=a0ea9265f416373e351f190e2e30f61e&version=3&language=en&variant=US

The following vehicle level settings can be selected when the vehicle is stationary and theengine is running:

Vehiclelevel whenstationary

Indicatorlamp(Y page 139)

Suspensiontuning

Use for Ride heightincreaseover normal

Automaticlowering

Normal Lamp off Comfort For driving onnormal roads

None Max. approx.0.4 in(10 mm)

Normal Lamp off Sport 1 or 2 For driving onnormal roads

None Max. approx.0.6 in(15 mm)

Raised Lamp on Comfort For driving onrough roadsor with snowchains

Approx.0.8 in(20 mm)

Max. approx.1.2 in(30 mm)

Raised Lamp on Sport 1 or 2 For driving onrough roadsor with snowchains

Approx.0.8 in(20 mm)

Max. approx.1.4 in(35 mm)

X Start the engine.X Briefly press vehicle level control

switch : to change from normal level toraised level. When the vehicle is in raisedlevel, pressing vehicle level controlswitch : will return the vehicle to normallevel.

The setting raised is canceled and the vehicleis lowered to the normal level automatically ifthe vehicle speed is above 75 mph(120 km/h) or if the vehicle speed staysbetween 50 mph (80 km/h) and 75 mph

(120 km/h) for approximately 5 minutes.Indicator lamp ; invehicle level control switch : goes out.If you do not drive in this speed range, theselected vehicle level setting remains storedin memory even if the SmartKey is removedfrom the starter switch.

Parktronic systemThe Parktronic system is an electronicparking aid with ultrasonic sensors designedto assist the driver during parking maneuvers.The Parktronic system indicates the relativedistance between the vehicle and an obstaclevisually and audibly.The Parktronic system is activatedautomatically whenRyou switch on the ignition

andRyou release the parking brake

Driving systems 139

Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 139

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=bf9e156a51ad49fa351f190e2ca63503&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=505c0e28372ef524351f1515754ae0bc&version=12&language=en&variant=US

andRthe automatic transmission is in drive

position D, reverse gear R, or neutralposition N

The Parktronic system deactivates at speedsabove approximately 11 mph (18 km/h). Atlower speeds, the Parktronic systemactivates again.The Parktronic system also deactivates whenyou shift the automatic transmission intopark position P or engage the parking brake.The Parktronic system monitors thesurroundings of your vehicle with six sensorsin the front bumper and four sensors in therear bumper.

Example illustration, sensors in the front bumper

To function properly, sensors : must be freeof dirt, ice, snow and slush. Cleansensors : regularly. Be careful not toscratch or damage sensors :, see “Cleaningthe driving systems sensors” (Y page 219).

G Warning!The Parktronic is a supplemental system. It isnot intended to, nor does it replace, the needfor extreme care. The responsibility duringparking and other critical maneuvers alwaysremains with the driver.

G Warning!Make sure no persons or animals are in ornear the area in which you are parking/maneuvering. Otherwise, they could beinjured.

! Special attention must be paid to objectswith smooth surfaces or low silhouettes(e.g. trailer couplings, painted posts,elevated crossbars or road curbs). Suchobjects may not be detected by the systemand can damage the vehicle.During parking maneuvers, pay specialattention to objects located above or belowthe height of the sensors (e.g. street curbs,painted posts, or trailer hitches etc.). TheParktronic system will not detect suchobjects at close range and damage to yourvehicle or the object may result.

! Ultrasonic signals from outside sources(e.g. truck air brakes, car wash, orjackhammers) may impair the operation ofthe Parktronic system.

Range of the sensors

Front sensors

Center approx. 40 in (100 cm)

Corners approx. 24 in (60 cm)


ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 140

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=69cbf00f1e40fd97351f190e77000ef6&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=9ab5e919586a8788351f151457d084b8&version=4&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=85292e1e765e4f08351f190e5956affe&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=d30fc39b51b0f526351f190e20f632d6&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=efe7324b51b16b75351f190e71017254&version=1&language=--&variant=--

Rear sensors



Minimum distance



If the Parktronic system detects an obstaclein this range, all the distance warningsegments illuminate and you hear a warningsignal. If the obstacle is closer than theminimum distance, the actual distance mayno longer be indicated by the Parktronicsystem.

Warning indicators Visual signals indicate the relative distancebetween the sensors and an obstacle.

Front area warning indicators

Rear area warning indicators

Each warning indicator is divided into fiveyellow and two red distance segments for leftside : and right side ; of the vehicle. TheParktronic system is ready to measure whenthe yellow readiness indicators = areilluminated.The current transmission position determineswhich warning indicator will be activated.

Currenttransmissionposition

Warning indicator

D Front area activated

R or N Front and rear areaactivated

As your vehicle approaches an object, one ormore distance segments will illuminate,depending on the distance. When the seventhdistance segment illuminates, you havereached the minimum distance.RFront area: An intermittent acoustic

warning will sound as the first red distancesegment illuminates and a constantacoustic warning lasting a maximum of2 seconds will sound for the second reddistance segment. The signal is canceledwhen the automatic transmission is shiftedinto park position P or the parking brake isengaged.RRear area: An intermittent acoustic

warning will sound as the first red distancesegment illuminates and a constantacoustic warning lasting a maximum of2 seconds will sound for the second reddistance segment. The signal is canceledwhen the automatic transmission is shiftedinto drive position D, or park position P, orthe parking brake is engaged.

Switching the Parktronic system on/off The Parktronic system switches onautomatically when the ignition is switchedon.

Driving systems 141

Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 141

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=b3e2b2f49f132d29351f190e5296456d&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=d8f582fb94d5a4c9351f191404ff0564&version=1&language=--&variant=--

X Switching off: Press Parktronicswitch :.Indicator lamp ; comes on.

X Switching on: Press Parktronic switch :again.

Parktronic system malfunction There is a malfunction in the Parktronicsystem, if only the red distance segmentsilluminate and an acoustic warning sounds.The Parktronic system will switch offautomatically after 20 seconds and indicatorlamp ; in Parktronic switch : comes on.

X Have the Parktronic system checked at anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center as soonas possible.

If only the red distance segments illuminateand no acoustic warning sounds, theParktronic system sensors are dirty (e.g. dirt,ice, snow and slush). Another cause could beinterference from other radio or ultrasonicsignals (e.g. truck air brakes, car wash, orjackhammers). The Parktronic system willswitch off automatically after 20 seconds andindicator lamp ; in Parktronic switch :comes on.X Switch off the ignition.X Clean the Parktronic system sensors

(Y page 219).X Switch on the ignition.

orX Check the Parktronic system operation at

another location to rule out interferencefrom outside radio or ultrasonic signals.


ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 142

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=abfd586e51b2b99e351f190e69ac7247&version=1&language=--&variant=--

Climate control system

Control panels

4-zone automatic climate control

Function Recommendation/Notes

Front climate control panel

1 Air distribution,driver’s side

(Y page 149)

2 Front defroster i Keep this setting selected only until thewindshield or the side windows are clearagain.

(Y page 149)

3 Temperaturecontrol, driver’s side,raising

i Set the temperature to 72‡ (22†). (Y page 147)

4 Display

5 Temperaturecontrol, passengerside, raising


6 Rear windowdefroster

(Y page 151)

7 Air distribution,passenger side

(Y page 149)

Climate control system 143

Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 143

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=525d3ad78740fd71351f190e0601df8b&version=11&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=1be99bba1991722e351f190e23e64eda&version=1&language=--&variant=--


8 Air distribution andair volume,passenger side(automatic mode)

i Switch on the automatic mode. Theindicator lamp in button Ã comes on.

(Y page 146)

9 AC cooling on/off i Switch on/off the air conditioning. (Y page 146)

a Temperaturecontrol, passengerside, lowering


b ° Rear air-conditioning remotecontrol (USA only)

(Y page 147)

Y Rear air-conditioning remotecontrol (Canadaonly)

c Increasing airvolume

(Y page 149)

d Climate control on/off

i Switch on/off the climate controlsystem.

(Y page 145)

e Decreasing airvolume

(Y page 149)

f Ù on/off (USAonly)

(Y page 150)

Ì Residual heat/ventilation (Canadaonly)

i With the engine turned off, it is possibleto continue to heat or ventilate theinterior.

(Y page 151)

g Temperaturecontrol, driver’s side,lowering


h Air recirculation i Only use this function for a short time,e.g. in a tunnel. Otherwise, the windowscan fog up due to lack of fresh air.

(Y page 150)

j Air distribution andair volume, driver’sside (automaticmode)

i Switch on the automatic mode. Theindicator lamp in button Ã comes on.

(Y page 146)

Rear climate control panel

144 Climate control systemCo

ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 144


O Temperaturecontrol, left, raising


P Display

Q Temperaturecontrol, right, raising


R Temperaturecontrol, right,lowering


S Temperaturecontrol, left,lowering


Notes on climate control systemThe climate control system is operationalwhenever the engine is running. You canoperate the climate control system in eitherthe automatic or manual mode. The systemcools or heats the interior depending on theselected interior temperature.It can only function optimally when you aredriving with the windows and the tilt/slidingsunroof closed.Nearly all dust particles, pollutants and odorsare filtered out before outside air enters thepassenger compartment through the airdistribution system.

G Warning!Severe conditions (e.g. strong air pollution)may require replacement of the filter beforeits scheduled replacement interval. A cloggedfilter will reduce the air volume to the interiorand the windows could fog up, impairingvisibility and endangering you and others.Have a clogged filter replaced as soon aspossible at an authorized Mercedes-BenzCenter.

The air conditioning will not engage (nocooling) if the A/C mode (Y page 146) isdeactivated.

G Warning!Follow the recommended settings for heatingand cooling given on the following pages.Otherwise the windows could fog up,impairing visibility and endangering you andothers.

X Keep the air intake grille in front of thewindshield free of snow and debris.

Do not obstruct air flow by placing objects onthe air flow-through exhaust slots below therear window.

i If the vehicle interior is hot, ventilate theinterior before driving off, see “Summeropening feature” (Y page 96). The climatecontrol will then adjust the interiortemperature to the set value much faster.

Deactivating the climate control system

G Warning!When the climate control system isdeactivated, the outside air supply andcirculation are also deactivated. Only choosethis setting for a short time. Otherwise thewindows could fog up, impairing visibility andendangering you and others.


Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 145

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=aca2467087431605351f190e49d6dffc&version=6&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=033f80e26a7e57bd351f15145ce79a69&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=f2896ad44a61c517351f1514096e04ba&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=561ebd1e8744564c351f190e2dd1dffb&version=9&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=561ebd1e8744564c351f190e2dd1dffb&version=9&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=09fb7b8739ad32e5351f1514635a8399&version=4&language=en&variant=US

X Deactivating: Press button ^.0 appears in display ? (Y page 143).

X Reactivating: Press button ^.Display ? comes on. The previous settingsare once again in effect.

Air conditioningThe air conditioning is operational while theengine is running and cools the interior air tothe temperature set by the operator. Inaddition, the air conditioning dehumidifiesthe interior air and helps prevent windowfogging.

G Warning!If you deactivate the air conditioning, thevehicle will not be cooled when weatherconditions are warm. The windows can fog upmore quickly. Window fogging may impairvisibility and endanger you and others.

i Condensated water may drip out fromunderneath the vehicle. This is normal andnot an indication of a malfunction.

The air conditioning uses the refrigerantR134a. This refrigerant is free of CFCs whichare harmful to the ozone layer.

DeactivatingIt is possible to deactivate the airconditioning. The interior air will then nolonger be cooled or dehumidified.X Press button ¿.

The indicator lamp in the button goes out.The cooling function switches off after ashort delay.

ActivatingMoist air can fog up the windows. You candehumidify the interior air with the airconditioning.X Press button ¿.

The indicator lamp in the button comes on.

i The evaporator will be vented when theair conditioning has been in use.Approximately 1 hour after locking thevehicle, the blower switches onautomatically. The blower will run for30 minutes at its lowest level. The blowernoise is normal and not an indication of amalfunction. When you unlock the vehiclein the meantime, venting will beinterrupted. If the vehicle battery is low,automatic evaporator venting will not occurin order to preserve the battery.

Automatic modeWhen operating the climate control system inautomatic mode, the interior air temperature,air volume and air distribution are adjustedautomatically.In automatic mode, cooling withdehumidification is switched on. This functioncan be switched off if necessary.

G Warning!If you deactivate the air conditioning, thevehicle will not be cooled when weatherconditions are warm. The windows can fog upmore quickly. Window fogging may impairvisibility and endanger you and others.

X Set the desired temperature(Y page 147).

X Activating: Press one button Ã.The indicator lamp in the button comes on.AUTO appears in display ? (Y page 143).The air volume and air distribution areadjusted automatically.

X Deactivating: Press button I or K.AUTO disappears in display ?. Theautomatic function for air volume isswitched off, and air volume is controlledaccording to the desired setting. The


ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 146

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=ba975b25874ffc4f351f190e20d65864&version=6&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=de9274763a9ff763351f15143ca5c3f1&version=4&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=de0c651087458efc351f190e52741f91&version=10&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=de9274763a9ff763351f15143ca5c3f1&version=4&language=en&variant=US

automatic air distribution remainsswitched on.

orX Turn air distribution control : or C

(Y page 143) on each side of the passengercompartment to the desired symbol.The indicator lamp in button Ã goes out.Automatic air distribution is switched off inthe corresponding zone, and airdistribution is controlled according to thedesired position. The automatic air volumeremains switched on.

Setting the temperatureYou can adjust the air temperature for eachof the 4 zones separately. You should raise orlower the temperature setting in smallincrements, preferably starting at 72‡(22†).

Front zonesX Increasing/decreasing: Press button9 or : until the desired temperatureappears in display ? (Y page 143).

Rear zonesX Press button °.

Display ? (Y page 143) switches over.X Increasing/decreasing: Press button9 or : until the desired temperatureappears in display ?.After approximately 5 seconds after thelast adjustment, display ? switches backto its standard display.

i You can also press button ° oncemore to switch back to the standarddisplay.

Rear climate control panelYou can adjust the air temperature on eachside of the rear passenger compartment. Youshould raise or lower the temperature settingin small increments, preferably starting at72‡ (22†).X Increasing/decreasing: Press button9 or : until the desired temperatureappears in display P (Y page 143).

Adjusting air vents

G Warning!When operating the climate control, the airthat enters the passenger compartmentthrough the air vents can be very hot or verycold (depending on the set temperature). Thismay cause burns or frostbite to unprotectedskin in the immediate area of the air vents.Always keep sufficient distance betweenunprotected parts of the body and the airvents. If necessary, use the air distributionadjustment to direct the air to air vents in thevehicle interior that are not in the immediatearea of unprotected skin.

For best possible performance of the climatecontrol:


Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 147

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=89d2aad28746aba5351f190e1e00dfb5&version=9&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=6dc48d6f89efaa24351f190e743db2e8&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=d3d2b40b6afd433b351f190e580f86c9&version=9&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=ac9f41493957996b351f151427a8439a&version=2&language=en&variant=US

X Keep the air intake grille in front of thewindshield free of snow, leaves, sticks, andany other debris.

X Always keep all air vents and grilles in thepassenger compartment free fromobstruction.

i For draft-free ventilation, move theadjustable center and side air vents to themiddle position.

Center air vents

: Left center air vent, adjustable; Right center air vent, adjustable= Thumbwheel for air volume control for

adjustable right center air vent? Thumbwheel for air volume control for

adjustable left center air vent

X Opening/closing: Turn thumbwheels =and ? upward or downward.

Side air vents

Example illustration driver’s side: Left side defroster air vent, fixed; Left side air vent, adjustable= Thumbwheel for air volume control for

adjustable left side air vent

X Opening/closing: Turn thumbwheel = inthe required direction.

Front armrest storage compartment ventilationThe front armrest storage compartment canbe ventilated, for instance to cool itscontents, when the climate control system isactivated. The level of airflow to the frontarmrest storage compartment depends onthe airflow and air distribution settings. Thetemperature of the air is approximately thesame as that of the air flowing from the centerair vents.

! Close the front armrest storagecompartment air vent when heating thevehicle interior. Activate the airconditioning (cooling function) when theoutside temperature is high. Otherwise,temperature-sensitive items stored in thefront armrest storage compartment couldbe damaged.


ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 148

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=9b3e0c1489f28f7b351f190e2fc47228&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=1fef34dcb77cbd24351f190e404a82e6&version=1&language=--&variant=--

X Opening/closing air vent: Slide lever :up or down.

Rear center console air vents

: Left rear center air vent, adjustable; Right rear center air vent, adjustable= Thumbwheel for air volume control for

right rear center air vent? Rear climate control panelA Thumbwheel for air volume control for left

rear center air vent

X Opening/closing: Turn thumbwheel = orA upward or downward.

Adjusting air distributionThe air distribution can be adjustedseparately on each side of the passengercompartment.The symbols on the control represent thefollowing functions:

Symbol Function

M Directs air through the center,side and defroster air vents tothe windshield and front doorwindows

P Directs air through the centerand side air vents

L Directs air into the entirevehicle interior

O Directs air through the centerand side air vents and to thefootwells

X Turn air distribution control : or C(Y page 143) to the desired symbol.

You can also turn the air distribution controlto a position between two symbols.

Adjusting air volumeX Decreasing/increasing: Press buttonI or K.

Front defrosterYou can use this setting to defrost thewindshield, for example if it is iced up.You can also defog the windshield and thefront door windows.

i Keep this setting selected only until thewindshield or the front door windows areclear again.

X Activating: Press button ¬.The indicator lamp in the button comes on.

The climate control switches to the followingfunctions automatically:Rcooling on to dehumidifyRmost efficient blower speed and heating

power, depending on outside temperature


Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 149

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=8369d4cab79772a8351f190e57e6c501&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=f1df2edc89f80724351f190e757cb2df&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=b22bd6b487482a99351f190e74cc1848&version=10&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=86a0072d8748f8e4351f190e1dfdd869&version=8&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=5b55f3728749f647351f190e77565873&version=9&language=en&variant=US

Rair flows onto the windshield and the frontdoor windowsRthe air recirculation mode is switched off

i You can adjust the air volume, airdistribution and interior air temperaturewhen the front defroster is switched on.

X Deactivating: Press button ¬ again.The indicator lamp in the button goes out.The previous settings are once again ineffect. The cooling remains switched on.The air recirculation remains switched off.

orX Press button Ã.

The indicator lamp in button ¬ goes out.Air volume and air distribution are adjustedautomatically.

Windshield fogged on the outside X Switch the windshield wipers on

(Y page 92).X Turn air distribution control to P orO.

Maximum cooling MAX COOLMAX COOL is only available in U.S. vehicles.MAX COOL is only operational when theengine is running.This provides the fastest possible cooling ofthe vehicle interior (when windows and tilt/sliding sunroof are closed).

X Activating: Press button Ù. MAX COOLappears in display ? (Y page 143).

The air conditioning switches automatically tothe following functions:Rmaximum coolingRmaximum blowing powerRthe air recirculation mode is switched onX Deactivating: Press button Ù again.MAX COOL disappears in display ?.The previous settings are once again ineffect.

i To switch the maximum cooling functionoff, you can also press button ^, Ã,¬ or ¤.

Air recirculation modeSwitch to air recirculation mode to preventunpleasant odors from entering the vehiclefrom the outside (e. g. before driving througha tunnel). This setting cuts off the intake ofoutside air and recirculates the air in thepassenger compartment.

G Warning!Fogged windows impair visibility,endangering you and others. If the windowsbegin to fog on the inside, switching off theair recirculation mode immediately shouldclear interior window fogging. If interiorwindow fogging persists, make sure the airconditioning is activated, or press button¬.

X Activating: Press button g.The indicator lamp in the button comes on.

i The air recirculation mode is activatedautomatically at high outside temperaturesand if the concentration of carbonmonoxide (CO) and nitrogen oxide in theoutside air increases, for example in atunnel.


ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 150

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=ed69f48c874b3cf1351f190e16239fd4&version=7&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=a0583424874c4e78351f190e54175f84&version=6&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=e14c2be48d69eef3351f190e50a57e4c&version=2&language=en&variant=US

The indicator lamp in button g is not litwhen the air recirculation mode is switchedon automatically.A quantity of outside air is added afterapproximately 30 minutes.

X Deactivating: Press button g again.The indicator lamp in the button goes out.

i The manually selected air recirculationmode is deactivated automatically:Rafter 5 minutes if the outside

temperature is below approximately41‡ (5†)Rafter 5 minutes if the air conditioning is

turned offRafter 30 minutes if the outside

temperature is above approximately41‡ (5†)

Residual heat and ventilationThis feature is only available in Canadavehicles.With the engine turned off, it is possible tocontinue to heat or ventilate the interior forup to 30 minutes. This feature makes use ofthe residual heat produced by the engine.

i If you switch on the residual heat functionwhen outside temperatures are high, onlythe ventilation will be switched on.

i Regardless of the selected air volume, theblower operates at low speed.

i How long the system will provide heatingdepends on the coolant temperature andthe selected temperature. The blower willrun at speed setting 1 regardless of the airvolume control setting.

X Activating: Switch off the ignition.X Press button Ì.

The indicator lamp in the button comes on.

X Deactivating: Press button Ì.The indicator lamp in the button goes out.

The residual heat is deactivatedautomatically:Rwhen the ignition is switched onRafter approximately 30 minutesRif the battery voltage dropsRif the coolant temperature is too low

Rear window defroster

G Warning!Any accumulation of snow and ice should beremoved from the rear window before driving.Visibility could otherwise be impaired,endangering you and others.

The rear window defroster uses a largeamount of power. To keep the battery drainto a minimum, switch off the defroster assoon as the rear window is clear. Thedefroster is switched off automatically aftersome time of operation depending on theoutside temperature.X Switch on the ignition.X Switching on: Press button ¤ on the

respective climate control panel.The indicator lamp in the button comes on.

X Switching off: Press button ¤ again.The rear window defroster switches off whenthe battery voltage is too low. The indicatorlamp in button ¤ flashes. Too manyelectrical consumers may be operatingsimultaneously.X Switch off consumers that are currently not

needed if required.

Rear window defroster 151

Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 151

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=c8d2dcc1874d56b8351f190e28409fbc&version=8&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=fe625d5d3c33d5dc351f1515197ee376&version=11&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=e8bf33163f13ec83351f15140cf783fc&version=2&language=en&variant=US

Power tilt/sliding sunroof

Opening and closing


G Warning!When opening or closing the tilt/slidingsunroof, make sure there is no danger ofanyone being harmed by the opening/closingprocedure.The tilt/sliding sunroof is equipped with theexpress operation and automatic reversalfunction. If the movement of the tilt/slidingsunroof is blocked during the closingprocedure, the tilt/sliding sunroof will stopand open slightly.The tilt/sliding sunroof operates differentlywhen the sunroof switch is pressed and held.See the “Closing when the tilt/sliding sunroofis blocked” section for details.The opening/closing procedure of the tilt/sliding sunroof can be immediately halted byreleasing the sunroof switch or, if the sunroofswitch was moved past the resistance pointand released, by moving the sunroof switch inany direction.

G Warning!The tilt/sliding sunroof is made out of glass.In the event of an accident, the glass mayshatter. This may result in an opening in theroof.In a vehicle rollover, occupants not wearingtheir seat belts or not wearing them properlymay be thrown out of the opening. Such anopening also presents a potential for injury foroccupants wearing their seat belts properly asentire body parts or portions of them mayprotrude from the passenger compartment.

! To avoid damaging the seals, do nottransport any objects with sharp edgeswhich can stick out of the tilt/slidingsunroof.

Do not open the tilt/sliding sunroof if thereis snow or ice on the roof, as this couldresult in malfunctions.If you cannot open or close the tilt/slidingsunroof due to a malfunction contactRoadside Assistance or an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center.

! Please keep in mind that weatherconditions can sometimes change rapidly.Make sure to close the tilt/sliding sunroofwhen leaving the vehicle. If water entersthe vehicle interior, vehicle electronicscould be damaged which is not covered bythe Mercedes-Benz Limited Warranty.

i You can also open or close the tilt/slidingsunroof using the SmartKey or theKEYLESS-GO function, see “Summeropening feature” (Y page 96) and“Convenience closing feature”(Y page 96).

i After switching off the ignition orremoving the SmartKey from the starterswitch, you can operate the tilt/slidingsunroof until you open the driver’s or frontpassenger door. If no door was opened youcan operate the tilt/sliding sunroof for upto 5 minutes.

Sunroof switch: Raising; Opening= Closing

152 Power tilt/sliding sunroofCo

ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 152

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=231afc0131bccbda351f15154d42233e&version=9&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=ad1f77340cccf711351f19142540f3f6&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=fa323ae0e39afb08351f191478c2b423&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=4b575ed44cea14ea351f190e5206f2b5&version=1&language=--&variant=--

With the sunroof closed or raised, you canslide the sunroof screen forward and back.

Sunroof screen

X Switch on the ignition.

OpeningX Opening manually: Press and hold the

sunroof switch to the resistance point indirection of arrow ;.

X Release the sunroof switch when thedesired position is reached.

X Express operation: To open the tilt/sliding sunroof completely, press thesunroof switch past the resistance point indirection of arrow ; and release.

X Stopping during express operation:Move the sunroof switch in any direction.

i Express opening is not available when thetilt/sliding sunroof is raised. The tilt/sliding sunroof must be closed first.

i When the tilt/sliding sunroof is open,resonance noises may result in addition tothe usual wind noises. They are caused byminimal pressure changes in the passengercompartment. To reduce or eliminate thesenoises, change the position of the tilt/sliding sunroof or open a window slightly.

RaisingX Raising manually: Press and hold the

sunroof switch to the resistance point indirection of arrow :.


X Express operation: To raise the tilt/sliding sunroof completely, press thesunroof switch past the resistance point indirection of arrow : and release.


i Express raising is not available when thetilt/sliding sunroof is open. The tilt/slidingsunroof must be closed first.

ClosingX Closing manually: Pull and hold the

sunroof switch to the resistance point indirection of arrow =.


X Express operation: To close the tilt/sliding sunroof completely, pull the sunroofswitch past the resistance point indirection of arrow = and release.


Closing when the tilt/sliding sunroof is blockedG Warning!Make sure that nobody can become trappedand be seriously or even fatally injured whenclosing the tilt/sliding sunroof with greaterforce or without automatic reversal function.

If the movement of the tilt/sliding sunroof isblocked during the closing procedure (e.g. byice or pollution), the tilt/sliding sunroof willstop and open slightly.X Immediately after the tilt/sliding sunroof

has stopped and opened because it wasblocked, pull and hold the sunroof switch

Power tilt/sliding sunroof 153

Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 153

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=60ab3ba5478102cd351f190e37993528&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=6e11970a5d720fcf351f190e746c6c67&version=2&language=en&variant=US

in direction of arrow = until the tilt/slidingsunroof is fully closed.The tilt/sliding sunroof closes with greaterforce.

If the tilt/sliding sunroof is blocked again andopens slightly:X Immediately after the tilt/sliding sunroof

was blocked and has opened, pull and holdthe sunroof switch in direction of arrow= until the tilt/sliding sunroof is fullyclosed.The tilt/sliding sunroof closes withoutautomatic reversal function.

G Warning!Pulling and holding the sunroof switch toclose the tilt/sliding sunroof immediatelyafter it had been blocked two times will causethe tilt/sliding sunroof to close without anyreversal function for as long as you hold thesunroof switch.

SynchronizingThe tilt/sliding sunroof must be synchronizedRafter the battery has been disconnected or

dischargedRafter a malfunctionRif the tilt/sliding sunroof does not open

smoothly

! If the tilt/sliding sunroof cannot be closedor synchronized, contact an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center or call RoadsideAssistance.

X Vehicles with SmartKey: Switch off theignition and remove the SmartKey from thestarter switch.

X Vehicles with KEYLESS-GO: Switch off theignition and open the driver’s door. Thisputs the starter switch in position 0, sameas with the SmartKey removed from the

starter switch. The driver’s door then canbe closed again.

X Remove the fuse for the tilt/sliding sunrooffrom the fuse box (Y page 284).

X Reinsert the fuse in the fuse box.X Switch on the ignition.X Press and hold the sunroof switch in

direction of arrow : (Y page 152) until thetilt/sliding sunroof is fully raised at therear.

X Keep holding the sunroof switch indirection of arrow : for approximately1 second.

X Check the express operation feature(Y page 153).If the tilt/sliding sunroof opens and closescompletely, the roof is synchronized.Otherwise repeat the above steps.

Loading and storing

Loading instructions

G Warning!Always fasten items being carried as securelyas possible using cargo tie-down hooks andfastening materials appropriate for the weightand size of the load.In an accident, during hard braking or suddenmaneuvers, loose items will be thrown aroundinside the vehicle. This can cause injury tovehicle occupants unless the items aresecurely fastened in the vehicle.To help avoid personal injury during a collisionor sudden maneuver, exercise care whentransporting cargo. Do not pile luggage orcargo higher than the seat backrests.The trunk is the preferred place to carryobjects. Always use cargo tie-down hookswhen transporting cargo. Do not placeanything on the rear-window shelf.Never drive a vehicle with the trunk open.Deadly carbon monoxide (CO) gases may

154 Loading and storingCo

ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 154

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=cb830ba6e36f98b0351f1914066f3456&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=0b6d8ffd31be16f9351f15152b13a0d2&version=8&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=ff46856e3ca42143351f1515068c237f&version=10&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=2213f28432d724d3351f190e6a5807e0&version=4&language=en&variant=US

enter vehicle interior resulting inunconsciousness and death.

Load distributionThe total load weight including vehicleoccupants and luggage/cargo should notexceed the total load limit indicated on thecorresponding Tire and Loading Informationplacard located on the driver’s door B-pillar(Y page 194).The handling characteristics of a fully loadedvehicle depends greatly on the loaddistribution. It is therefore recommended toload the vehicle accordingly with the heaviestitems being placed towards the front of thevehicle.Please pay attention to and comply with thefollowing instructions when loading thevehicle and transporting cargo:RAlways place items being carried against

front or rear seat backrests, and fastenthem as securely as possible.RThe heaviest portion of the cargo should

always be kept as low as possible againstfront or rear seat backrests.

Roof rackFor information about further roof rackequipment, contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

G Warning!Only use roof racks approved by Mercedes-Benz for your vehicle model to avoid damageto the vehicle.Follow the manufacturer’s installationinstructions. Otherwise, an improperlyattached roof rack system or its load couldbecome detached from the vehicle.Do not exceed the maximum roof load of220 lb (100 kg).Take into consideration that when the roofrack is loaded, the handling characteristics

are different from those when operating thevehicle without the roof rack loaded.

Make sureRyou can raise the tilt/sliding sunroof

completelyRyou can open the trunk completely

X Flip trim covers : open.X Only attach the roof rack to the anchorage

points under trim covers :.X Observe manufacturer’s instructions for

installation.

Ski bag (Canada only)

G Warning!The ski bag is designed for up to four pairs ofskis. Do not load the ski bag with otherobjects.Always fasten the ski bag securely. In anaccident, an unfastened ski bag can causeinjury to vehicle occupants.

Unfolding and loadingX Fold rear armrest down.

Loading and storing 155

Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 155

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=54d8d2323ca00894351f151537d0a0fd&version=11&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=2cf8c11480ef29cb351f15145e4d65cc&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=7ebb59d29429847b351f190e48a482b9&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=fd8d410c3ca2a7b1351f15156703a348&version=5&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=489b23e9811657c5351f15141e76e282&version=2&language=en&variant=US

X Pull catches ; in direction of arrows.X Open ski bag compartment cover :

downwards in direction of the arrow.

X Pull ski bag = into passengercompartment and unfold.

X Remove the cup holder in the rear centerconsole (Y page 161).

X Open the trunk.

X Press button ?.The flap opens in direction of arrow.

X From trunk, slide skis into ski bag.

X Tighten strap A by pulling at the loose end(arrow) until the skis in the ski bag aretightly secured.

X With insert or cup holder removed, foldcover B upward in direction of arrow.


ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 156

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=ea29936e9404d330351f190e50ff850d&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=6e2f00e21f26157a351f190e43408ecb&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=fb66479d1f28baa0351f190e7ef88ee2&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=4fd7386894083ba7351f190e5914428e&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=6d4166301f2adc23351f190e1bc6c963&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=e7f32eb41f2c1b9a351f190e30918eba&version=1&language=--&variant=--

X Connect hook C to eye D located in thefront storage compartment in the rearcenter console.

X Tighten strap by pulling at the loose end(arrow).

Unloading and foldingX Loosen both straps.X Disconnect hook C from eye D.X Unload skis.X Close flap in trunk.X Fold and flatten ski bag lengthwise.X Place folded ski bag inside recess of seat

backrest.X Close ski bag compartment cover.

Removing the ski bagFor ski bag removal, we recommend that youcontact an authorized Mercedes-BenzCenter.

G Warning!Never drive a vehicle with trunk open whilethe ski bag is removed. Deadly carbonmonoxide (CO) gases may enter vehicleinterior, resulting in unconsciousness anddeath.

To prevent unauthorized persons from accessto the trunk, always close the cover.

Parcel net

G Warning!Parcel nets are intended for storing light-weight items only, such as road maps, mail,etc.Heavy objects, objects with sharp edges, orfragile objects may not be transported in theparcel nets. In an accident, during hardbraking, or sudden maneuvers, they could bethrown around inside the vehicle and causeinjury to vehicle occupants.Parcel nets cannot protect transported goodsin the event of an accident.

A parcel net is located in the front passengerfootwell.

HooksA retaining hook can be used to attach cargoitems such as bags.

! Do not use the retaining hook to tie downcargo.

X Pull strap : of retaining hook ; down.

Cargo tie-down hooksFour cargo tie-down hooks are located in thetrunk.Always follow loading instructions(Y page 154).


Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 157

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=56ea96e31f2e4e11351f190e2d4d8e80&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=81993c1a81271763351f15141d9aa2b3&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=258fec183ca3689c351f1515460b2050&version=11&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=e7d44b08812e95f7351f1514044a62a7&version=4&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=03701e083ca90310351f1515091de37c&version=14&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=ff09c3eb942a9c53351f190e6d270503&version=1&language=--&variant=--

Carefully secure cargo by applying even loadon all cargo tie-down hooks with rope ofsufficient strength to hold down the cargo.

Front storage compartments

G Warning!To help avoid personal injury during a collisionor sudden maneuver, exercise care whenstoring objects in the vehicle. Put luggage orcargo in the trunk if possible.Do not pile luggage or cargo higher than theseat backrests.Do not place anything on shelf below the rearwindow.Keep compartment lids closed. This will helpto prevent stored objects from being thrownabout and injuring vehicle occupants duringRbrakingRvehicle maneuversRan accident

Glove box Depending on vehicle equipment, an AUXsocket or a media interface is located in theglove box. For information on Audio AUXmode or on media interface, see separateCOMAND system operating instructions.

X Opening: Press glove box lid release :.

X Closing: Push glove box lid ; upwardsuntil it engages.

You can lock the glove box, e.g. when thevehicle is in the shop for service.The glove box can only be locked or unlockedwith the mechanical key.

1 Glove box unlocked2 Glove box locked

Front armrest storage compartment


ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 158

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=5feac742650f91c9351f190e2877f2bd&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=beed06c37cee63b0351f190e62e60a10&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=a9e5dcea0ab736b2351f1914018cb48b&version=1&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=396c27a29446a1e0351f190e1db18564&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=dc46f56865137aa2351f190e3804f50d&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=ccae0c556514d22b351f190e00de751b&version=1&language=--&variant=--

i The Roadside Assistance button º(Y page 164) and the Information buttonE (Y page 167) are located in thestorage compartment.

The front armrest storage compartment canbe ventilated (Y page 148).X Opening storage compartment: Press

button : right or left and fold cover ;sideward.

Seat storage compartmentA storage compartment is located in the seatbase of the driver’s seat.

X Opening: Pull handle : up.X Fold the lid forward in direction of arrow.

Rear storage compartments

G Warning!To help avoid personal injury during a collisionor sudden maneuver, exercise care whenstoring objects in the vehicle. Put luggage orcargo in the trunk if possible.Do not pile luggage or cargo higher than theseat backrests.Do not place anything on shelf below the rearwindow.

Keep compartment lids closed. This will helpto prevent stored objects from being thrownabout and injuring vehicle occupants duringRbrakingRvehicle maneuversRan accident

Rear center console storage compartment

X Slide cover : forward or rearward.

Rear armrest storage compartment ! Do not sit on or lean your body weight

against the armrest when it is folded down,as you could otherwise damage it.

! Before storing the armrest in the seatbackrest, close the storage compartmentcover.

X Fold the rear armrest down.


Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 159

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=b742fdf99453606f351f190e1a570551&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=a390cb5d3cbe09bb351f15150f2a2332&version=16&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=a9e5dcea0ab736b2351f1914018cb48b&version=1&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=2b62b1d8cdaec737351f19143d30f313&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=769393bf9452b0d1351f190e29a182e4&version=1&language=--&variant=--

X Opening: Press the handle upwards andfold the rear armrest lid up.

Storage bags

G Warning!Do not place objects with a combined weightof more than 4.4 lb (2 kg) into the storage bag.Otherwise, the Occupant ClassificationSystem (OCS) may not be able to properlyapproximate the occupant weight category.The storage bag is intended for storing light-weight items only.Heavy objects, objects with sharp edges orfragile objects may not be transported in thestorage bag. In an accident, during hardbraking, or sudden maneuvers, they could bethrown around inside the vehicle and causeinjury to vehicle occupants.The storage bag cannot protect transportedgoods in the event of an accident.

Storage bags are located on the back of thefront seats.

Useful features

Cup holders

G Warning!In order to help prevent spilling liquids onvehicle occupants and/or vehicle equipment,only use containers that fit into the cupholder. Use lids on open containers and donot fill containers to a height where thecontents, especially hot liquids, could spillduring braking, vehicle maneuvers, or in anaccident. Liquids spilled on vehicle occupantsmay cause serious personal injury. Liquidsspilled on vehicle equipment may causedamage not covered by the Mercedes-BenzLimited Warranty.The cup holder must be extended when in usewith bottles.

When not in use, keep the cup holder closed.An open cup holder may cause injury to youor others when contacted during braking,vehicle maneuvers, or in an accident.Keep in mind that objects placed in the cupholder may come loose during braking,vehicle maneuvers, or in an accident and bethrown around in the vehicle interior. Objectsthrown around in the vehicle interior maycause an accident and/or serious personalinjury.

Cup holder in front center consoleThe cup holder can be removed for cleaningpurposes.

X Extending: Briefly press mark on cupholder.The cup holder automatically extendsupward.

X Removing: Extend cup holder.X Press mark on cup holder and remove cup

holder by pulling it upward.X Reinstalling: Insert cup holder into

opening.X Retracting: Press mark on cup holder and

push cup holder in until it engages.

! Make sure that the cup holder is correctlypositioned in the guide while you arereinstalling it. Otherwise the cup holder canbe damaged.

X Press mark on cup holder and press cupholder downward until it engages.

160 Useful featuresCo

ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 160

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=cfcaf1d195c221ae351f15144c72a2a5&version=4&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=7251d5dd3bb164eb351f15152305637f&version=13&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=a1bfe108ebfe2fec351f190e2e9451e8&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=b70394ae651e3e93351f190e7d90b2bc&version=1&language=--&variant=--

Cup holder in rear center consoleThe cup holder can be removed for cleaningpurposes.

X Opening/closing: Slide cover : forwardor rearward.

X Removing: Move pin ; in direction ofarrow to unlock cup holder =.

X With the cup holder unlocked, take cupholder = out upwards.

X Reinstalling: Insert cup holder =.X Move pin ; against direction of arrow to

lock the cup holder.

Cup holder in rear armrest

X Opening: Briefly press the front of the reararmrest.

X Closing: Slide cup holder back until itengages.

! Do not sit on or lean your body weightagainst the armrest when it is folded down,as you could otherwise damage it.

! Close the cup holder before folding thearmrest upwards. Otherwise you coulddamage the cup holder.

Sun visors

G Warning!Do not use the vanity mirror while driving.Keep the vanity mirrors in the sun visorsclosed while vehicle is in motion. Reflectedglare can endanger you and others.

Useful features 161

Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 161

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=350db70094016eac351f190e5ce902e3&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=ba2f1d9728a1e547351f190e0221090a&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=928434159400b53e351f190e68de02c4&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=9b16c3fe3bb2350c351f151518c020e2&version=13&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=44d5f9583f4ea11c351f15140e8903b6&version=3&language=en&variant=US

: Vanity mirror lamp; Mounting= Sun visor? Holder, e.g. for gas cardsA Vanity mirrorB Vanity mirror cover

Glare through the windshieldX Flip sun visor = down when you

experience glare.

Glare through a door windowX Close vanity mirror cover B if opened.X Disengage sun visor = from mounting ;.X Pivot sun visor = to the side.

Vanity mirrorThe vanity mirror lamp only functions whenthe sun visor is engaged in mounting ;.X Flip sun visor = down.X Lift up vanity mirror cover B.

Vanity mirror lamp : comes on.

Rear window sunshade

G Warning!When operating the rear window sunshademake sure there is no danger of anyone beingharmed by the extending or retractingprocedure.

The extending or retracting procedure can beimmediately halted by briefly pressing rearwindow sunshade switch. To reverse directionof movement, press rear window sunshadeswitch again.


X Switch on the ignition.X Extending/Retracting: Press rear

window sunshade switch : briefly.

Ashtrays

Center console ashtray

X Opening: Briefly press the marking on thebottom of cover :.

X Removing ashtray insert: Secure vehiclefrom movement by engaging the parkingbrake.

X Shift the automatic transmission intoneutral position N.

X Push sliding knob ; to the right and hold.


ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 162

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=6ea89be1652f7e4f351f190e0a36f26f&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=eabdf3da3bb42a74351f151549fc6033&version=8&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=c0271e0b44e02edd351f19142287bc2f&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=bc4dfb12adefd134351f190e1cfb0579&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=1428abe73bb51510351f15153758a36f&version=15&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=46b6b783adf2d968351f190e2c864540&version=1&language=--&variant=--

X Grab and remove ashtray insert fromashtray frame.

X Reinstalling ashtray insert: Push theashtray insert back into the frame until itengages.

X Closing: Push down cover :.

Rear door ashtray

X Opening: Press the top of ashtray ;briefly.

X Removing ashtray insert: Pull ashtrayrelease : in direction of arrow.

X Remove ashtray insert upwards fromashtray frame.

X Reinstalling ashtray insert: Push ashtrayinsert back into ashtray frame until itengages.

X Closing: Push the top of ashtray ;.

Cigarette lighter


G Warning!Never touch the heating element or sides ofthe lighter; they are extremely hot. Hold theknob only.Make sure any children traveling with you donot injure themselves or start a fire with thehot cigarette lighter.

If the engine is off and the cigarette lighter isbeing used extensively, the vehicle batterymay become discharged.X Open the cover (Y page 162).

X Switch on the ignition.X Push in cigarette lighter :.

Cigarette lighter : will pop outautomatically when hot.

X Take out cigarette lighter :.X Reinsert cigarette lighter : in its socket

after use.

Power outlets! Make sure no fluids come into contact

with the power outlet, as this could causea short circuit.

i Make sure the override switch is notactivated. The power outlet in the rearcenter console will not function if theoverride switch is activated.

The power outlets can be used toaccommodate 12V DC electrical accessories(e.g. auxiliary lamps, mobile phone chargers)up to a maximum of 15 A (180 W).If the engine is off and the power outlets arebeing used extensively, the vehicle batterymay become discharged.X Switch on the ignition.

Useful features 163

Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 163

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=ddb790cd6539b7cc351f190e4c99f293&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=d9d7223a3bd16571351f15151ee4e04f&version=15&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=52b9af0d3f808ade351f15141a478453&version=4&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=57ac5278653ca8e0351f190e7544f502&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=74563afc3bd2e847351f15153699a074&version=14&language=en&variant=US

Power outlet in rear center consoleX Open the cover in the rear center console

(Y page 159).

Power outlet in trunk

Tele Aid! In order to activate the Tele Aid system, a

subscriber agreement must be completed.To ensure your system is activated andoperational, please press Informationbutton E to perform the acquaintancecall. Failure to complete either of thesesteps may result in a system that is notactivated.If you have any questions regardingactivation, please call the CustomerAssistance Center at1-800-FOR-MERCedes (1-800-367-6372)(USA only) or 1-888-923-8367 (Canadaonly).

Shortly after the completion of your Tele Aidacquaintance call, you will receive a user IDand password in the mail. You may use thispassword to access the Tele Aid section in“Owner’s Online” at www.mbusa.com (USAonly). The “My Tele Aid” section will give youaccess to account information, remote doorunlock and more.The Tele Aid system is available ifRit has been activated and is operational.

Activation requires a subscription formonitoring services, connection andcellular air timeRvehicle battery power is availableRthe relevant cellular phone network and

GPS signals are available and pass theinformation on to the Customer AssistanceCenter

i Location of the vehicle on a map is onlypossible if the vehicle is able to receivesignals from the GPS satellite network andpass the information on to the CustomerAssistance Center.

The Tele Aid system(Telematic Alarm Identification on Demand)The Tele Aid system consists of three typesof response:RAutomatic and manual emergencyRRoadside AssistanceRInformation

To adjust the speaker volume during a TeleAid call do the following:X Press button W or X on the

multifunction steering wheel.orX Use the adjustment button on your

COMAND system.Be sure to check “Owner’s Online” atwww.mbusa.com (USA only) for moreinformation and a description of all availablefeatures.


ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 164

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=3843afc813ca745e351f19147f051158&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=896366ca13cbefba351f19145832d16f&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=44573b8b3bd45e40351f1515273360d8&version=15&language=en&variant=US

http://www.mbusa.com


System self-test The system performs a self-test after youhave switched on the ignition.

G Warning!A malfunction in the system has beendetected if any or all of the followingconditions occur:RThe indicator lamp in the SOS button does

not come on during the system self-test.RThe indicator lamp in Roadside Assistance

button º does not come on during thesystem self-test.RThe indicator lamp in Information buttonE does not come on during the systemself-test.RThe indicator lamp in the SOS button,

Roadside Assistance button º, orInformation button E remainsilluminated constantly in red after thesystem self-test.RThe message Tele Aid Inoperative

appears in the multifunction display afterthe system self-test.

If a malfunction is indicated as outlined above,the system may not operate as expected. Incase of an emergency, help will have to besummoned by other means.Have the system checked at the nearestMercedes-Benz Center or contact theCustomer Assistance Center at1-800-FOR-MERCedes (1-800-367-6372)(USA only) or 1-888-923-8367 (Canada only)as soon as possible.

Emergency calls ! In order to activate the Tele Aid system, a

subscriber agreement must be completed.To ensure your system is activated andoperational, please press Informationbutton E to perform the acquaintancecall. Failure to complete either of thesesteps may result in a system that is notactivated.

If you have any questions regardingactivation, please call the CustomerAssistance Center at1-800-FOR-MERCedes (1-800-367-6372)(USA only) or 1-888-923-8367 (Canadaonly).

An emergency call is initiated automaticallyfollowing an accident in which the EmergencyTensioning Devices (ETDs) or air bags havedeployed.

i An automatically initiated Tele Aidemergency call cannot be canceled.

An emergency call can also be initiatedmanually (Y page 166).Once the emergency call is in progress, theindicator lamp in the SOS button will begin toflash. The message Connecting Callappears in the multifunction display and theCOMAND system is muted. When theconnection is established, the messageCall Connected appears in themultifunction display.All information relevant to the emergency,such as the location of the vehicle(determined by the GPS satellite locationsystem), vehicle model, identification numberand color are generated.A voice connection between the CustomerAssistance Center and the occupants of thevehicle will be established automatically soonafter the emergency call has been initiated.The Customer Assistance Center will attemptto determine the nature of the emergencymore precisely, provided they can speak toan occupant of the vehicle.

i If no vehicle occupant responds, anambulance will be sent to the vehicleimmediately.

G Warning!If the indicator lamp in the SOS button isflashing continuously and there was no voiceconnection to the Customer AssistanceCenter established, then the Tele Aid systemcould not initiate an emergency call (e.g. the

Useful features 165

Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 165

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=6a96f465176f2618351f190e3f12a64c&version=6&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=71e9b6e3494141c0351f15146507c392&version=4&language=en&variant=US

relevant cellular phone network is notavailable).The message Call Failed appears in themultifunction display for approximately10 seconds.Should this occur, assistance must besummoned by other means.

i The “911” emergency call system is apublic service. Using it without due causeis a criminal offense.

Initiating an emergency call manually

X Briefly press on cover : to open.X Press SOS button ; briefly.

The indicator lamp in SOS button ; willflash until the emergency call is concluded.

X Wait for a voice connection to theCustomer Assistance Center.

X Close cover : after the emergency call isconcluded.

G Warning!If you feel at any way in jeopardy when in thevehicle (e.g. smoke or fire in the vehicle,vehicle in a dangerous road location), pleasedo not wait for voice contact after you havepressed the emergency button. Carefullyleave the vehicle and move to a safe location.The Customer Assistance Center willautomatically contact local emergencyofficials with the vehicle’s approximatelocation if they receive an automatic SOS

signal and cannot make voice contact with thevehicle occupants.

X Terminating calls: Press button ~ onthe multifunction steering wheel.

orX Press the respective button for ending a

telephone call on the COMAND system.

Roadside Assistance button

X Press and hold Roadside Assistancebutton : for longer than 2 seconds.A call to a Mercedes-Benz RoadsideAssistance dispatcher will be initiated. Theindicator lamp in Roadside Assistancebutton : will flash while the call is inprogress. The message Connecting Call will appear in the multifunctiondisplay and the COMAND system is muted.

When the connection is established, themessage Call Connected appears in themultifunction display. The Tele Aid system willtransmit data generating the vehicleidentification number, model, color andlocation (subject to availability of cellular andGPS signals).

i The COMAND system display indicatesthat a Tele Aid call is in progress. While thecall is connected you can change to thenavigation menu by pressing the NAVIbutton on the COMAND system. Spokencommands are not available.


ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 166

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=eb9655aa6578a066351f190e5e5e32f7&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=8808c94d494e0453351f15141f6d44b6&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=db45a1b7657aaa8a351f190e3522b2fd&version=1&language=--&variant=--

A voice connection between the RoadsideAssistance dispatcher and the occupants ofthe vehicle will be established.X Describe the nature of the need for

assistance.The Mercedes-Benz Roadside Assistancedispatcher will either dispatch a qualifiedMercedes-Benz technician or arrange to towyour vehicle to the nearest authorizedMercedes-Benz Center. For services such aslabor and/or towing, charges may apply.Refer to the Roadside Assistance manual formore information.Sign and Drive services (USA only):Services such as a jump start, a few gallonsof fuel or the replacement of a flat tire withthe vehicle spare wheel are obtainable at nocharge.

i If the indicator lamp in RoadsideAssistance button : is flashingcontinuously and there was no voiceconnection to the Customer AssistanceCenter established, then the Tele Aidsystem could not initiate a RoadsideAssistance call (e.g. the relevant cellularphone network is not available). Themessage Call Failed appears in themultifunction display.




Information button

X Press and hold Information button : forlonger than 2 seconds.A call to the Customer Assistance Centerwill be initiated. The indicator lamp inInformation button : will flash while thecall is in progress. The messageConnecting Call will appear in themultifunction display and the COMANDsystem is muted.

When the connection is established, themessage Call Connected appears in themultifunction display. The Tele Aid system willtransmit data generating the vehicleidentification number, model, color andlocation (subject to availability of cellular andGPS signals).

i The COMAND system display indicatesthat a Tele Aid call is in progress. While thecall is connected you can change to thenavigation menu by pressing the NAVIbutton on the COMAND system. Spokencommands are not available.

A voice connection between the CustomerAssistance Center representative and theoccupants of the vehicle will be established.Information regarding the operation of yourvehicle, the nearest authorized Mercedes-Benz Center or Mercedes-Benz USA productsand services is available to you.For more details concerning the Tele Aidsystem, please visit www.mbusa.com (USAonly), log in to “Owner’s Online” and visit the“My Tele Aid” section to learn more.

Useful features 167

Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 167

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=fba046fc657ca54c351f190e11dbf2f2&version=1&language=--&variant=--


i If the indicator lamp in Informationbutton : is flashing continuously andthere was no voice connection to theCustomer Assistance Center established,then the Tele Aid system could not initiatean Information call (e.g. the relevantcellular phone network is not available).The message Call Failed appears in themultifunction display.




Call priorityIf other service calls such as a RoadsideAssistance call or Information call are active,an emergency call is still possible. In thiscase, the emergency call will take priority andoverride all other active calls.The indicator lamp in the respective buttonflashes until the call is concluded. Automaticinitiated emergency calls can only beterminated by a Customer Assistance Centerrepresentative. All other calls can beterminated by pressing button ~ on themultifunction steering wheel or therespective button for ending a telephone callon the COMAND system.

i When a Tele Aid call has been initiated,the COMAND system audio is muted. Themobile phone is no longer connected to theCOMAND system. If you must use thisphone, we recommend that you use it onlywith the vehicle at a standstill in a safelocation.

Destination Download to the COMAND systemi The components and operating principles

of the COMAND system can be found in theseparate COMAND system operatinginstructions.

Destination Download allows you access to adatabase of over 10 million points of interest(POIs) that can be downloaded to yourvehicle’s navigation system. If you know thedestination, the address can be downloaded,or can be provided with points of interestsnear your location.

Route guidanceYou will be prompted to confirm that routeguidance to the entered address is to bestarted.X Select Yes using button = or ; on

the COMAND system.X Press button 9 on the COMAND system

to confirm.The system calculates the route andsubsequently starts the route guidance to thedefined address.

i If you select No, you can save the addressto your address book.

i The Destination Download feature isavailable if the relevant mobile phonenetwork is available and data connection ispossible.

Search & Send “Search & Send” is a navigation destinationaddress entry service. For more informationon “Search & Send”, refer to separateCOMAND system operating instructions.

Remote door unlock In case you have locked your vehicleunintentionally (e.g. SmartKey inside vehicle),and the reserve SmartKey is not available:X Contact the Customer Assistance Center

at 1-800-FOR-MERCedes(1-800-367-6372) (USA only) or1-888-923-8367 (Canada only).You will be asked to provide your password.

X Then return to your vehicle at the timearranged with the Customer AssistanceCenter and pull the trunk recessed handle


ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 168

for a minimum of 20 seconds until theindicator lamp in the SOS button is flashing.The message Connecting Call appears inthe multifunction display.

As an alternative, you may unlock the vehiclevia Internet in the “My Tele Aid” section of“Owner’s Online”, using your ID and password(USA only).

i The remote door unlock feature isavailable if the relevant cellular phonenetwork is available.The SOS button will flash and the messageConnecting Call will appear in themultifunction display to indicate receipt ofthe door unlock command.If the tailgate recessed handle was pulledfor more than 20 seconds before doorunlock authorization was received by theCustomer Assistance Center, you mustwait 15 minutes before pulling the tailgaterecessed handle again.

Stolen Vehicle Recovery Services In the event your vehicle was stolen:X Report the incident to the police.

The police will issue a numbered incidentreport.

X Pass this number on to the CustomerAssistance Center along with yourpassword.The Customer Assistance Center will thenattempt to covertly contact the vehicle’sTele Aid system. Once the vehicle islocated, the Customer Assistance Centerwill contact the local law enforcement andyou. The vehicle’s location will only beprovided to law enforcement.

i If the anti-theft alarm stays on for morethan 30 seconds, the Tele Aid system willnotify the Customer Assistance Centerautomatically.

Garage door openerThe integrated remote control can operate upto three separately controlled devicescompatible with HomeLink® or some othersystems.

G Warning!Before programming the integrated remotecontrol to a garage door opener or gateoperator, make sure people and objects areout of the way of the device to preventpotential harm or damage. Whenprogramming a garage door opener, the doormoves up or down. When programming a gateoperator, the gate opens or closes.Do not use the integrated remote control withany garage door opener that lacks safety stopand reverse features as required by U.S.federal safety standards (this includes anygarage door opener model manufacturedbefore April 1, 1982). A garage door thatcannot detect an object - signaling the doorto stop and reverse - does not meet currentU.S. federal safety standards.When programming a garage door opener,park vehicle outside the garage.Do not run the engine while programming theintegrated remote control. Inhalation ofexhaust gas is hazardous to your health. Allexhaust gas contains carbon monoxide (CO),and inhaling it can cause unconsciousnessand possible death.

Interior rear view mirror with integrated remotecontrol

Useful features 169

Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 169

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=5c9e03013bd50dbe351f15150e1261a5&version=14&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=ebdd406a7fbbdb71351f15155a89c25f&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=3e80564b658005e1351f190e40d1b24b&version=1&language=--&variant=--

Hand-held remote control A is not part of thevehicle equipment.

Programming the integrated remote controlX Step 1: Switch on the ignition.X Step 2: If you have previously programmed

a signal transmitter button and wish toretain its programming, proceed to step 3.

orX If you are programming the integrated

remote control for the first time, press andhold the two outer signal transmitterbuttons ; and ? and release them whenindicator lamp : begins to flash afterapproximately 20 seconds.Do not hold the buttons for longer than30 seconds.This procedure erases any previoussettings for all three channels andinitializes the memory. If you later wish toprogram a second and/or third hand-heldtransmitter to the remaining two signaltransmitter buttons, do not repeat this stepand begin directly with step 3.

X Step 3: Hold the end of hand-held remotecontrol A of the device you wish to trainapproximately 2 to 12 in (5 to 30 cm) awayfrom the signal transmitter button (;, =or ?) to be programmed, while keepingindicator lamp : in view.

X Step 4: Using both hands, simultaneouslypress hand-held remote control button Band the desired signal transmitter button(;, = or ?). Do not release the buttonsuntil step 5 is completed.Indicator lamp : will flash, first slowly andthen rapidly.

i Indicator lamp : flashes immediatelythe first time the signal transmitter buttonis programmed. If this button has alreadybeen programmed, the indicator lamp willstart flashing after 20 seconds.

X Step 5: After indicator lamp : changesfrom a slow to a rapidly flashing light,release the hand-held remote controlbutton and the signal transmitter button.

X Step 6: Press and hold the just-trainedsignal transmitter button (;, = or ?) andobserve indicator lamp :.If indicator lamp : stays on constantly,programming is complete and your deviceshould activate when the respective signaltransmitter button (;, = or ?) is pressedand released.

i If indicator lamp : flashes rapidly forapproximately 2 seconds and then turns toa constant light, continue withprogramming steps 8 through 12 as yourgarage door opener may be equipped withthe “rolling code” feature.

X Step 7: To program the remaining twosignal transmitter buttons, repeat the stepsabove starting with step 3.

Rolling code programmingTo train a garage door opener (or other rollingcode devices) with the rolling code feature,follow these instructions after completing the“Programming” portion (steps 1 through 6) ofthis text. For your convenience and tocomplete the procedure faster, you mightwant to have someone assist you.X Step 8: Locate the “training” button on the

garage door opener motor head unit.

i Exact location and color of the button mayvary by garage door opener brand.Depending on manufacturer, the “training”button may also be referred to as “learn” or“smart” button. If there is difficulty locatingthe transmitting button, refer to the garagedoor opener Operator’s Manual.

X Step 9: Press the “training” button on thegarage door opener motor head unit.The “training light” is activated.You have 30 seconds to initiate thefollowing two steps.


ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 170

X Step 10: Return to the vehicle and firmlypress, hold for 2 seconds and release theprogrammed signal transmitter button (;,= or ?).

X Step 11: Press, hold for 2 seconds andrelease same signal transmitter button asecond time to complete the trainingprocess.

i Some garage door openers (or otherrolling code equipped devices) may requireyou to press, hold for 2 seconds andrelease the same signal transmitter buttona third time to complete the trainingprocess.

X Step 12: Confirm the garage dooroperation by pressing the programmedsignal transmitter button (;, = or ?).

X Step 13: To program the remaining twosignal transmitter buttons, repeat the stepsabove starting with step 3.

Gate operator/Canadian programmingCanadian radio-frequency laws requiretransmitter signals to “time-out” (or quit)after several seconds of transmission whichmay not be long enough for the integratedsignal transmitter to pick up the signal duringprogramming. Similar to this Canadian law,some U.S. gate operators are designed to“time-out” in the same manner.If you live in Canada or if you are havingdifficulties programming a gate operator(regardless of where you live) by using theprogramming procedures, replace step 4 withthe following:X Step 4: Press and hold the signal

transmitter button (;, = or ?). Do notrelease this button until it has beensuccessfully trained.

X While still holding down the signaltransmitter button (;, = or ?), “cycle”your hand-held remote control button Bas follows: Press and hold button B for2 seconds, then release it for 2 seconds,and again press and hold it for 2 seconds.

Repeat this sequence on the hand-heldremote control until the frequency signalhas been learned.Upon successful training, indicatorlamp : will flash slowly and then rapidlyafter several seconds.

X Proceed with programming step 5 andstep 6 to complete.

i Upon completion of programming theintegrated remote control, make sure youretain the hand-held remote control thatcame with the garage door opener, gateoperator or other device. You may need itfor use in other vehicles, for futureprogramming of an integrated remotecontrol, or simply for continued use as ahand-held remote control to operate therespective device in other situations.

Reprogramming a single signal transmitter buttonTo program a device using a signaltransmitter button previously trained, followthese steps:X Switch on the ignition.X Press and hold the desired signal

transmitter button (;, = or ?). Do notrelease the button.Indicator lamp : will begin to flash after20 seconds.

X Without releasing the signal transmitterbutton, proceed with programming startingwith step 3.

Operation of integrated remote controlX Switch on the ignition.X Select and press the appropriate

integrated signal transmitter button (;,= or ?) to activate the remote controlleddevice.The integrated remote control transmittercontinues to send the signal as long as thebutton is pressed – up to 20 seconds.

Useful features 171

Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 171

Z

Erasing the integrated remote control memoryi If you sell your vehicle, erase the codes of

all three channels.

X Switch on the ignition.X Simultaneously press and hold outer signal

transmitter buttons ; and ?, forapproximately 20 seconds, until indicatorlamp : flashes rapidly. Do not hold forlonger than 30 seconds.The codes of all three channels are erased.

Programming tipsIf you are having difficulty programming theintegrated remote control, here are somehelpful tips:RCheck the frequency of hand-held remote

control A (typically located on the reverseside of the remote). The integrated remotecontrol is compatible with radio-frequencydevices operating between 280-390 MHz.RPut a new battery in hand-held remote

control A. This will increase the likelihoodof the hand-held remote control sending astronger and more accurate signal to theintegrated remote control.RWhile performing step 3, hold hand-held

remote control A at different lengths andangles from the signal transmitter button(;, = or ?) you are programming.Attempt varying angles at the distance of 2to 12 inches (5 to 30 cm) away or the sameangle at varying distances.RIf another hand-held remote control is

available for the same device, try theprogramming steps again using that otherhand-held remote control. Make sure newbatteries are in the hand-held remotecontrol before beginning the procedure.RStraighten the antenna wire from the

garage door opener assembly. This mayhelp improve transmitting and/or receivingsignals.

i Certain types of garage door openers areincompatible with the integrated remotecontrol. If you should experience furtherdifficulties with programming theintegrated remote control, contact anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center, or callthe Mercedes-Benz Customer AssistanceCenter (USA only) at1-800-FOR-MERCedes, or the HomeLink®

Hotline (USA only) at 1-800-355-3515, orthe Customer Service (Canada only) at1-800-387-0100.










ntro

ls in

det

ail


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 172

Floormats

G Warning!Whenever you are using floormats, make surethere is enough clearance and that thefloormats are securely fastened.Floormats should always be securely fastenedusing the fastening equipment.Before driving off, check that the floormatsare securely in place and adjust them ifnecessary. A loose floormat could slip andhinder proper functioning of the pedals.Do not place several floormats on top of eachother as this may impair pedal movement.

X Move the driver’s seat or front passengerseat as far to the rear as possible.

X Removing: Pull floormat off of retainerpins :.

X Installing: Press floormat eyelets ; ontoretainer pins :.

Useful features 173

Cont

rols

in d

etai

l


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 173

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=a6b350233bd59e3d351f1515035e2347&version=11&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=865a221a49b72bd7351f15142a928575&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=d105a99c6582a0fc351f190e5707757b&version=1&language=--&variant=--

174


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 174

Vehicle equipment ............................ 176The first 1000 miles (1500 km) ....... 176At the gas station ............................. 176Engine compartment ........................ 178Tires and wheels ............................... 182Winter driving ................................... 208Driving instructions .......................... 210Maintenance ...................................... 214Vehicle care ....................................... 215

175

Oper

atio

n


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 175

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=3db2ef5ceb99f5f7351f19144414215e&version=1&language=--&variant=--

Vehicle equipment


The first 1000 miles (1500 km)

The more cautiously you treat your vehicleduring the break-in period, the more satisfiedyou will be with its performance later on.RDrive your vehicle during the first

1 000 miles (1 500 km) at varying butmoderate vehicle and engine speeds.RDuring this period, avoid heavy loads (full

throttle driving) and excessive enginespeeds (no more than 2/3 of maximum rpmin each gear).RSelect C as the preferred shift program

(Y page 105) for the first 1 000 miles(1 500 km).RAvoid accelerating by kickdown.RDo not attempt to slow the vehicle down by

shifting to a lower gear using the gearselector lever.RSelect gear ranges 3, 2 or 1 (Y page 104)

only when driving at moderate speeds (forhill driving).

After 1 000 miles (1 500 km) you maygradually increase vehicle and engine speedsto the permissible maximum.

! Additional instructions for AMG vehicles:RDuring the first 1 000 miles (1 500 km),

do not exceed a speed of 85 mph(140 km/h).RDuring this period, avoid engine speeds

above 4 500 rpm in each gear.RShift gears in a timely manner.

All of the above instructions, as may apply toyour vehicle type, also apply when driving thefirst 1 000 miles (1 500 km) after the engineor the rear differential has been replaced.

i Always obey applicable speed limits.

At the gas station

Refueling

G Warning!Gasoline is highly flammable and poisonous.It burns violently and can cause seriouspersonal injury.Never allow sparks, flames or smokingmaterials near gasoline!Turn off the engine before refueling.Whenever you are around gasoline, avoidinhaling fumes and any skin or clothingcontact. Extinguish all smoking materials.Direct skin contact with fuels and theinhalation of fuel vapors are damaging yourhealth.

G Warning!Overfilling of the fuel tank may createpressure in the system which could cause agas discharge. This could cause the gas tospray back out when removing the fuel pumpnozzle, which could cause personal injury.

! Never refuel vehicles with gasoline enginewith diesel fuel. Even small amounts ofdiesel fuel will damage the fuel system andengine. Damage resulting from the use ofnon-approved fuels or fuel additives orresulting from mixing gasoline with dieselfuel is not covered by the Mercedes-BenzLimited Warranty.

! If you have accidentally filled the tankwith incorrect or non-approved fuel, do notswitch on the ignition. Otherwise theincorrect or non-approved fuel will get intothe fuel lines. The fuel system must bedrained completely. Contact an authorized

176 At the gas stationOp

erat

ion


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 176


https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=908a8df637373cd7351f15150abfa05f&version=10&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=a9fd1a4737386647351f15155889a373&version=13&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=fe3b5ab32afc74d4351f15144c7f7994&version=4&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=6fdab22f7751a538351f15142674039e&version=2&language=en&variant=US

Mercedes-Benz Center to have the fuelsystem drained completely.

! To prevent damage to the catalyticconverters, only use premium unleadedgasoline in this vehicle.Any noticeable irregularities in engineoperation should be repaired promptly.Otherwise, excessive unburned fuel mayreach the catalytic converter, causing it tooverheat and potentially start a fire.

i Only use premium unleaded gasoline witha minimum Posted Octane Rating of 91(average of 96 RON/86 MON).Information on gasoline quality cannormally be found on the fuel pump. Pleasecontact gas station personnel in caselabels on the pump cannot be found.For more information on gasoline, see“Premium unleaded gasoline”(Y page 299), see “Fuel requirements”(Y page 299), or contact an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center, or visitwww.mbusa.com (USA only).

Locking/unlocking the vehicle with theSmartKey or KEYLESS-GO automaticallylocks/unlocks the fuel filler flap.

i In case the central locking system doesnot release the fuel filler flap, see “Fuel fillerflap” (Y page 263).

The fuel filler flap is located on the right-handside of the vehicle towards the rear.

X Turn off the engine.

i Leaving the engine running and the fuelfiller cap open can cause the yellow fueltank reserve warning lamp to flash and themalfunction indicator lamp = (USAonly) or ; (Canada only) to illuminate.For more information, see also “Practicalhints” (Y page 257).

X Remove the SmartKey from the starterswitch.KEYLESS-GO: Open the driver’s door. Thisputs the starter switch in position 0, sameas with the SmartKey removed from thestarter switch. The driver’s door then canbe closed again.

X Opening: Press fuel filler flap : at thepoint indicated by the arrow.

X Turn fuel filler cap ; counterclockwise.X Take off fuel filler cap ;.

X Place fuel filler cap ; in direction of arrowinto holder =.

X Fully insert filler nozzle unit and refuel.X Only fill your tank until the filler nozzle unit

cuts out – do not top off or overfill.X Closing: Turn fuel filler cap ; clockwise

until it audibly engages.

i Close the fuel filler flap before locking thevehicle. Otherwise the flap locking pin willprevent closing the fuel filler flap.

X Close fuel filler flap :.

Check regularly and before a long tripFor information on quantities andrequirements of operating agents, see “Fuels,coolants, lubricants, etc.” (Y page 296).Check the following:REngine oil level (Y page 179)RTire inflation pressure (Y page 185)RCoolant level (Y page 180)RVehicle lighting (Y page 266)

At the gas station 177

Oper

atio

n


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 177

Z


https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=981c7a8bd326b274351f19144229f487&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=656295dd3739483c351f15152b4aa06e&version=13&language=en&variant=US

RWasher system and headlamp cleaningsystem (Y page 181)RBrake fluid (Y page 182)

Engine compartment

Hood

G Warning!Do not pull the release lever while the vehicleis in motion. Otherwise the hood could beforced open by passing air flow.This could cause the hood to come loose andinjure you and/or others.

Opening

G Warning!If you see flames or smoke coming from theengine compartment, or if the coolanttemperature indicator indicates that theengine is overheated, do not open the hood.Move away from vehicle and do not open thehood until the engine has cooled. If necessary,call the fire department.

G Warning!You could be injured when the hood is open –even when the engine is turned off.Parts of the engine can become very hot. Toprevent burns, let the engine cool completelybefore touching any components on thevehicle. Comply with all relevant safetyprecautions.

G Warning!To help prevent personal injury, stay clear ofmoving parts when the hood is open and theengine is running.The radiator fan may continue to run forapproximately 30 seconds or may evenrestart after the engine has been turned off.Stay clear of fan blades.

G Warning!The engine is equipped with a transistorizedignition system. Because of the high voltageit is dangerous to touch any components(ignition coils, spark plug sockets, diagnosticsocket) of the ignition systemRwith the engine runningRwhile starting the engineRwhen the ignition is switched on and the

engine is turned manually

X Pull hood lock release lever :.The hood is unlocked.

! Never open the hood if the wiper arms arefolded forward away from the windshield.Otherwise the windshield wipers or thehood could be damaged.

X Push handle ; under the hood upwards.X Pull up on the hood and then release it.

The hood will be held open at shoulderheight by gas-filled struts automatically.

178 Engine compartmentOp

erat

ion


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 178

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=3a6b4ce03739dcf8351f151568752323&version=15&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=1b603ef1a9355b23351f15152a8bb660&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=fe77259ca9399d96351f15157c76758f&version=1&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=40cd2841a93d1d09351f15150b1d3667&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=8a026979a941bb24351f15156c84f678&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=16e915a5b87932de351f190e295b46f3&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=20bb79bb9ee109fa351f190e31938551&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=02464ed59ee2fd43351f190e69fb82cc&version=1&language=--&variant=--

Closing

G Warning!When closing the hood, use extreme cautionnot to catch hands or fingers. Be careful thatyou do not close the hood on anyone.Make sure the hood is securely engagedbefore driving off. Do not continue driving ifthe hood can no longer engage after anaccident, for example. The hood couldotherwise come loose while the vehicle is inmotion and injure you and/or others.

X Let the hood drop from a height ofapproximately 8 in (20 cm).

X Check to make sure the hood is fullyclosed.If you can raise the hood at a point abovethe headlamps, then it is not properlyclosed. Open it again and let it drop withsomewhat greater force.

Engine oilThe amount of oil your engine consumes willdepend on a number of factors, includingdriving style. Increased oil consumption canoccur when the vehicle is new or the vehicleis driven frequently at higher engine speeds.Engine oil consumption checks should onlybe made after the vehicle break-in period.

! Do not use any special lubricant additives,as these may damage the drive assemblies.Using special additives not approved byMercedes-Benz may cause damage notcovered by the Mercedes-Benz LimitedWarranty.For further information contact anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

Notes on checking engine oil levelWhen checking the oil levelRthe vehicle must be parked on level groundRwith the engine at operating temperature,

the vehicle must have been stationary for

at least 5 minutes with the engine turnedoffRwith the engine not at operating

temperature, the vehicle must have beenstationary for at least 30 minutes with theengine turned off

Checking engine oil level X Open the hood (Y page 178).

X Pull out oil dipstick :.X Wipe oil dipstick : clean.X Slowly insert oil dipstick : fully into the

dipstick guide tube.X Pull out oil dipstick : again after

approximately 3 seconds to obtainaccurate reading.The oil level is correct when it is betweenlower (min) mark = and upper (max)mark ; of oil dipstick :.

i CLS 550:The filling quantity between the upper andlower marks on the oil dipstick isapproximately 2.1 US qt. (2.0 l).

i CLS 63 AMG:The filling quantity between the upper andlower marks on the oil dipstick isapproximately 1.6 US qt. (1.5 l).

X If necessary, add engine oil.For more information on engine oil, see“Fuels, coolants, lubricants etc.”(Y page 296).

Engine compartment 179

Oper

atio

n


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 179

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=3bb9b1d8ac868f6e351f15152843f655&version=4&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=8cb5beeb373a7eb2351f15152078a0e0&version=15&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=3e5d75a79ee6fb29351f190e649e8504&version=1&language=--&variant=--

For information on messages in themultifunction display concerning engine oil,see the “Practical hints” section(Y page 246).

Adding engine oil ! Only use approved engine oils and oil

filters required for vehicles withMaintenance System. For a listing ofapproved engine oils and oil filters, contactan authorized Mercedes-Benz Center orvisit www.mbusa.com (USA only).The following will result in engine oremission control system damage notcovered by the Mercedes-Benz LimitedWarranty:RUsing engine oils and oil filters of

specification other than those expresslyrequired for the Maintenance System.RChanging of oil and oil filter at change

intervals longer than those called for bythe Maintenance System.RUsing any oil additives.

CLS 550

CLS 63 AMG

X Unscrew filler cap : from filler neck.X Add engine oil as required. Be careful not

to overfill with oil.Be careful not to spill any oil when adding.Avoid environmental damage caused by oilentering the ground or water.

! Excess oil must be siphoned or drainedoff. It could cause damage to the engineand emission control system not coveredby the Mercedes-Benz Limited Warranty.

X Screw filler cap : back on filler neck.For more information on engine oil, see the“Technical data” section (Y page 296) and(Y page 298).

Transmission fluid levelThe transmission fluid level does not need tobe checked. If you notice transmission fluidloss or gearshifting malfunctions, have anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center check thetransmission.

Coolant levelThe engine coolant is a mixture of water andanticorrosion/antifreeze.When checking the coolant level, the vehiclemust be parked on level ground, and thecoolant temperature must be below 158‡(70†).

180 Engine compartmentOp

erat

ion


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 180


https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=310e73f0895aebc1351f190e7a8fb28c&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=fdb8c0349eeba836351f190e39624297&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=0854c1fe373b30fe351f15157e5920ab&version=7&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=4be1fc8b373bc94c351f15155912a353&version=14&language=en&variant=US

G Warning!In order to avoid any potentially serious burns:RUse extreme caution when opening the

hood if there are any signs of steam orcoolant leaking from the cooling system, orif the coolant temperature indicatorindicates that the coolant is overheated.RDo not remove the cap on the coolant

expansion tank if the coolant temperatureis above 158‡ (70†). Allow the engine tocool down before removing the cap. Thecoolant expansion tank contains hot fluidand is under pressure.RUsing a rag, slowly open the cap

approximately 1/2 turn counterclockwiseto relieve excess pressure. If openedimmediately, scalding hot fluid and steamwill be blown out under pressure.RDo not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts.

Antifreeze contains ethylene glycol whichmay burn if it comes into contact with hotengine parts.

X Using a rag, slowly open cap :approximately 1/2 turn counterclockwiseto relieve excess pressure.

X Continue turning cap : counterclockwiseand remove it.

The coolant level is correct if the levelRfor cold coolant: reaches marking bar= in coolant expansion tank ;Rfor warm coolant: is approximately 0.6 in

(1.5 cm) higherX Add coolant as required.X Screw cap : back on and tighten it.For more information on coolant, see the“Technical data” section (Y page 297) and(Y page 300).

Washer system and headlamp cleaning system

G Warning!Washer solvent/antifreeze is highlyflammable. Do not spill washer solvent/antifreeze on hot engine parts, because it mayignite and burn. You could be seriouslyburned.

! Always use washer solvent/antifreezewhere temperatures may fall belowfreezing point. Failure to do so could resultin damage to the washer system/fluidreservoir.

! Only use washer fluid which is suitable forplastic lenses. Improper washer fluid candamage the plastic lenses of theheadlamps.

! Do not use distilled or deionized water inthe washer fluid reservoir. Otherwise, thewasher fluid level sensor could bedamaged.

Fluid for the washer system and the headlampcleaning system is supplied from the washerfluid reservoir.During all seasons, use MB WindshieldWasher Concentrate “MB SummerFit”. Mix itwith water or premixed washer solvent/antifreeze depending on the ambienttemperature (Y page 302).

Engine compartment 181

Oper

atio

n


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 181

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=a22c41c7acb5a690351f15152f0d35b6&version=4&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=b5d7b523d325d52d351f1914710b7349&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=3cad97ef373cdcd4351f15157787233d&version=16&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=3cad97ef373cdcd4351f15157787233d&version=16&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=9d03daaf2bb5990f351f15141095b883&version=2&language=en&variant=US

X Opening washer fluid reservoir: Pull tabof cap : upwards.

X Refill the washer fluid reservoir.X Closing washer fluid reservoir: Press

cap : onto filler hole until it engages.For more information, see “Washer systemand headlamp cleaning system”(Y page 297).

Brake fluid level! If you find that the brake fluid in the brake

fluid reservoir has fallen to the minimummark or below, have the brake systemchecked for brake pad thickness and leaksimmediately. Contact an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center immediately. Donot add brake fluid as this will not solve theproblem. For more information, see“Practical hints”.

When checking the brake fluid level, thevehicle must be parked on level ground.

The brake fluid level is correct when it isbetween lower mark (MIN) ; and uppermark (MAX) : of the brake fluid reservoir.

Tires and wheels

Safety notesContact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Centerfor information on tested and recommendedrims and tires for summer and winteroperation. They can also offer adviceconcerning tire service and purchase.

G Warning!Replace rims or tires with the samedesignation, manufacturer and type as shownon the original part. For further informationcontact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.If incorrectly sized rims and tires aremounted, the wheel brakes or suspensioncomponents can be damaged. Also, theoperating clearance of the wheels and thetires may no longer be correct.

G Warning!Worn, old tires can cause accidents. If the tiretread is worn to minimum tread depth, or ifthe tires have sustained damage, replacethem.When replacing rims, only use genuineMercedes-Benz wheel bolts specified for theparticular rim type. Failure to do so can resultin the bolts loosening and possibly anaccident.Retreaded tires are not tested orrecommended by Mercedes-Benz, sinceprevious damage cannot always berecognized on retreads. The operating safetyof the vehicle cannot be assured when suchtires are used.

G Warning!If you feel a sudden significant vibration orride disturbance, or you suspect that possibledamage to your vehicle has occurred, you

182 Tires and wheelsOp

erat

ion


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 182

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=683ad38a9ef52d3e351f190e0c854522&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=6c0a02bf722850d7351f190e675fb158&version=6&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=06655cf9d3249108351f19147e2ef34f&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=8ef930982e2b14e4351f190e39e3770d&version=5&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=2254075b5be9c2c1351f151478c7a509&version=5&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=8d68e1e25bef4dd1351f151447a0a593&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=b4203e0d5834727c351f15140ebc650d&version=3&language=en&variant=US

should turn on the hazard warning flashers,carefully slow down, and drive with caution toan area which is a safe distance from the road.Inspect the tires and the vehicle underbodyfor possible damage. If the vehicle or tiresappear unsafe, have the vehicle towed to thenearest authorized Mercedes-Benz Center ortire dealer for repairs.

G Warning!Do not drive with a flat tire. A flat tire affectsthe ability to steer or brake the vehicle. Youcould lose control of the vehicle. Continueddriving with a flat tire or driving at high speedwith a flat tire will cause excessive heat build-up and possibly a fire.

Important guidelinesROnly use sets of tires and rims of the same

type and make.RTires must be of the correct size for the rim.RBreak in new tires for approximately

60 miles (100 km) at moderate speeds.RRegularly check the tires and rims for

damage. Dented or bent rims can cause tireinflation pressure loss and damage to thetire beads.RIf the vehicle is heavily loaded, check tire

inflation pressure and correct as required.RDo not allow your tires to wear down too

far. Adhesion properties on wet roads aresharply reduced at tread depths of lessthan 1/8 in (3 mm).RWhen replacing individual tires, you should

mount new tires on the front wheels first(on vehicles with same-sized wheels allaround).

Recommended tire inflation pressure

G Warning!Follow recommended tire inflation pressures.Do not underinflate tires. Underinflated tireswear excessively and/or unevenly, adverselyaffect handling and fuel economy, and aremore likely to fail from being overheated.Do not overinflate tires. Overinflated tires canadversely affect handling and ride comfort,wear unevenly, increase stopping distance,and result in sudden deflation (blowout)because they are more likely to becomepunctured or damaged by road debris,potholes etc.Do not overload the tires by exceeding thespecified load limit as indicated on the Tireand Loading Information placard on thedriver’s door B-pillar. Overloading the tirescan overheat them, possibly causing ablowout. Overloading the tires can also resultin handling or steering problems, or brakefailure.

Your vehicle is equipped with the Tire andLoading Information placard located on thedriver’s door B-pillar (Y page 193).The tire inflation pressure should be checkedregularly. Only adjust the tire inflationpressure on cold tires. The tires can beconsidered cold if the vehicle has beenparked for at least 3 hours or driven less than1 mile (1.6 km). Depending on the ambienttemperature, the driving speed and the tireload, the tire temperature changes. When thetire temperature changes by 18‡ (10†), thetire inflation pressure will change byapproximately 1.5 psi (0.1 bar). Keep this inmind when checking tire inflation pressure onwarm tires and adjust the tire pressure onlyif the tire inflation pressure is too low for thecurrent operating conditions. If you check thetire inflation pressure when the tires arewarm, the reading will be higher than the coldreading. This is normal. Do not let air out tomatch the specified cold tire inflation

Tires and wheels 183

Oper

atio

n


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 183

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=1e38f1c8583f7556351f15140535a2e7&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=1f5b0c5436c8117e351f15154883635b&version=6&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=9257cad436cd076f351f15151005a1f9&version=7&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=205c4e315c8a7710351f15146cdfa58c&version=2&language=en&variant=US

pressure. Otherwise, the tire will beunderinflated.Follow recommended cold tire inflationpressures listed on Tire and LoadingInformation placard on the driver’s doorB-pillar.Keeping the tires properly inflated providesthe best handling, tread life and ridingcomfort.In addition to the Tire and LoadingInformation placard on the driver’s doorB-pillar, also consult the tire inflationpressure label on the inside of the filler flapfor any additional information pertaining tospecial driving situations. For moreinformation, see “Important notes on tireinflation pressure” (Y page 184).

i Data shown on Tire and LoadingInformation placard example are forillustration purposes only. Tire data arespecific to each vehicle and may vary fromdata shown in the following illustration.Refer to Tire and Loading Informationplacard on vehicle for actual data specificto your vehicle.

The Tire and Loading Information placard liststhe recommended cold tire inflationpressures : for maximum loaded vehicleweight. The tire inflation pressures listedapply to the tires installed as originalequipment.

Important notes on tire inflation pressure

G Warning!If the tire inflation pressure drops repeatedly,check the tires for punctures from foreignobjects and/or whether air is leaking from thevalves or from around the rim.

Tire temperature and tire inflation pressureare also increased while driving, dependingon the driving speed and the tire load.If you will be driving your vehicle at highspeeds of 100 mph (160 km/h) or higher,where it is legal and conditions allow, consultthe tire inflation pressure label on the insideof the fuel filler flap on how to adjust the coldtire inflation pressure. If you do not adjust thetire inflation pressure, excessive heat canbuild up and result in sudden tire failure.If you are not sure about the proper tireinflation, contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

i Driving comfort may be reduced when thetire inflation pressure is adjusted to thevalue for speeds above 100 mph(160 km/h) as specified on the tire inflationpressure label located on the inside of thefuel filler flap.

Make sure to readjust the tire inflationpressure for normal driving speeds.Supplemental tire inflation pressureinformation for different loading conditions ofthe vehicle can be found on the tire inflationpressure label. The tire inflation pressurelabel is located on the inside of the fuel fillerflap.For the tire inflation pressure for sparewheels such as Minispare wheels or sparewheels with collapsible tire refer toRthe yellow label on the spare wheel rimRthe “Technical data” section of this

Operator’s Manual (Y page 296)Rthe Tire and Loading Information placard on

the driver’s door B-pillar


erat

ion


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 184

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=0d6bd67c318865c3351f190e312b32de&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=71dbbe4e5c99528b351f151474c62568&version=3&language=en&variant=US

Unless specified otherwise, the tire inflationpressures on the tire inflation pressure labelare valid for all approved, factory-equippedtires. When a tire size is specified, the tireinflation pressure that follows applies to thatparticular tire size only.

i Data shown on tire inflation pressurelabel examples are for illustration purposesonly. Tire inflation pressure data arespecific to each vehicle and may vary fromdata shown in the following illustrations.Refer to the tire inflation pressure label onvehicle for actual data specific to yourvehicle.

Example illustration: Tire inflation pressures for allapproved, factory equipped tires

Some tire inflation pressure labels may onlyshow the rim diameter instead of the entiretire size, e.g. R 18 or 18".The rim diameter is part of the tire size asspecified on the tire sidewall (Y page 202).

Example illustration: Tire inflation pressuresspecific to rim diameter

Potential problems associated with underinflated and overinflated tires

Underinflated tiresG Warning!Follow recommended tire inflation pressures.Do not underinflate tires. Underinflated tireswear excessively and/or unevenly, adverselyaffect handling and fuel economy, and aremore likely to fail from being overheated.

Underinflated tires canRcause excessive and uneven tire wearRadversely affect fuel economyRlead to tire failure from being overheatedRadversely affect handling characteristics

Overinflated tiresG Warning!Follow recommended tire inflation pressures.Do not overinflate tires. Overinflated tires canadversely affect handling and ride comfort,wear unevenly, increase stopping distance,and result in sudden deflation (blowout)because they are more likely to becomepunctured or damaged by road debris,potholes etc.

Overinflated tires canRadversely affect handling characteristicsRcause uneven tire wearRbe more prone to damage from road

hazardsRadversely affect ride comfortRincrease stopping distance

Checking tire inflation pressure

Safety notes

G Warning!Follow recommended tire inflation pressures.


Oper

atio

n


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 185

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=5afb82dff58e2e79351f191440b6915e&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=2ae114cbf58dbcf7351f19144a5d1172&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=2f4945905ca78ecd351f151460a9e2a7&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=dbd6e4bc5caeffbe351f1514231ca576&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=044ba6a8217fb954351f190e372520aa&version=5&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=205c4e315c8a7710351f15146cdfa58c&version=2&language=en&variant=US

Do not underinflate tires. Underinflated tireswear excessively and/or unevenly, adverselyaffect handling and fuel economy, and aremore likely to fail from being overheated.Do not overinflate tires. Overinflated tires canadversely affect handling and ride comfort,wear unevenly, increase stopping distance,and result in sudden deflation (blowout)because they are more likely to becomepunctured or damaged by road debris,potholes etc.Do not overload the tires by exceeding thespecified load limit as indicated on the Tireand Loading Information placard on thedriver’s door B-pillar. Overloading the tirescan overheat them, possibly causing ablowout. Overloading the tires can also resultin handling or steering problems, or brakefailure.

Check the tire inflation pressure at least oncea month.Check and adjust the tire inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold (Y page 183).

Checking tire inflation pressure manuallyFollow the steps below to achieve correct tireinflation pressure:X Remove the cap from the valve on one tire.X Firmly press a tire gauge onto the valve.X Read the tire inflation pressure on the tire

gauge and check against therecommended tire inflation pressure on theTire and Loading Information placard on thedriver’s door B-pillar (Y page 193). Ifnecessary, add air to achieve therecommended tire inflation pressure.

X If you have overfilled the tire, release tireinflation pressure by pushing the metalstem of the valve with e.g. a tip of a pen.Then recheck the tire inflation pressurewith the tire gauge.

X Install the valve cap.X Repeat this procedure for each tire.

Tire pressure loss warning system (Canada only)While the vehicle is being driven, the tirepressure loss warning system monitors theset tire inflation pressures by evaluating eachwheel’s rotational speed. This allows thesystem to detect a significant loss of pressurein a tire. If a wheel’s rotational speed changesdue to falling tire inflation pressure, you willsee a corresponding warning message in themultifunction display.The tire pressure loss warning system mayfunction in a restricted manner or with a delayRwhen snow chains are mounted to the

vehicleRin the presence of ice and snowRwhen you are driving on a loose surface

(e.g. sand or gravel)Rwhen you are driving in a very sporty

manner (involving rapid acceleration orhigh speeds in curves)Rwhen you are driving with a loaded roof

rack or heavily laden vehicle

G Warning!When the multifunction display shows themessage Tire Pressure Check Tires, oneor more of your tires are significantlyunderinflated. You should stop and checkyour tires as soon as possible, and inflatethem to the proper tire inflation pressure asindicated on the vehicle’s Tire and LoadingInformation placard or on the tire inflationpressure label.Driving on a significantly underinflated tirecauses the tire to overheat and can lead totire failure. Underinflation also reduces fuelefficiency and tire tread life, and may affectthe vehicle’s handling and stopping ability.


erat

ion


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 186

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=501c0a638e7cb9e8351f15147ece96f1&version=7&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=501c0a638e7cb9e8351f15147ece96f1&version=7&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=a54a5fe736d77645351f15156b932032&version=8&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=a54a5fe736d77645351f15156b932032&version=8&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=222d34705d5816c5351f15145d9862cd&version=6&language=en&variant=US

Each tire, including the spare, should bechecked at least once a month when cold.Inflate the tires to the recommended tireinflation pressure as specified onRthe Tire and Loading Information placard on

the driver’s door B-pillarorRthe tire inflation pressure label located on

the inside of the fuel filler flap

i The recommended tire inflation pressuresfor your vehicle can be found onRthe Tire and Loading Information placard

located on the driver’s door B-pillar(Y page 193)Rthe tire inflation pressure label on the

inside of the fuel filler flapThe tire inflation pressures are not listed inthe Operator’s Manual.

G Warning!The tire pressure loss warning system doesnot provide a warning for wrongly selected tireinflation pressures. Always adjust tireinflation pressure according to the Tire andLoading Information placard on the driver’sdoor B-pillar or on the tire inflation pressurelabel located on the inside of the fuel filler flap.The tire pressure loss warning system doesnot replace regular checks of the tire inflationpressures since a gradual pressure loss inmore than one tire cannot be detected by thetire pressure loss warning system.The tire pressure loss warning system is notable to issue a warning due to a suddendramatic loss of tire inflation pressure (e.g.tire blowout caused by a foreign object). Inthis case bring the vehicle to a halt by carefullyapplying the brakes and avoiding abruptsteering maneuvers.

Restarting the tire pressure loss warning systemThe tire pressure loss warning system mustbe restarted in the following situations:Rafter you have changed the tire inflation

pressureRafter you have replaced the wheels or tiresRafter you have installed new wheels or tiresX Using the Tire and Loading Information

placard on the driver’s door B-pillar or, ifavailable, the tire inflation pressure label onthe inside of the fuel filler flap, make surethe tire inflation pressure of all four tires iscorrect.

G Warning!The tire pressure loss warning system canonly warn you in a reliable manner if you haveset the correct tire inflation pressures foreach tire.If an incorrect tire inflation pressure was set,the system will monitor the pressureaccording to the incorrect value.

X Switch on the ignition.X Make sure the standard display appears in

the multifunction display (Y page 112).X Press button * or & on the

multifunction steering wheel repeatedlyuntil the following message appears in themultifunction display:Run Flat IndicatorActiveMenu: R-Button

X Press the reset button (Y page 109).The following message will appear in themultifunction display:RestartRun Flat Indicator?

X If you wish to confirm: Press buttonW.The following message will appear in themultifunction display:Run Flat IndicatorRestarted


Oper

atio

n


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 187

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=0d4f56005d5e4087351f15147907254e&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=d30c30475d664830351f15142df9e5d0&version=3&language=en&variant=US

After a certain “learning phase”, the tirepressure loss warning system checks theset pressure values for all four tires.

X If you wish to cancel: Press button X.

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS), (USA only)Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS). It measures thetire inflation pressure in the vehicle’s tiresand issues warnings in case of pressure loss.The Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)is equipped with a combination low tirepressure/TPMS malfunction telltale in theinstrument cluster. Depending on how thetelltale illuminates, it indicates a low tirepressure condition or a malfunction in theTPMS system itself:RIf the telltale illuminates continuously, one

or more of your tires are significantlyunderinflated. There is no malfunction inthe TPMS.RIf the telltale flashes for 60 seconds and

then stays illuminated, the TPMS systemitself is not operating properly.

The TPMS only functions on wheels that areequipped with the proper electronic sensors.It monitors the tire inflation pressure, asselected by the driver, in all four tires. Awarning is issued to alert you to a decreasein pressure in one or more of the tires.

G Warning!The TPMS does not indicate a warning forwrongly selected inflation pressures. Alwaysadjust tire inflation pressure according to theTire and Loading Information placard or thesupplemental tire inflation pressureinformation on the inside of the fuel filler flap.The TPMS is not able to issue a warning dueto a sudden dramatic loss of pressure (e.g. tireblowout caused by a foreign object). In thiscase bring the vehicle to a halt by carefullyapplying the brakes and avoiding abruptsteering maneuvers.

G Warning!Each tire, including the spare (if provided),should be checked at least once a monthwhen cold and inflated to the inflationpressure recommended by the vehiclemanufacturer on the Tire and LoadingInformation placard on the driver’s door B-pillar or the tire inflation pressure label on theinside of the fuel filler flap. If your vehicle hastires of a different size than the size indicatedon the Tire and Loading Information placardor the tire inflation pressure label, you shoulddetermine the proper tire inflation pressurefor those tires.As an added safety feature, your vehicle hasbeen equipped with a tire pressure monitoringsystem (TPMS) that illuminates a low tirepressure telltale when one or more of yourtires are significantly underinflated.Accordingly, when the low tire pressuretelltale illuminates, you should stop and checkyour tires as soon as possible, and inflatethem to the proper pressure. Driving on asignificantly underinflated tire causes the tireto overheat and can lead to tire failure.Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiencyand tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle’shandling and stopping ability. Please note thatthe TPMS is not a substitute for proper tiremaintenance, and it is the driver’sresponsibility to maintain correct tirepressure, even if underinflation has notreached the level to trigger illumination of theTPMS low tire pressure telltale.Your vehicle has also been equipped with aTPMS malfunction indicator to indicate whenthe system is not operating properly. TheTPMS malfunction indicator is combined withthe low tire pressure telltale. When thesystem detects a malfunction, the telltale willflash for approximately 1 minute and thenremain continuously illuminated. Thissequence will continue upon subsequentvehicle start-ups as long as the malfunctionexists. When the malfunction indicator is


erat

ion


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 188

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=025e1be545a37d83351f151474fb1bc5&version=8&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=025e1be545a37d83351f151474fb1bc5&version=8&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=fe7736e15d1288f3351f151465bce52c&version=4&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=e9acbd2e5d1646ab351f15142dc6a2ad&version=6&language=en&variant=US

illuminated, the system may not be able todetect or signal low tire pressure as intended.TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety ofreasons, including the installation ofincompatible replacement or alternate tiresor wheels on the vehicle that prevent theTPMS from functioning properly. Alwayscheck the TPMS malfunction telltale afterreplacing one or more tires or wheels on yourvehicle to ensure that the replacement oralternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS tocontinue to function properly.

i If a condition causing the TPMS tomalfunction develops, it may take up to10 minutes for the system to signal amalfunction using the TPMS telltaleflashing and illumination sequence.The telltale extinguishes after a fewminutes driving if the malfunction has beencorrected.

i Operating radio transmission equipment(e.g. wireless headsets, two-way radios) inor near the vehicle could cause the TPMSto malfunction.

i This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:1. This device may not cause harmful


interference received, includinginterference that may cause undesired.


Tire inflation pressure warningsIf the system detects a significant loss of tireinflation pressure in one or more than onetire, a message appears in the multifunctiondisplay. In addition, an acoustic warningsounds and the low tire pressure telltale in theinstrument cluster comes on.

Example illustration

Restarting the TPMSG Warning!It is the driver’s responsibility to set the tireinflation pressure to the recommended coldtire inflation pressure. Underinflated tiresaffect the ability to steer or brake the vehicle.You might lose control over the vehicle.

When you restart the TPMS, the system setsnew reference values for each tire.The TPMS must be restarted when you haveadjusted the tire inflation pressure to a newlevel (e.g. because of different load or drivingconditions). The TPMS is then recalibrated tothe current tire inflation pressures.Restart the TPMS after adjusting the tireinflation pressure to the inflation pressurerecommended for the vehicle operatingcondition. Tire inflation pressure should onlybe adjusted on cold tires. Observe therecommended tire inflation pressure on theTire and Loading Information placard on thedriver’s door B-pillar. Some vehicles may havesupplemental tire inflation pressureinformation for driving at high speeds or forvehicle loads less than the maximum loadedvehicle condition. If such information isprovided, it can be found on the inside of thefuel filler flap.X Using the Tire and Loading Information

placard on the driver’s door B-pillar(Y page 193) or, if available, thesupplemental tire inflation pressureinformation on the inside of the fuel fillerflap, make sure the tire inflation pressureof all four tires is correct.

X Switch on the ignition.


Oper

atio

n


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 189

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=129cd30724719b18351f190e5d450905&version=1&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=04a472fe5d0ec1bb351f15140597a2c1&version=4&language=en&variant=US

X Press button V or U on themultifunction steering wheel repeatedlyuntil the standard display appears in themultifunction display (Y page 112).

X Press button & or * on themultifunction steering wheel repeatedlyuntil the following message appears in themultifunction display:Tire Pressure MonitorActiveMenu: R-Button

X Press the reset button (Y page 109).The following message appears in themultifunction display:Restart tirepressure monitor?

X If you wish to confirm: Press buttonW.The following message appears in themultifunction display:Tire Pressure MonitorRestartedAfter driving a few minutes the systemverifies that the current tire inflationpressures are within the system’s specifiedrange. Afterwards, the current tire inflationpressures are accepted as reference valuesand then monitored.


Advanced Tire Pressure Monitoring System (Advanced TPMS), (Canada only)Your vehicle is equipped with the AdvancedTire Pressure Monitoring System (AdvancedTPMS). It measures the tire inflation pressurein the vehicle’s tires and issues warnings incase of pressure loss in one or more of thetires.The TPMS only functions on wheels that areequipped with the proper electronic sensors.

i This device complies with RSS-210 ofIndustry Canada. Operation is subject tothe following two conditions:1. This device may not cause interference,




G Warning!The TPMS does not indicate a warning forwrongly selected inflation pressures. Alwaysadjust tire inflation pressure according to theTire and Loading Information placard or thesupplemental tire inflation pressureinformation on the inside of the fuel filler flap.The TPMS is not able to issue a warning dueto a sudden dramatic loss of pressure (e.g. tireblowout caused by a foreign object). In thiscase bring the vehicle to a halt by carefullyapplying the brakes and avoiding abruptsteering maneuvers.

G Warning!Each tire, including the spare (if provided),should be checked at least once a monthwhen cold and inflated to the inflationpressure recommended by the vehiclemanufacturer on the Tire and LoadingInformation placard on the driver’s door B-pillar or the tire inflation pressure label on theinside of the fuel filler flap. If your vehicle hastires of a different size than the size indicatedon the Tire and Loading Information placardor the tire inflation pressure label, you shoulddetermine the proper tire inflation pressurefor those tires.As an added safety feature, your vehicle hasbeen equipped with a tire pressure monitoringsystem (TPMS) that illuminates a low tirepressure telltale when one or more of your


erat

ion


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 190

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=5a324c1b45a0065f351f1514172b5a73&version=11&language=en&variant=US



https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=fe7736e15d1288f3351f151465bce52c&version=4&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=01a49ece0e3c95dc351f15150301c5f9&version=6&language=en&variant=US

tires are significantly underinflated.Accordingly, when the low tire pressuretelltale illuminates, you should stop and checkyour tires as soon as possible. Driving on asignificantly underinflated tire causes the tireto overheat and can lead to tire failure.Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiencyand tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle’shandling and stopping ability. Please note thatthe TPMS is not a substitute for proper tiremaintenance, and it is the driver’sresponsibility to maintain correct tirepressure, even if underinflation has notreached the level to trigger illumination of theTPMS low tire pressure telltale.

Tire pressure inquiries are made using themultifunction display. The current tireinflation pressure for each tire appears in themultifunction display after a few minutes ofdriving.

i Possible differences between thereadings of a tire pressure gauge of an airhose, e.g. gas station equipment, and thevehicle’s control system can occur. The tirepressure displayed by the control systemapply to sea level. In high-altitudelocations, the reading on a tire pressuregauge will be higher than the reading issuedby the vehicle’s control system. Do notreduce the tire inflation pressure undersuch circumstances.

X Switch on the ignition.X Press button V or U on the

multifunction steering wheel repeatedlyuntil the standard display appears in themultifunction display (Y page 112).

X Press button & or * until the currentinflation pressure for each tire appears inthe multifunction display.


When the vehicle has been parked for longerthan 20 minutes, the message Tire pressure is only displayed after driving for a few minutes appears in themultifunction display.

i With a spare wheel mounted, the systemmay still indicate the tire inflation pressureof the removed road wheel for someminutes. If this happens, keep in mind thatthe indicated value where the spare wheelis mounted does not reflect the actualspare tire inflation pressure.

i Operating radio transmission equipment(e.g. wireless headsets, two-way radios) inor near the vehicle could cause the TPMSto malfunction.

Tire inflation pressure warningsIf the system detects a significant loss of tireinflation pressure in one or more than onetire, a message appears in the multifunctiondisplay. In addition, an acoustic warningsounds and the low tire pressure telltale in theinstrument cluster comes on.


The respective tire is indicated by a redrectangle.


Oper

atio

n


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 191

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=6121ccd49b0759df351f19141e0dfb1e&version=1&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=ba768217247777ae351f190e231b8902&version=1&language=en&variant=US

Restarting Advanced TPMSG Warning!It is the driver’s responsibility to set the tireinflation pressure to the recommended coldtire inflation pressure. Underinflated tiresaffect the ability to steer or brake the vehicle.You might lose control over the vehicle.

When you restart the TPMS, the system setsnew reference values for each tire.The TPMS must be restarted when you haveadjusted the tire inflation pressure to a newlevel (e.g. because of different load or drivingconditions). The TPMS is then recalibrated tothe current tire inflation pressures.Restart the TPMS after adjusting the tireinflation pressure to the inflation pressurerecommended for the vehicle operatingcondition. Tire inflation pressure should onlybe adjusted on cold tires. Observe therecommended tire inflation pressure on theTire and Loading Information placard on thedriver’s door B-pillar. Some vehicles may havesupplemental tire inflation pressureinformation for driving at high speeds or forvehicle loads less than the maximum loadedvehicle condition. If such information isprovided, it can be found on the inside of thefuel filler flap.Canada only:The TPMS usually recognizes tire pressureadjustments and sets new reference valuesautomatically. You can, however, restart theTPMS manually as described.X Using the Tire and Loading Information

placard on the driver’s door B-pillar(Y page 193) or the supplemental tireinflation pressure information on the insideof the fuel filler flap, make sure the tireinflation pressure of all four tires is correct.

X Switch on the ignition.X Press button V or U on the

multifunction steering wheel repeatedlyuntil the standard display appears in themultifunction display (Y page 112).

X Press button & or * repeatedly untilyou see the current inflation pressures foreach tire appear in the display or thefollowing message appears in themultifunction display: Tire pressureis only displayedafter driving fora few minutes

X Press the reset button (Y page 108).The following message will appear in themultifunction display:Restarttire pressuremonitor?

X If you wish to confirm: Press buttonW.The following message will appear in themultifunction display:Tire PressureMonitorRestartedAfter driving a few minutes the systemverifies that the current tire inflationpressures are within the system’s specifiedrange. Afterwards the current tire inflationpressures are accepted as reference valuesand then monitored.


i When the wheel positions have beenchanged, the inflation pressure of a tiremay be displayed for the wrong positiontemporarily. After driving for a few minutes,the inflation pressure will be shown for thecorrect position.

Maximum tire inflation pressure

G Warning!Never exceed the maximum tire inflationpressure. Follow recommended tire inflationpressures.Do not underinflate tires. Underinflated tireswear excessively and/or unevenly, adversely


erat

ion


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 192

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=04a472fe5d0ec1bb351f15140597a2c1&version=4&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=805ab19736dcf7d6351f15156702e350&version=6&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=8346774a62063442351f1514411ee571&version=2&language=en&variant=US

affect handling and fuel economy, and aremore likely to fail from being overheated.Do not overinflate tires. Overinflated tires canadversely affect handling and ride comfort,wear unevenly, increase stopping distance,and result in sudden deflation (blowout)because they are more likely to becomepunctured or damaged by road debris,potholes etc.

i For illustration purposes only. Actual dataon tires are specific to each vehicle andmay vary from data shown in aboveillustration.

This is the maximum permissible tire inflationpressure : for the tire.Always follow the recommended tire inflationpressure (Y page 183) for proper tireinflation.

Loading the vehicleTwo labels on your vehicle show how muchweight it may properly carry.(1) The Tire and Loading Information placard

can be found on the driver’s doorB-pillar. This placard tells you importantinformation about the number of peoplethat can be in the vehicle and the totalweight that can be carried in the vehicle.It also contains information on the propersize and recommended tire inflation

pressures for the original equipment tireson your vehicle.

(2) The certification label, also found on thedriver’s door B-pillar. It tells you about thegross weight capacity of your vehicle,called the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR). The GVWR includes the weightof the vehicle, all occupants, fuel andcargo. The certification label also tellsyou about the front and rear axle weightcapacity, called the Gross Axle WeightRating (GAWR).The GAWR is the total allowable weightthat can be carried by a single axle (frontor rear). Never exceed the GVWR orGAWR for either the front axle or rearaxle.

: Driver’s door B-pillar

Following is a discussion on how to work withthe information contained on the Tire andLoading Information placard with regards toloading your vehicle.

Tire and Loading Information

G Warning!Do not overload the tires by exceeding thespecified load limit as indicated on the Tireand Loading Information placard on thedriver’s door B-pillar. Overloading the tirescan overheat them, possibly causing ablowout. Overloading the tires can also resultin handling or steering problems, or brakefailure.


Oper

atio

n


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 193

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=827919fe233d6429351f190e723af543&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=a03a1c1336ca354d351f15156719a0df&version=11&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=4896b30c246e5315351f190e372c4eec&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=95c613805c305a64351f151457eb65ab&version=2&language=en&variant=US

Tire and Loading Information placardi Data shown on Tire and Loading

Information placard example are forillustration purposes only. Load limit dataare specific to each vehicle and may varyfrom data shown in the followingillustration. Refer to Tire and LoadingInformation placard on vehicle for actualdata specific to your vehicle.

The Tire and Loading Information placardshowing load limit information : is locatedon the driver’s door B-pillar (Y page 193).X Locate the statement “The combined

weight of occupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX kilograms or XXX lbs.”on the Tire and Loading Informationplacard.

The combined weight of all occupants,cargo/luggage and trailer tongue load (ifapplicable) should never exceed the weightreferenced in that statement.

Seating capacity i Data shown on Tire and Loading

Information placard example are forillustration purposes only. Seating capacitydata are specific to each vehicle and mayvary from data shown in the followingillustration. Refer to Tire and LoadingInformation placard on vehicle for actualdata specific to your vehicle.

The seating capacity gives you importantinformation on the number of occupants thatcan be in the vehicle. Observe front and rearseating capacity. The Tire and LoadingInformation placard showing seatingcapacity : is located on the driver’s doorB-pillar (Y page 193).

Steps for determining correct load limit The following steps have been developed asrequired of all manufacturers under Title 49,Code of U.S. Federal Regulations, Part 575pursuant to the “National Traffic and MotorVehicle Safety Act of 1966”.X Step 1: Locate the statement “The

combined weight of occupants and cargoshould never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.”on your vehicle’s Tire and LoadingInformation placard.

X Step 2: Determine the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers that will be ridingin your vehicle.

X Step 3: Subtract the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers fromXXX kilograms or XXX lbs.

X Step 4: The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo and luggage loadcapacity. For example, if the “XXX” amountequals 1 400 lbs and there will be five150 lbs passengers in your vehicle, theamount of available cargo and luggage loadcapacity is 650 lbs(1 400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs).


erat

ion


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 194

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=95d0467531710fe7351f190e7365757d&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=2506308c3171d33c351f190e6486b532&version=1&language=--&variant=--

X Step 5: Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loaded on thevehicle. That weight may not safely exceedthe available cargo and luggage loadcapacity calculated in step 4.

X Step 6 (if applicable): If your vehicle willbe towing a trailer, load from your trailerwill be transferred to your vehicle. Consultthis manual to determine how this reducesthe available cargo and luggage loadcapacity of your vehicle (Y page 197).

The following table shows examples on howto calculate total and cargo load capacitieswith varying seating configurations andnumber and size of occupants. The followingexamples use a load limit of 1 500 lbs. This is for illustration purposes only. Make sureyou are using the actual load limit for yourvehicle stated on the vehicle’s Tire andLoading Information placard (Y page 194).


Oper

atio

n


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 195

Z

Example 1 Example 2 Example 3

Step 1 Combined weight limit of occupants and cargo from Tire and Loading Information placard

1 500 lbs 1 500 lbs 1 500 lbs


Step 2 Number of occupants (driver and passengers)

5 3 1

Seating configuration front: 2rear: 3

front: 1rear: 2

front: 1

Occupants weight Occupant 1:150 lbsOccupant 2:180 lbsOccupant 3:160 lbsOccupant 4:140 lbsOccupant 5:120 lbs

Occupant 1:200 lbsOccupant 2:190 lbsOccupant 3:150 lbs

Occupant 1:150 lbs

Combined weight of all occupants

750 lbs 540 lbs 150 lbs


Step 3 Available cargo/luggage and trailer tongue weight (total load limit from Tire and Loading Information placard minus combined weight of all occupants)

1 500 lbs -750 lbs =750 lbs

1 500 lbs -540 lbs =960 lbs

1 500 lbs -150 lbs =1 350 lbs

The higher the weight of all occupants, theless cargo and luggage load capacity isavailable.For more information, see “Trailer tongueload” (Y page 197).

Certification labelEven after careful determination of thecombined weight of all occupants, cargo andthe trailer tongue load (if applicable)(Y page 197) as to not exceed thepermissible load limit, you must make sureyour vehicle never exceeds the Gross Vehicle


erat

ion


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 196

Weight Rating (GVWR) and the Gross AxleWeight Rating (GAWR) for either the front orrear axle. You can obtain the GVWR andGAWR from the certification label. Thecertification label can be found on the driver’sdoor B-pillar, see the “Technical data” section(Y page 288).Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR): Thetotal weight of the vehicle, all occupants, allcargo, and the trailer tongue load (ifapplicable) must never exceed the GVWR.Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR): The totalallowable weight that can be carried by asingle axle (front or rear).To assure that your vehicle does not exceedthe maximum permissible weight limits(GVWR and GAWR for front and rear axle),have the loaded vehicle (including driver,passengers and all cargo and, if applicable,trailer fully loaded) weighed on a suitablecommercial scale.

Trailer tongue loadThe tongue load of any trailer is an importantweight to measure because it affects the loadyou can carry in your vehicle. If a trailer istowed, the tongue load must be added to theweight of all occupants riding and any cargoyou are carrying in the vehicle. The tongueload typically is 10% of the trailer weight andeverything loaded in it.Your Mercedes-Benz has been designedprimarily to carry passengers and their cargo.Mercedes-Benz does not recommend trailertowing with your vehicle.

Maximum tire load

G Warning!Do not overload the tires by exceeding thespecified load limit as indicated on the Tireand Loading Information placard on thedriver’s door B-pillar. Overloading the tirescan overheat them, possibly causing ablowout. Overloading the tires can also result

in handling or steering problems, or brakefailure.


The maximum tire load rating : is themaximum weight the tires are designed tosupport.For more information on tire load rating, see(Y page 202).For information on calculating total and cargoload capacities, see (Y page 194).

Direction of rotationUnidirectional tires offer added advantages,such as better hydroplaning performance. Tobenefit, however, you must make sure thetires rotate in the direction specified.An arrow on the sidewall indicates theintended direction of rotation of the tire.Spare wheels may be mounted against thedirection of rotation (spinning) even with aunidirectional tire for temporary use only untilthe regular drive wheel has been repaired orreplaced. Always observe and followapplicable temporary use restrictions andspeed limitations indicated on the sparewheel.


Oper

atio

n


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 197

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=164cbf3436dc458a351f15156ddfe1a5&version=6&language=en&variant=US


https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=19a7c3b42338cdc0351f190e12193540&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=db61609e36c9a3fd351f15156195e35a&version=7&language=en&variant=US

MOExtended systemThe MOExtended system allows you tocontinue driving your vehicle even if there isa total loss of pressure in one or more tires.You may only use the MOExtended system inconjunction with the tire pressure losswarning system (Y page 186), the TPMS(Y page 188), or the Advanced TPMS(Y page 190).For information on driving in case of pressureloss in one or more tires (emergency mode),see the “Practical Hints” section(Y page 277).

Tire care and maintenance

G Warning!Regularly check the tires for damage.Damaged tires can cause tire inflationpressure loss. As a result, you could losecontrol of your vehicle.Worn, old tires can cause accidents. If the tiretread is worn to minimum tread depth, or ifthe tires have sustained damage, replacethem.

Check the tire inflation pressure at least oncea month. For more information on checkingtire inflation pressure, see “Recommendedtire inflation pressure” (Y page 183).

Tire inspection Every time you check the tire inflationpressure, you should also inspect your tiresfor the following:Rexcessive treadwear (Y page 198)Rcord or fabric showing through the tire’s

rubberRbumps, bulges, cuts, cracks or splits in the

tread or side of the tireReplace the tire if you find any of the aboveconditions.Make sure you also inspect the spare tireperiodically for condition and inflation. Spare

tires will age and become worn over time evenif never used, and thus should be inspectedand replaced when necessary.

Life of tire

G Warning!Tires and spare tire should be replaced after6 years, regardless of the remaining tread.

The service life of a tire is dependent uponvarying factors including but not limited to:RDriving styleRTire inflation pressureRDistance driven

Tread depth

G Warning!Although the applicable federal motor vehiclesafety laws consider a tire to be worn whenthe treadwear indicators (TWI) become visibleat approximately 1/16 in (1.6 mm), werecommend that you do not allow your tiresto wear down to that level. As tread depthapproaches 1/8 in (3 mm), the adhesionproperties on a wet road are sharply reduced.Depending upon the weather and/or roadsurface (conditions), the tire traction varieswidely.

Do not allow your tires to wear down too far.Adhesion properties on wet roads are sharplyreduced at tread depths of less than 1/8 in(3 mm).Treadwear indicators (TWI) are required bylaw. These indicators are located in six placeson the tread circumference and becomevisible at a tread depth of approximately1/16 in (1.6 mm), at which point the tire isconsidered worn and should be replaced.The recommended minimum tire tread depthfor summer tires is 1/8 in (3 mm). Therecommended minimum tire tread depth forwinter tires is 1/6 in (4 mm).


erat

ion


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 198

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=0713c4d4a7bc2ba7351f190e1048a4d7&version=5&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=f3bd1ac536c8f829351f15157352e1aa&version=6&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=555cbfcc5bfcf504351f15144ea6e51b&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=99bce65d5c04de74351f1514643fa54e&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=437d830758452aaa351f151445d9a580&version=2&language=en&variant=US

Treadwear indicator : appears as a solidband across the tread.

Storing tires ! Keep unmounted tires in a cool, dry place

with as little exposure to light as possible.Protect tires from contact with oil, greaseand fuels.

Cleaning tires ! Never use a round nozzle to power wash

tires. The intense jet of water can result indamage to the tire.Always replace a damaged tire.

Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards

The Uniform Tire Quality Grading is a U.S.Government requirement designed to givedrivers consistent and reliable informationregarding tire performance. Tiremanufacturers are required to grade tires

based on three performance factors:treadwear :, traction ;, and temperatureresistance =. Although not a Government ofCanada requirement, all tires made for sale inNorth America have these grades branded onthe sidewall.


Quality grades can be found, whereapplicable, on the tire sidewall between treadshoulder and maximum section width. Forexample:

Treadwear Traction Temperature

200 AA A

All passenger car tires must conform tofederal safety requirements in addition tothese grades.

Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative ratingbased on the wear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on a specifiedU.S. Government test course. For example, atire graded 150 would wear one and one-half(1 1/2) times as well on the governmentcourse as a tire graded 100.The relative performance of tires dependsupon the actual conditions of their use,however, and may depart significantly fromthe norm due to variations in driving habits,service practices and differences in roadcharacteristics and climate.

Traction

G Warning!The traction grade assigned to this tire isbased on straight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not include acceleration,


Oper

atio

n


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 199

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=7075d42a218c0b82351f190e61a3b2c2&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=2dc9b23e36de40a5351f15157d6d60c3&version=7&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=2dc9b23e36de40a5351f15157d6d60c3&version=7&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=7ed610462345a71c351f190e067eb2db&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=3d731d7662287d4d351f151404d3e5d2&version=2&language=en&variant=US

cornering, hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.

The traction grades, from highest to lowest,are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades representthe tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement asmeasured under controlled conditions onspecified government test surfaces of asphaltand concrete. A tire marked C may have poortraction performance.

G Warning!If ice has formed on the road, tire traction willbe substantially reduced. Under such weatherconditions, drive, steer and brake withextreme caution.

The safe speed on a wet, snow covered or icyroad is always lower than on a dry road.You should pay particular attention to thecondition of the road whenever the outsidetemperature is close to the freezing point.Mercedes-Benz recommends winter tires(Y page 208) with a minimum tread depth ofapproximately 1/6 in (4 mm) on all four wheelsfor the winter season to ensure normalbalanced handling characteristics. Onpacked snow, they can reduce your stoppingdistance compared to summer tires.Stopping distance, however, is stillconsiderably greater than when the road isnot covered with snow or ice. Exerciseappropriate caution.

! Avoid spinning of a drive wheel. This maycause serious damage to the drivetrainwhich is not covered by the Mercedes-BenzLimited Warranty.

Temperature

G Warning!The temperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that is properly inflatedand not overloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessive loading, eitherseparately or in combination, can cause

excessive heat build-up and possible tirefailure.

The temperature grades are A (the highest),B, and C, representing the tire’s resistance tothe generation of heat and its ability todissipate heat when tested under controlledconditions on a specified indoor laboratorytest wheel. Sustained high temperature cancause the material of the tire to degenerateand reduce tire life, and excessivetemperature can lead to sudden tire failure.The grade C corresponds to a level ofperformance which all passenger car tiresmust meet under the Federal Motor VehicleSafety Standard No. 109. Grades B and Arepresent higher levels of performance on thelaboratory test wheel than the minimumrequired by law.

Rotating tires

G Warning!Rotate front and rear wheels only if the tiresare of the same dimension.If your vehicle is equipped with mixed-sizetires (different tire dimensions front vs. rear),tire rotation is not possible.

G Warning!Have the tightening torque checked afterchanging a wheel. Wheels could becomeloose if not tightened with a torque of96 lb-ft (130 Nm).Only use genuine Mercedes-Benz wheel boltsspecified for your vehicle’s rims.

Tire rotation can be performed on vehicleswith tires of the same dimension all around.If your vehicle is equipped with tires of thesame dimension all around, tires can berotated, observing a front-to-rear rotationpattern that will maintain the intendedrotation (spinning) direction of the tire(Y page 197).In some cases, such as when your vehicle isequipped with mixed-size tires (different tire


erat

ion


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 200

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=051b182b585427de351f15147dfce2d7&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=49ddd57d622ba0dc351f151449a365c8&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=89d5f2f536eea739351f1515067de374&version=6&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=b5a4b95c626098b9351f15141879e5dc&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=07744e3a6265478c351f15143f2c259f&version=2&language=en&variant=US

dimension front vs. rear), tire rotation is notpossible.If applicable to your vehicle’s tireconfiguration, tires can be rotated accordingto the tire manufacturer’s recommendedintervals in the tire manufacturer’s warrantypamphlet located in your vehicle literatureportfolio. If none is available, tires should berotated every 3 000 to 6 000 miles (5 000 to10 000 km), or sooner if necessary, accordingto the degree of tire wear. The same rotation(spinning) direction must be maintained.Rotate tires before the characteristic tirewear pattern becomes visible (shoulder wearon front tires and tread center wear on reartires).Thoroughly clean the mounting face of wheelsand brake disks, i.e. the inner side of thewheels/tires, during each rotation. Check forand ensure proper tire inflation pressure.For information on wheel change, see “Flattire” (Y page 271).

Tire labelingBesides tire name (sales designation) andmanufacturer name, a number of markingscan be found on a tire.Following are some explanations for themarkings on your vehicle’s tires:

: Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards(Y page 199)

; DOT, Tire Identification Number(Y page 204)

= Maximum tire load (Y page 197)? Maximum tire inflation pressure

(Y page 192)A ManufacturerB Tire ply material (Y page 205)C Tire size designation, load and speed

rating (Y page 202)D Load identification (Y page 204)E Tire name

i For illustration purposes only. Actual dataon tires are specific to each vehicle andmay vary from data shown in aboveillustration.For more information, see “Rims and tires”(Y page 291).


Oper

atio

n


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 201

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=b40c988036da06a1351f151573ef6198&version=8&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=064d62d522fb1279351f190e01c67575&version=1&language=--&variant=--

Tire size designation, load and speed rating

: Tire width; Aspect ratio in %= Radial tire code? Rim diameterA Load index B Speed symbol


General: Depending on the design standardsused, the tire size molded into the sidewallmay have no letter or a letter preceding thetire size designation.No letter preceding the size designation (asillustrated above): Passenger car tire basedon European design standards.Letter “P” preceding the size designation:Passenger car tire based on U.S. designstandards.Letter “LT” preceding the size designation:Light Truck tire based on U.S. designstandards.Letter “T” preceding the size designation:Temporary spare tires which are highpressure compact spares designed fortemporary emergency use only.

Tire widthTire width : indicates the nominal tire widthin millimeters.

Aspect ratioAspect ratio ; is the dimensionalrelationship between tire section height andsection width and is expressed in percentage.The aspect ratio is arrived at by dividingsection height by section width.

Tire codeTire code = indicates the tire constructiontype. The “R” stands for radial tire type. Letter“D” means diagonal or bias ply construction;letter “B” means belted-bias ply construction.At the tire manufacturer’s option, any tirewith a speed capability above 149 mph(240 km/h) can include a “ZR” in the sizedesignation (for example: 245/40 ZR 18). Foradditional information, see “Tire speedrating” (Y page 203).

Rim diameterRim diameter ? is the diameter of the beadseat, not the diameter of the rim edge. Therim diameter is indicated in inches (in).

Load indexG Warning!The tire load rating must always be at leasthalf of the GAWR of your vehicle. Otherwise,tire failure may be the result which may causean accident and/or serious injury to you orothers.Always replace rims and tires with the samedesignation, manufacturer and type as shownon the original part.

G Warning!Do not overload the tires by exceeding thespecified load limit as indicated on the Tireand Loading Information placard on thedriver’s door B-pillar. Overloading the tirescan overheat them, possibly causing ablowout. Overloading the tires can also resultin handling or steering problems, or brakefailure.

Load index A is a numerical code associatedwith the maximum load a tire can support.


erat

ion


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 202

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=4c56239723067073351f190e7353f521&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=50869937613f1913351f151437e4e29a&version=2&language=en&variant=US


For example, a load rating of 91 correspondsto a maximum load of 1356 lb (615 kg) thetire is designed to support. See also“Maximum tire load” (Y page 197) where themaximum load associated with the load indexis indicated in kilograms and lbs.For additional information on the load index,see “Load identification” (Y page 204).

Speed symbol G Warning!Even when permitted by law, never operate avehicle at speeds greater than the maximumspeed rating of the tires.Exceeding the maximum speed for which tiresare rated can lead to sudden tire failure,causing loss of vehicle control and possiblyresulting in an accident and/or seriouspersonal injury and possible death, for youand for others.

Regardless of the tire speed rating, localspeed limits should be obeyed. Use prudentdriving speeds appropriate to prevailingconditions.Speed symbol B indicates the approvedmaximum speed (tire speed rating) for thetire.Summer tires

Index Speed rating

Q up to 100 mph (160 km/h)

R up to 106 mph (170 km/h)

S up to 112 mph (180 km/h)

T up to 118 mph (190 km/h)

H up to 130 mph (210 km/h)

V up to 149 mph (240 km/h)

W up to 168 mph (270 km/h)

Y up to 186 mph (300 km/h)

ZR...Y up to 186 mph (300 km/h)

Index Speed rating

ZR...(..Y) above 186 mph (300 km/h)

ZR above 149 mph (240 km/h)

RAt the tire manufacturer’s option, any tirewith a speed capability above 149 mph(240 km/h) can include a “ZR” in the sizedesignation (for example: 245/40 ZR18).To determine the maximum speedcapability of the tire, the servicedescription for the tire must be referred to.The service description is comprised ofload index A and speed symbol B.If your tire includes “ZR” in the sizedesignation and no service description isgiven, the tire manufacturer must beconsulted for the maximum speedcapability.If a service description is given, the speedcapability is limited by the speed symbol inthe service description. Example:245/40 ZR18 97Y. In this example, “97Y”is the service description. The letter “Y”designates the speed rating and the speedcapability of the tire is limited to 186 mph(300 km/h).RAny tire with a speed capability above

186 mph (300 km/h) must include a “ZR”in the size designation AND the servicedescription must be placed in parenthesis.Example: 275/40 ZR 18 (99Y). The “(Y)”speed symbol in parenthesis designatesthe maximum speed capability of the tireas being above 186 mph (300 km/h).Consult the tire manufacturer for the actualmaximum permissible speed of the tire.

All-season and winter tires

Index Speed rating

Q M+S11 up to 100 mph (160 km/h)

T M+S11 up to 118 mph (190 km/h)

11 or M+Sifor winter tires


Oper

atio

n


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 203

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=814fbbd7586411b0351f1514284da528&version=2&language=en&variant=US

Index Speed rating

H M+S11 up to 130 mph (210 km/h)

V M+S11 up to 149 mph (240 km/h)

i Not all M+S rated tires provide specialwinter performance. Make sure the tiresyou use show M+S and the mountain/snowflakeimarking on the tiresidewall. These tires meet specific snowtraction performance requirements of theRubber Manufacturers Association (RMA)and the Rubber Association of Canada(RAC) and have been designed specificallyfor use in snow conditions.

An electronic speed limiter prevents yourvehicle from exceeding a speed of:R130 mph (210 km/h):

CLS 550CLS 550 (Sport Package)R155 mph (250 km/h):

CLS 63 AMGR186 mph (300 km/h):

CLS 63 AMG (Performance Package)The factory equipped tires on your vehiclemay have a tire speed rating above themaximum speed permitted by the electronicspeed limiter.Make sure your tires have the required tirespeed rating as specified for your vehicle inthe “Technical data” section (Y page 291),for example when purchasing new tires.If you are uncertain about the correct readingof the information given on a tire’s sidewall,any authorized Mercedes-Benz Center will beglad to assist you.

Load identification


In addition to the load index, special loadidentification : may be molded into the tiresidewall following the letter designating thespeed symbol B (Y page 202).RNo specification given: absence of any text

(like in above example) indicates astandard load (SL) tire.RXL or Extra Load: designates an extra load

(or reinforced) tire.RLight Load: designates a light load tire.RC, D, E: designates load range associated

with the maximum load a tire can carry ata specified pressure.

DOT, Tire Identification Number (TIN)U.S. tire regulations require each new tiremanufacturer or tire retreader to mold a TINinto or onto a sidewall of each tire produced.

11 or M+Sifor winter tires


erat

ion


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 204

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=767d978236dab48d351f15155185a355&version=6&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=d37dccba231fc40f351f190e472c7570&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=b1bf232836dba68c351f15150782e01f&version=6&language=en&variant=US

The TIN is a unique identifier. The TINfacilitates efforts by tire manufactures tonotify purchasers in recall situations or othersafety matters concerning tires. It givespurchasers the means to easily identify suchtires.The TIN is comprised of “Manufacturer’sidentification mark” ;, “Tire size” =, “Tiretype code” ? and “Date of manufacture”A.


DOT (Department of Transportation)Tire branding symbol : denotes that the tiremeets requirements of the U.S. Departmentof Transportation.

Manufacturer’s identification markManufacturer’s identification mark ;denotes the tire manufacturer.New tires have a mark with two symbols.Retreaded tires have a mark with foursymbols. For more information on retreadedtires, see (Y page 182).

Tire sizeCode = indicates the tire size.

Tire type codeTire type code ? may, at the option of themanufacturer, be used as a descriptive codefor identifying significant characteristics ofthe tire.

Date of manufactureThe date of manufacture A identifies theweek and year of manufacture.The first two figures identify the week,starting with “01” to represent the first fullweek of the calendar year. The second twofigures represent the year.For example, “3208” represents the 32ndweek of 2008.

Tire ply material


This marking tells you about the type of cordand number of plies in the sidewall : andunder the tread ;.

Tire and loading terminology

Accessory weight The combined weight (in excess of thosestandard items which may be replaced) ofautomatic transmission, power steering,power brakes, power windows, power seats,


Oper

atio

n


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 205

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=442c2540232f1ad8351f190e69347294&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=419f31ef36ed1cd1351f1515586920e5&version=6&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=db923e11234d2e85351f190e5a6ef544&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=554ffc9136edf15a351f151511ab61b3&version=7&language=en&variant=US

radio, and heater, to the extent that theseitems are available as factory-installedequipment (whether installed or not).

Air pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressingoutward on each square inch of the tire. Airpressure is expressed in pounds per squareinch (psi), kilopascal (kPa), or bar.

Aspect ratio Dimensional relationship between tiresection height and section width expressedin percentage.

Bar Metric unit for air pressure. There are14.5038 pounds per square inch (psi) to1 bar; there are 100 kilopascals (kPa) to 1 bar.

Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped bysteel cords that hold the tire onto the rim.

Cold tire inflation pressure Tire inflation pressure when your vehicle hasbeen sitting for at least 3 hours or driven nomore than 1 mile (1.6 km).

Curb weight The weight of a motor vehicle with standardequipment including the maximum capacityof fuel, oil, and coolant, and, if so equipped,air conditioning and additional optionalequipment, but without passengers andcargo.

DOT (Department of Transportation) A tire branding symbol which denotes the tiremeets requirements of the U.S. Departmentof Transportation.

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) The GAWR is the maximum permissible axleweight. The gross vehicle weight on each axlemust never exceed the GAWR for the frontand rear axle indicated on the certificationlabel located on the driver’s door B-pillar.

GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) The GVW comprises the weight of the vehicleincluding fuel, tools, spare wheel, installedaccessories, passengers and cargo and, ifapplicable, trailer tongue load. The GVW mustnever exceed the GVWR indicated on thecertification label located on the driver’s doorB-pillar.

GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) This is the maximum permissible vehicleweight of the fully loaded vehicle (weight ofthe vehicle including all options, passengers,fuel, and cargo and, if applicable, trailertongue load). It is indicated on thecertification label located on the driver’s doorB-pillar.

Kilopascal (kPa) Metric unit for air pressure. There are 6.9 kPato 1 psi; another metric unit for air pressureis bar. There are 100 kilopascals (kPa) to1 bar.

Load index Numerical code associated with themaximum load a tire can support.

Maximum load rating The maximum load in kilograms and poundsthat can be carried by the tire.

Maximum loaded vehicle weight The sum of curb weight, accessory weight,total load limit, and production optionsweight.


erat

ion


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 206

Maximum permissible tire inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of airpressure that should ever be put in the tire.

Normal occupant weight The number of occupants the vehicle isdesigned to seat, multiplied by 68 kilograms(150 lb).

Occupant distribution The distribution of occupants in a vehicle attheir designated seating positions.

Production options weight The combined weight of those installedregular production options weighing over5 lbs (2.3 kilograms) in excess of thosestandard items which they replace, notpreviously considered in curb weight oraccessory weight, including heavy dutybrakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy dutybattery, and special trim.

PSI (Pounds per square inch) A standard unit of measure for air pressure.

Recommended tire inflation pressure The recommended tire inflation pressure fornormal driving conditions is listed on the Tireand Loading Information placard located onthe driver’s door B-pillar. It provides besthandling, tread life and riding comfort.Supplemental information pertaining tospecial driving situations can be found on thetire inflation pressure label on the inside ofthe fuel filler flap.

Rim A metal support for a tire or a tire and tubeassembly upon which the tire beads areseated.

Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread andthe bead.

TIN (Tire Identification Number) Unique identifier which facilitates efforts bytire manufacturers to notify purchasers inrecall situations or other safety mattersconcerning tires and gives purchasers themeans to easily identify such tires. The TIN iscomprised of “Manufacturer’s identificationmark”, “Tire size”, “Tire type code” and “Dateof manufacture”.

Tire ply composition and material used This indicates the number of plies or thenumber of layers of rubber-coated fabric inthe tire tread and sidewall. Tiremanufacturers also must indicate the plymaterials in the tire and sidewall, whichinclude steel, nylon, polyester, and others.

Tire speed rating Part of tire designation (speed symbol);indicates the speed range for which a tire isapproved.

Total load limit Rated cargo and luggage load plus68 kilograms (150 lb) times the vehicle’sdesignated seating capacity.

Traction The adhesive friction of a tire on a surface onwhich it moves. The amount of grip provided.

Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contactwith the road.


Oper

atio

n


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 207

Z

Treadwear indicators Narrow bands, sometimes called “wear bars”that show across the tread of a tire when only1/16 in (1.6 mm) of tread remains.

Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards A tire information system that providesconsumers with ratings for a tire’s traction,temperature and treadwear. Ratings aredetermined by tire manufacturers using U.S.government testing procedures. The ratingsare molded into the sidewall of the tire.

Vehicle maximum load on the tire Load on an individual tire that is determinedby distributing to each axle its share of themaximum loaded vehicle weight and dividingit by two.

Winter driving

General informationHave your vehicle winterized at an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center.

Winter tires

G Warning!Winter tires with a tread depth of less than1/6 in (4 mm) must be replaced. They are nolonger suitable for winter operation.

G Warning!If you use your spare wheel when winter tiresare fitted on the other wheels, be aware thatthe difference in tire characteristics may verywell impair turning stability and that overalldriving stability may be reduced. Adapt yourdriving style accordingly.Have the spare wheel replaced by a regularroad wheel with a winter tire at the nearestauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

Always use winter tires at temperaturesbelow 45‡ (7†) and whenever wintry roadconditions prevail. Not all M+S rated tiresprovide special winter performance. Makesure the tires you use show the mountain/snowflakeimarking on the tire sidewall.These tires meet specific snow tractionperformance requirements of the RubberManufacturers Association (RMA) and theRubber Association of Canada (RAC) andhave been designed specifically for use insnow conditions. Use of winter tires is theonly way to achieve the maximumeffectiveness of your vehicle’s driving safetysystems such as the ABS and the ESP® inwinter operation.For safe handling, make sure all mountedwinter tires are of the same make and havethe same tread design.For information on winter tires for yourvehicle model, see the “Technical data”section (Y page 291).Always observe the speed rating of the wintertires installed on your vehicle.

Snow chains! When driving with snow chains, always

select the raised level of the vehicle levelcontrol. Other settings may result indamage to your vehicle.

! Some tire sizes do not leave adequateclearance for snow chains. To help avoidserious damage to your vehicle or tires,make sure the use of snow chains ispermissible as specified in the “Technicaldata” section of this Operator’s Manual.

Snow chains should only be driven on snow-covered roads at speeds not to exceed30 mph (50 km/h). Remove chains as soonas possible when driving on roads withoutsnow.

208 Winter drivingOp

erat

ion


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 208

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=40e8e1942e3fc023351f190e63f23696&version=7&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=712849b136ef31ef351f151525bfa0f3&version=8&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=4b1cee886275dddf351f151471252516&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=4cdbb1146279bf3a351f15142f636504&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=e00ffe0f36efd335351f15153ddb6075&version=10&language=en&variant=US

Observe the following guidelines when usingsnow chains:RUse of snow chains is not permissible with

all wheel/tire combinations (Y page 291).RUse snow chains in pairs and on rear

wheels only. Follow the manufacturer’smounting instructions.

! If snow chains are mounted to the frontwheels, they may scrape against the bodyor axle components. The tires or the vehiclecould be damaged as a result.ROnly use snow chains that are approved by

Mercedes-Benz. Any authorized Mercedes-Benz Center will be glad to advise you onthis subject.RUse of snow chains may be prohibited

depending on location. Always check localand state laws before installing snowchains.RDo not use snow chains on the spare wheel.

i When driving with snow chains, you maywish to switch off the ESP® (Y page 59)before setting the vehicle in motion. Thiswill improve the vehicle’s traction.

Winter driving instructions

G Warning!If the vehicle becomes stuck in snow, makesure snow is kept clear of the exhaust pipeand from around the vehicle with the enginerunning. Otherwise, deadly carbon monoxide(CO) gases may enter vehicle interiorresulting in unconsciousness and death.To assure sufficient fresh air ventilation, opena window slightly on the side of the vehiclenot facing the wind.

G Warning!The outside temperature indicator is notdesigned to serve as an ice-warning deviceand is therefore unsuitable for that purpose.

Indicated temperatures just above thefreezing point do not guarantee that the roadsurface is free of ice. The road may still be icy,especially in wooded areas or on bridges.


The most important rule for slippery or icyroads is to drive sensibly and to avoid abruptacceleration, braking and steeringmaneuvers. Do not use the cruise controlsystem under such conditions.When the vehicle is in danger of skidding, shiftthe automatic transmission to neutralposition N. Try to keep the vehicle undercontrol by corrective steering action.

i For information on driving with snowchains, see “Snow chains” (Y page 208).

Road salts and chemicals can adverselyaffect braking efficiency. Increased pedalforce may become necessary to produce thenormal brake effect.Depressing the brake pedal periodically whentraveling at length on salt-strewn roads canbring road-salt-impaired braking efficiencyback to normal.If the vehicle is parked after being driven onsalt-treated roads, the braking efficiencyshould be tested as soon as possible afterdriving is resumed.

G Warning!Make sure not to endanger any other roadusers when carrying out these brakingmaneuvers.

Winter driving 209

Oper

atio

n


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 209

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=d16c5a0336b93e37351f15156d27a098&version=10&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=e18df63677c4bc4e351f15140ad084ca&version=4&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=c461703010c5c766351f1514736878c0&version=2&language=en&variant=US


https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=1ade4d5f2ff6f1b7351f15142371b88a&version=2&language=en&variant=US

Driving instructions

Drive sensibly – save fuelTo save fuel you should:RKeep tires at the recommended inflation

pressures.RRemove unnecessary loads.RRemove roof rack when not in use.RAllow engine to warm up under low load

use.RAvoid frequent acceleration and

deceleration.RHave all maintenance work performed at

the intervals specified in the MaintenanceBooklet and as required by theMaintenance system. Contact anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

Fuel consumption is also increased by drivingin cold weather, in stop-and-go traffic, onshort trips and in mountainous areas.

Drinking and driving

G Warning!Drinking and driving and/or taking drugs anddriving are very dangerous combinations.Even a small amount of alcohol or drugs canaffect your reflexes, perceptions andjudgment.The possibility of a serious or even fatalaccident are greatly increased when you drinkor take drugs and drive.Do not drink or take drugs and drive or allowanyone to drive who has been drinking ortaking drugs.

Pedals

G Warning!Make sure absolutely no objects areobstructing the pedals’ range of movement.Keep the driver’s footwell clear of all

obstacles. If there are any floormats orcarpets in the footwell, make sure that thepedals still have sufficient clearance.During sudden driving or braking maneuvers,the objects could get caught between thepedals. You could then no longer brake oraccelerate. This could lead to accidents andinjury.

Power assistance

G Warning!There is no power assistance for the steeringand the brake when the engine is not running.Steering and braking requires significantlymore effort and you could lose control of thevehicle and cause an accident as a result.Do not turn off the engine while the vehicle isin motion.

Brakes

Downhill grades! When driving down long and steep

grades, relieve the load on the brakes byshifting into a lower gear to use theengine’s braking power. This helps preventoverheating of the brakes and reduceswear.When using the engine’s braking power, adrive wheel may not spin for an extendedperiod of time, e.g. on slippery roadsurfaces. This may cause serious damageto the drivetrain which is not covered by theMercedes-Benz Limited Warranty.

Continuous or hard braking

G Warning!Resting your foot on the brake pedal willcause excessive and premature wear of thebrake pads.

210 Driving instructionsOp

erat

ion


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 210

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=0e4468f836ba4415351f15155f312012&version=10&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=3bb041b036bb2d8b351f15155490a183&version=7&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=4b51669d2b196c66351f151450c6b8a3&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=6d2e275536bbd8f7351f15156f9e6199&version=8&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=1b0e416b2b1db1a9351f15142d873f3d&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=6d0a6cee36bca051351f15151dffe00c&version=7&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=bb8da5092b860712351f15144c34f89f&version=4&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=cc809f9b36bd53d2351f15157504a36c&version=12&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=4c6bb59188779485351f190e756f9864&version=2&language=en&variant=US

It can also result in the brakes overheating,thereby significantly reducing theireffectiveness. It may not be possible to stopthe vehicle in sufficient time to avoid anaccident.

After hard braking, it is advisable to drive onfor some time, rather than immediately park,so that the air stream will cool down thebrakes faster.

Wet roads

G Warning!After driving in heavy rain for some timewithout applying the brakes or through waterdeep enough to wet brake components, thefirst braking action may be somewhatreduced and increased pedal pressure may benecessary to obtain expected brake effect.Maintain a safe distance from vehicles infront.

To help prevent brake disk corrosion afterdriving on wet or salt-covered roads, it isadvisable to brake the vehicle withconsiderable force prior to parking. The heatgenerated serves to dry the brakes.

Salt-covered roads

G Warning!A layer of salt on the brake discs and the brakelinings may cause a delay in the brakingeffect, resulting in a significantly increasedbraking distance, which could lead to anaccident.To avoid this danger, you should:Roccasionally brake carefully when you are

driving on salt-covered roads, so that anylayer of salt that may have built up on thebrake discs and the brake linings is

removed without putting other road usersat riskRmaintain a greater distance to the vehicle

ahead and drive with particular careRcarefully apply the brakes at the end of a

trip and immediately after commencing anew trip, so that salt residues are removedfrom the brake disc

Brake service! The brake fluid level in the reservoir may

be too low if the brake warning lamp in theinstrument cluster comes on and anacoustic warning sounds although theparking brake is released. Observeadditional messages in the multifunctiondisplay that may appear.Brake pad wear or a leak in the system maybe the reason for low brake fluid in thereservoir.Have the brake system inspectedimmediately. Contact an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center.

All checks and service work on the brakesystem should be carried out by qualifiedtechnicians only. Contact an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center.Only install brake pads and use brake fluidrecommended by Mercedes-Benz.

G Warning!If other than recommended brake pads areinstalled, or other than recommended brakefluid is used, the braking properties of thevehicle can be degraded to an extent that safebraking is substantially impaired. This couldresult in an accident.

! Because the ESP® operatesautomatically, the engine and ignition mustbe shut off (SmartKey in starter switchposition 0 or 1 or KEYLESS-GO start/stopbutton in position 0 or 1) when the parkingbrake is being tested on a brake test

Driving instructions 211

Oper

atio

n


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 211

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=b394973e2f7bafcd351f151426c2ff7d&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=3b746113889898b8351f190e5165df95&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=6b96f7bc302b2909351f151462f67f68&version=2&language=en&variant=US

dynamometer or when the vehicle is beingtowed with the front axle raised.Active braking action through the ESP®


If your brake system is only subjected tomoderate loads, you should occasionally testthe effectiveness of the brakes by applyingabove-normal braking pressure at higherspeeds. This will also enhance the grip of thebrake pads.

G Warning!Make sure not to endanger any other roadusers when carrying out these brakingmaneuvers.

Refer to the description of the Brake AssistSystem (BAS) (Y page 59).

High-performance brake system The high-performance brake system is onlyavailable on CLS 63 AMG.

G Warning!New vehicle brake pads and discs, andreplacement brake pads and discs may takeseveral hundred miles of driving until theyprovide optimum braking efficiency. Until thattime, you may need to use increased brakepedal pressure while braking. Please be awareof this and adjust your driving and brakingaccordingly during this break-in period.Excessive high-demand braking will causecorrespondingly high brake wear. Please beattentive to the brake warning lamp in theinstrument cluster and brake conditionmessages in the multifunction display.Especially for high performance driving, it isimportant to maintain and have the brakesystem checked regularly.

The high-performance brake system isdesigned to operate under the extremely highoperating demands required to

accommodate the performance capabilitiesof the vehicle.The brakes may produce a squeaking-typenoise depending on theRvehicle speedRbrake force appliedRambient conditions, e.g. temperature and

humidityAs with any brake system, the wear ofindividual brake system components such asbrake pads or disks strongly depends on yourdriving style and the conditions under whichyou operate the vehicle. Thus, a driving stylecalling for high-demand braking will causeyour vehicle’s brakes to wear more quickly.

Driving offWarm up the engine smoothly. Do not placefull load on the engine until the operatingtemperature has been reached.

! When driving off on a slippery surface, donot allow a drive wheel to spin for anextended period with the ESP® switchedoff. Doing so may cause serious damage tothe drivetrain which is not covered by theMercedes-Benz Limited Warranty.

! Simultaneously depressing theaccelerator pedal and applying the brakesreduces engine performance and causespremature brake and drivetrain wear whichis not covered by the Mercedes-BenzLimited Warranty.

HydroplaningDepending on the depth of the water layer onthe road, hydroplaning may occur, even at lowspeeds and with new tires. In heavy rain orwhen conditions indicate possiblehydroplaning:

212 Driving instructionsOp

erat

ion


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 212

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=1ade4d5f2ff6f1b7351f15142371b88a&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=998641313033fd88351f151467137995&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=3649356636be0202351f15153be5e0dd&version=7&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=460dfb5a36bf6c91351f15154549a30d&version=6&language=en&variant=US

X Reduce vehicle speed.X Avoid track grooves in the road.X Apply brakes cautiously.

Standing water! Do not drive through flooded areas.

Before driving through water, determine itsdepth.If you must drive through standing water,drive slowly to prevent water from enteringthe passenger compartment or the enginecompartment. Water in these areas couldcause damage to electrical components orwiring of the engine or transmission, orcould result in water being ingested by theengine through the air intake causingsevere internal engine damage. Any suchdamage is not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Limited Warranty.

Driving abroadIf you plan to drive the vehicle outside the U.S.or Canada, you should request dealernetwork information for your destination fromany authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

Control and operation of radio transmitter

Safety notes

G Warning!Please do not forget that your primaryresponsibility is to drive the vehicle. A driver’sattention to the road must always be his/herprimary focus when driving. For your safetyand the safety of others, we recommend thatyou pull over to a safe location and stopbefore placing or taking a telephone call.If you choose to use the telephone12 whiledriving, please use the hands-free device and

only use the telephone when road, weatherand traffic conditions permit. Somejurisdictions prohibit the driver from using amobile telephone while driving a vehicle.Only operate the COMAND12 (CockpitManagement and Data System) if road,weather and traffic conditions permit.Otherwise, you may not be able to observetraffic conditions and could endanger yourselfand others.Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph(approximately 50 km/h), your vehicle iscovering a distance of 44 feet (approximately14 m) every second.

Emission controlCertain systems of the engine serve to keepthe toxic components of the exhaust gaseswithin permissible limits required by law.These systems will function properly onlywhen maintained strictly according to factoryspecifications. Any adjustments on theengine should, therefore, be carried out onlyby qualified Mercedes-Benz Centerauthorized technicians.Engine adjustments should not be altered inany way. Moreover, the specified serviceprocedures must be carried out regularlyaccording to Mercedes-Benz servicingrequirements. For details refer to theMaintenance Booklet.

G Warning!Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to yourhealth. All exhaust gas contains carbonmonoxide (CO), and inhaling it can causeunconsciousness and possible death.Do not run the engine in confined areas (suchas a garage) which are not properly ventilated.If you think that exhaust gas fumes areentering the vehicle while driving, have thecause determined and correctedimmediately. If you must drive under these

12 Observe all legal requirements.

Driving instructions 213

Oper

atio

n


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 213

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=b27f9b9f36c00de2351f15152ed0e0d6&version=8&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=e1e5d7bd36c1720c351f15152121a344&version=8&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=85986ba736c24079351f151530b0e007&version=11&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=85986ba736c24079351f151530b0e007&version=11&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=06a309bf48c7d56d351f151416b643bf&version=4&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=d5c83c7d36c47af0351f1515491e2006&version=7&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=d84d73b430c1a52c351f151430a77f17&version=2&language=en&variant=US

conditions, drive only with at least onewindow fully open at all times.

Maintenance

NotesThe Maintenance System in your vehicletracks the distance driven and the timeelapsed since the last maintenance service.It calculates other maintenance service workrequired, and calls for the next maintenanceservice accordingly.We strongly recommend that you have yourvehicle serviced at an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center. Have it serviced in accordancewith the Maintenance Booklet at the timescalled for by the maintenance serviceindicator.

i Failure to have the vehicle maintained inaccordance with the Maintenance Bookletand maintenance service indicator at thedesignated times/mileage will result invehicle damage not covered by theMercedes-Benz Limited Warranty.

Maintenance service indicator message

Information on maintenance work andmaintenance intervals are specified in theMaintenance Booklet. Contact an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center, or visitwww.mbusa.com (USA only) for additionalinformation.The maintenance service indicator messagewill notify you when the next maintenanceservice is required.Starting approximately 1 month before thenext maintenance service is required, one ofthe following messages will appear in themultifunction display. The messages willappear while you are driving or when youswitch on the ignition (example service A):Service A Due In XXXX Miles (Km)

Service A Due In XX DaysService A Due In X DayService A Due Now

Refer to Maintenance Booklet for a listing ofmaintenance services and intervals they needto be performed at.

Clearing the maintenance service indicator messageThe maintenance service indicator messageis cleared automaticallyRafter approximately 10 seconds when you

switch on the ignitionRafter approximately 10 seconds when

reaching the service threshold while drivingRafter approximately 30 seconds, once the

suggested maintenance service term haspassed

X Clearing the maintenance service indicator message manually: Press resetbutton : on the instrument cluster.The standard display appears in themultifunction display.

214 MaintenanceOp

erat

ion


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 214

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=8ae464b52e575a54351f190e0c75f07a&version=8&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=699e67a53b768a22351f15152b5f60c9&version=15&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=699e67a53b768a22351f15152b5f60c9&version=15&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=2a370f0294f38468351f191430b5c293&version=1&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=809226a051b5753b351f190e2f9b7261&version=1&language=--&variant=--

Maintenance service term exceeded If you have exceeded the suggestedmaintenance service term, you will see thefollowing message in the multifunctiondisplay:Service A Exceeded By XXXXX Miles (Km)Service A Exceeded By XXX DaysService A Exceeded By X DayIn addition, a signal sounds when themessage appears.Any authorized Mercedes-Benz Center willreset the maintenance service indicatorfollowing a completed maintenance service.

Calling up the maintenance service indicator display

i The menu overview can be found on(Y page 112).

You can call up the maintenance serviceindicator display at any time to check whenthe next maintenance service is required.X Switch on the ignition.X Press button V or U on the

multifunction steering wheel repeatedlyuntil the standard display (Y page 112)appears in the multifunction display.

X Press button * or & on themultifunction steering wheel until themaintenance service indicator display withthe service symbol ¯ and themaintenance service deadline appears inthe multifunction display.

i If the battery was disconnected, the daysof disconnection will not be included in thecount shown by the maintenance serviceindicator. To arrive at the true maintenanceservice deadline, you will need to subtractthese days from the days shown in themaintenance service indicator message ormaintenance service indicator display.

Do not confuse the maintenance serviceindicator with the engine oil level indicator4.

Resetting the maintenance service indicator

In the event that the maintenance service onyour vehicle is not carried out at an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center, you can have themaintenance service indicator reset.The automotive maintenance facility carryingout the maintenance service will find theinformation for resetting the maintenanceservice indicator in the maintenance-relevantliterature for your vehicle.Such literature is available at any authorizedMercedes-Benz Center or directly fromMercedes-Benz.

! If the maintenance service indicator wasreset inadvertently, have an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center correct it.Only reset the maintenance serviceindicator if the proper maintenance servicehas been performed. Not following theproper maintenance service as describedin the Maintenance Booklet will result inengine damage and/or other vehicledamage not covered by the Mercedes-BenzLimited Warranty.

Vehicle care

Cleaning and care of the vehicle

NotesRegular and proper care will help to maintainthe value of your vehicle.

G Warning!Many cleaning products can be hazardous.Some are poisonous, others are flammable.Always follow the instructions on theparticular container. Always open your

Vehicle care 215

Oper

atio

n


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 215

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=66bb1e513b779d17351f15156f16e1ad&version=8&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=66bb1e513b779d17351f15156f16e1ad&version=8&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=2f5701ac3b784ad0351f1515699720ff&version=10&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=2f5701ac3b784ad0351f1515699720ff&version=10&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=dc539f7c2e5acfb9351f190e0592f039&version=6&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=67f14e298391836c351f151524e04151&version=2&language=en&variant=US

vehicle’s doors or windows when cleaning theinside.Never use fluids or solvents that are notdesigned for cleaning your vehicle.Always lock away cleaning products and keepthem out of reach of children.

! When cleaning the vehicle, do not usescouring agents. Never apply strong forceand only use a soft, wet cloth or sponge.Otherwise you may scratch or damage thesurface to be cleaned.

While in operation, even while parked, yourvehicle is subjected to varying externalinfluences which, if gone unchecked, canattack the paintwork as well as the vehicleunderbody and cause lasting damage.Such damage is caused not only by extremeand varying climatic conditions, but also by:RAir pollutionRRoad saltRTarRGravel and stone chippingTo avoid paint damage, you shouldimmediately remove:RGrease and oilRFuelRCoolantRBrake fluidRBird droppingsRInsectsRTree resins etc.Frequent washing reduces and/or eliminatesthe aggressiveness and potency of the aboveadverse influences.

More frequent washings are necessary todeal with unfavorable conditions:Rnear the oceanRin industrial areas (smoke, exhaust

emissions)Rduring winter operationYou should check your vehicle from time totime for stone chipping or other damage. Anydamage should be repaired as soon aspossible to prevent corrosion.In doing so, do not neglect the underbody ofthe vehicle. A prerequisite for a thoroughcheck is a washing of the underbody followedby a thorough inspection. Damaged areasneed to be re-undercoated.Your vehicle has been treated at the factorywith a wax-base rustproofing in the bodycavities which will last for the lifetime of thevehicle. Post-production treatment is neithernecessary nor recommended by Mercedes-Benz because of the possibility ofincompatibility between materials used in theproduction process and others applied later.We have selected vehicle-care products andcompiled recommendations which arespecially matched to our vehicles and whichalways reflect the latest technology. You canobtain Mercedes-Benz approved vehicle-careproducts at an authorized Mercedes-BenzCenter.Scratches, corrosive deposits, corrosion ordamage due to negligent or incorrect carecannot always be removed or repaired withthe vehicle-care products recommendedhere. In such cases it is best to seek aid at anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center.The following topics deal with the cleaningand care of your vehicle and give important“how-to” information as well as references toMercedes-Benz approved vehicle-careproducts.

216 Vehicle careOp

erat

ion


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 216

Power washer! Follow the instructions provided by the

power washer manufacturer onmaintaining a distance between the vehicleand the nozzle of the power washer.Never use a round nozzle to power-washtires. The intense jet of water can result indamage to the tire.Always replace a damaged tire.Always keep the jet of water moving acrossthe surface. Do not aim directly at electricalparts, electrical connectors, seals, or otherrubber parts.

i Vehicles with KEYLESS-GO:If a door handle is hit by a strong jet ofwater, and a SmartKey is withinapproximately 3 ft (1 m) of the vehicle, itcould be inadvertently locked or unlocked.

Tar stainsQuickly remove tar stains before they dry andbecome more difficult to remove. A tarremover is recommended.

Paintwork, painted body components! Affixing stickers, magnets, adhesive tape

or similar materials to painted bodycomponents may damage the paintwork.

Mercedes-Benz approved Paint Care shouldbe applied when water drops on the paintsurface do not “bead up”. This shouldnormally be done every 3 to 5 months,depending on the climate and washingdetergent used.Mercedes-Benz approved Paint Cleanershould be applied if the paint surface showssigns of embedded dirt (i.e. loss of gloss).Do not apply any of these products or wax ifyour vehicle is parked in the sun or if the hoodis still hot.X Use the appropriate MB-Touch-Up Stick for

quick and provisional repairs of minor paint

damage (i.e. chips from stones, vehicledoors, etc.).

Vehicles with mat paintYour vehicle is painted with mat clear-coatpaint. Observe the following notes to avoidpaint damage caused by improper treatment.

i Only use insect remover and car shampooapproved by Mercedes-Benz.

! Do not polish the vehicle. Polishing willbrighten the paintwork.Do not use paintwork cleaning agents,abrasives, polishing compounds, or wax forpaintwork care. Such products areintended for use on high-polish surfaces.Using such products on mat paint causessevere damage, such as bright, spottedareas on the respective surface.Have paintwork repairs performed at anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

Have stone chipping repairs as soon aspossible.Remove the following immediately if possible.Do not apply strong force.RSoak insect remains with insect remover

and rinse them of with water afterwards.Use a soft bristle toothbrush for remainsthat have not come off.RSoak bird droppings with water and rinse

them of with water afterwards. Use a softbristle toothbrush for remains that have notcome off.RRemove tree resins, grease, oil, and

gasoline with silicone remover.RDab off wax with silicone remover.RDab off tar splashes or tar stains with tar

remover.

Engine cleaningPrior to cleaning the engine compartment,make sure to protect electrical componentsand connectors from contact with water andcleaning agents.

Vehicle care 217

Oper

atio

n


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 217

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=9888c75a3741427d351f151549b92006&version=8&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=acc321d23741d37d351f15153072a036&version=6&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=baf929f63743377a351f15152970e30b&version=9&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=fe8f5d163743d587351f15153959237d&version=6&language=en&variant=US

Corrosion protection, such as MBAnticorrosion Wax should be applied to theengine compartment after every enginecleaning. Before applying, all control linkagebushings and joints should be lubricated. Thepoly-V-belt and all pulleys should beprotected from any wax.

Vehicle washingIn the winter, thoroughly remove all traces ofroad salt as soon as possible.When washing the vehicle underbody, do notforget to clean the inner sides of the wheels.

i Vehicles with KEYLESS-GO:If a door handle is hit by a strong jet ofwater, and a SmartKey is withinapproximately 3 ft (1 m) of the vehicle, itcould be inadvertently locked or unlocked.

Hand-washX Do not use hot water or wash your vehicle

in direct sunlight.X Only use a soft, wet cloth or sponge to

clean the vehicle.X Only use a mild vehicle wash detergent,

such as Mercedes-Benz approved CarShampoo.

X Thoroughly spray the vehicle with adiffused jet of water.

X Do not spray directly towards theventilation intake.

X Use plenty of water and rinse the spongeand chamois frequently.

X Rinse with clean water and dry with achamois thoroughly.Do not allow cleaning agents to dry on thefinish.

Automatic car washYou can have your vehicle washed in anautomatic car wash from the start. Brushlesscar washes are preferable.X To protect the filter system, activate the air

recirculation mode using button g onthe climate control panel.

! Do not clean your vehicle in an automatictouchless car wash which uses causticspray. Caustic spray will damage the paintor ornamental moldings.

If the vehicle is very dirty, prewash it beforerunning it through the automatic car wash.

! Make sure the combination switch is setto wiper setting $. Otherwise, the rainsensor could activate and cause the wipersto move unintentionally. This may lead tovehicle damage.Due to the width of the vehicle, fold inexterior rear view mirrors prior to runningthe vehicle through an automatic car washto prevent damage to the mirrors.

X When taking the vehicle through an automatic conveyor-type car wash:Make sure the automatic transmissionremains in neutral position N.

When leaving the automatic car wash, makesure the mirrors are folded out.After running the vehicle through anautomatic car wash, wipe any wax off of thewindshield and the wiper blade inserts. Thiswill prevent smears and reduce wiping noisewhich can be caused by residual wax on thewindshield.

Ornamental moldingsX For regular cleaning and care of ornamental

moldings, use a damp cloth.

! Do not use chrome cleaner on ornamentalmoldings. Although ornamental moldingsmay have chrome appearance, they couldbe made of anodized aluminum that will bedamaged when cleaned with chromecleaner. Instead, use a damp cloth to cleanthose ornamental moldings.For very dirty ornamental moldings ofwhich you are sure are chrome-plated, usea chrome cleaner. If in doubt whether anornamental molding is chrome-plated,contact an authorized Mercedes-BenzCenter.

218 Vehicle careOp

erat

ion


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 218

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=745cb05137447e62351f15157b27633d&version=11&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=68b043cf374548e9351f15152ec12355&version=6&language=en&variant=US

Headlamps, brake lamps, tail lamps, side markers, turn signal lensesX Use a mild vehicle wash detergent, such as

Mercedes-Benz approved Car Shampoo,with plenty of water.

! Only use window cleaning solutions thatare suitable for plastic lamp lenses.Window cleaning solutions which are notsuitable may damage the plastic lamplenses of the headlamps. Therefore, do notuse abrasives, solvents or cleaners thatcontain solvents.

Cleaning the driving systems sensors

X Switch off the ignition.X Clean Distronic system sensor cover : by

hand.To clean Distronic system sensor cover :and the bumper area near sensors ; observethe following:RUse a mild vehicle wash detergent, such as

Mercedes-Benz approved Car Shampoo,with plenty of water.RUse a soft, non-scratching cloth.

! If you use a power washer to clean thesensor covers, observe the following:RFollow the instructions provided by the

power washer manufacturer.RMaintain a distance between the sensor

covers and the nozzle of the powerwasher.

Cleaning the windows and the wiper blades! The windshield wipers must be in a

vertical position before folding them awayfrom the windshield. They could otherwisedamage the hood.Never open the hood when the wiper armsare folded forward.

X Make sure the hood is fully closed.X Switch on the ignition.X Turn combination switch to wiper setting° (Y page 92).

X With wiper arms in vertical position, switchoff the ignition.

G Warning!For safety reasons, switch off wipers andremove SmartKey from starter switch beforecleaning the windshield and/or the wiperblades. Vehicles with KEYLESS-GO: Makesure the vehicle’s on-board electronics havestatus 0. Otherwise, the wiper motor couldsuddenly turn on and cause injury.

! Do not pull on the wiper blade inserts.They could tear.

X Fold the wiper arms forward until they snapinto place.

X Clean the windshield and the wiper bladeinserts with a clean cloth and milddetergent solution.

X Use a soft, clean cloth and a mild windowcleaning solution on all outside and insideglass surfaces.

Vehicle care 219

Oper

atio

n


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 219

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=d7bb1600374667d8351f151543b1e37d&version=6&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=d7bb1600374667d8351f151543b1e37d&version=6&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=2669e888a7d7456b351f190e25faa360&version=5&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=064e63c85bb2176d351f191437f95688&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=c223067237495d31351f15155a00e31f&version=10&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=c223067237495d31351f15155a00e31f&version=10&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=8491ad458411e229351f15157a1cc10c&version=5&language=en&variant=US

An automotive glass cleaner isrecommended.

! Fold the windshield wiper arms back ontothe windshield before turning the SmartKeyin the starter switch or pressing theKEYLESS-GO start/stop button.Hold on to the wiper when folding the wiperarm back. If released, the force of theimpact from the tensioning spring couldcrack the windshield.

! To clean the window interior, do not usea dry cloth, abrasives, solvents or cleanerscontaining solvents. Do not touch theinside of the windows with hard objectssuch as an ice scraper or ring. Doing so maydamage the windows.

Light alloy wheelsIf possible, clean wheels once a week.X Use Mercedes-Benz approved Wheel Care,

a soft bristle brush and a strong spray ofwater for cleaning the light alloy wheels.

! Only use acid-free cleaning materials.Acid may cause corrosion or damage theclear coat.

! The vehicle should not be parked for anextended period of time immediately afterit has been cleaned. This applies especiallyafter the wheel rims have been cleanedwith wheel rim cleaner. Wheel rim cleanerscan lead to increased corrosion of thebrake disks and brake pads. Non-approvedwheel cleaners may also damage the wheelpaint if the vehicle is not driven aftercleaning.Therefore, the vehicle’s brake systemshould always be warmed-up before it isparked after cleaning. Drive your vehicle forseveral minutes to allow the brakes to dry.When applying Mercedes-Benz approvedTire Care and Mercedes-Benz approvedWheel Care products, take care not tospray them on the brake disks.

Plastic and rubber partsX Use a gentle dishwashing detergent or mild

detergent for delicate fabrics as a washingsolution.

X Wipe with a cloth moistened in a lukewarmsolution.The surface may temporarily change color.If this is the case, wait for it to dry.

G Warning!Do not use cleaners or cockpit care sprayscontaining solvents to clean the cockpit or thesteering wheel. Cleaners containing solventswill make the surface porous and vehicleoccupants could suffer serious injuries fromplastic parts coming loose in the event of airbag deployment.

! Do not use oil, wax or scouring agents.Otherwise you may scratch or damage thesurface.

Hard plastic trim items X Use Mercedes-Benz approved Interior Care

on a soft, lint-free cloth and apply with lightpressure.

COMAND display! You must switch off the COMAND display

and allow it to cool prior to cleaning.

! Do not use any liquids or cleaning agents.These can damage or even destroy theCOMAND display screen.

X Use a standard microfiber cloth and applywith light pressure.

Steering wheel and gear selector leverX Wipe with a damp cloth and dry thoroughly

or clean with Mercedes-Benz approvedLeather Care.

220 Vehicle careOp

erat

ion


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 220

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=bed7e3f4374ad066351f1515111be02d&version=7&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=2ae2f822374b7df6351f15157a25e0d1&version=7&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=b2a90a0484bb74d9351f15157d5542d6&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=005f5e68cbcb6c2a351f190e05d11043&version=6&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=33817c2e374c47d6351f15153d8ee0c3&version=5&language=en&variant=US

CarpetsX Use Mercedes-Benz approved Carpet and

Fabric Care for cleaning the carpets.

Headliner and shelf below rear windowX Use a soft bristle brush or a dry-shampoo

cleaner in case of excessive dirt.

Seat beltsX Only use clear, lukewarm water and soap.

! The seat belts must not be treated withchemical cleaning agents. Do not dry theseat belts at temperatures above 176‡(80†) or in direct sunlight.

G Warning!Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this mayseverely weaken them. In a crash they maynot be able to provide adequate protection.

UpholsteryUsing aftermarket seat covers or wearingclothing that have the tendency to give offcoloring (e.g. when wet, etc.) may cause theupholstery to become permanentlydiscolored. By lining the seats with a properintermediate cover, contact-discoloration willbe prevented.

G Warning!Only use seat or head restraint covers whichhave been tested and approved by Mercedes-Benz for your vehicle model.Using other seat or head restraint covers mayinterfere with or prevent the activation of theNECK-PRO active front head restraints and/or the deployment of the front side impact airbags.Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Centerfor availability.

Leather upholsteryPlease note that leather upholstery is anatural product and is therefore subject to a

natural aging process. Leather upholsterymay also react to certain ambient influencessuch as high humidity or high temperature byshowing wrinkles for example.X Wipe leather upholstery with a damp cloth

and dry thoroughly or clean with Mercedes-Benz approved Leather Care.

! To avoid damage to leather upholstery:RWipe with light pressure only.RDo not clean with abrasive cleaning

agents such as scouring milk or powder.RDo not soak the leather upholstery.

As leather is a natural product, it couldotherwise harden or become porous.RExercise particular care when cleaning

perforated leather as its undersideshould not become wet.

Wood trimsX Only use water and a damp cloth to clean

wood trims in your vehicle.

! Do not use solvents like tar remover orwheel cleaner nor polishes or waxes asthese may be abrasive.

Chrome-plated exhaust tipRegular cleaning and care of chrome-platedexhaust tips will help to maintain their shineand the classy appearance.X Use Mercedes-Benz approved Chrome

Polishing Paste each time the vehicle hasbeen washed, especially during the winter.

! Do not use alkaline cleaners such aswheel cleaners as they could causecorrosion.

Vehicle care 221

Oper

atio

n


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 221

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=9b38f7f9374cedb0351f151528d2630f&version=5&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=639ca69b37515540351f151524c060b1&version=6&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=47b8e92c37528dab351f151533f4207c&version=6&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=b93f69f4884af933351f151561920166&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=bb687e4037532372351f151573dc218d&version=8&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=a4a6506f88519dcf351f151518d08124&version=4&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=3dce53bd3753b6a6351f151527072343&version=6&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=a66750b8321c2dbc351f15151ac94c82&version=7&language=en&variant=US

222


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 222

Vehicle equipment ............................ 224Where will I find ...? .......................... 224Vehicle status messages in themultifunction display ....................... 228What to do if … .................................. 251Unlocking/locking manually ........... 261Resetting activated NECK-PROactive front head restraints ............. 264Replacing SmartKey batteries ......... 264Replacing bulbs ................................. 266Replacing wiper blades .................... 270Flat tire .............................................. 271Battery ............................................... 278Jump starting .................................... 280Towing the vehicle ............................ 281Fuses .................................................. 284

223

Prac

tical

hin

ts


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 223

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=1e0e4e21eb9af14a351f1914559da028&version=1&language=--&variant=--

Vehicle equipment


Where will I find ...?

First aid kit! Always keep the storage compartment

under the front passenger seat closedwhile the vehicle is in motion.

i Check expiration dates and contents forcompleteness at least once a year andreplace missing/expired items.

The first aid kit is located in the storagecompartment at the front edge of the frontpassenger seat.

X Pull handle : upward.X Fold the lid down.X Remove the first aid kit.

Vehicle tool kitThe vehicle tool kit is located in the spaceunderneath the trunk floor.

i Vehicles without spare wheel are notfactory-equipped with the tools required fora wheel change such as a jack or a wheelwrench. Some tools required for a wheelchange are specific to your vehicle.Contact an authorized Mercedes-BenzCenter to obtain the tools approved foryour vehicle.

The vehicle tool kit includes:RAlignment bolt 13

RCollapsible wheel chock13

RElectric air pump14

RJack13

RPair of universal pliersRTowing eye boltRValve extractor14

RWheel wrench13

X Removing: Open the trunk (Y page 71).X Lift the trunk floor using the floor handle.X Engage the floor handle on the upper trunk

lip.

! To prevent damage, always disengage thefloor handle from the upper trunk lip andlower the trunk floor before closing thetrunk.

X Remove the luggage box (if so equipped)(Y page 227).

13 Vehicles with spare wheel only.14 Vehicles with spare wheel with collapsible tire only.

224 Where will I find ...?Pr

actic

al h

ints


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 224


https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=88533b023754cb35351f151553cce005&version=13&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=9120062bd74f081f351f190e2f544914&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=a7dd50c18c9d7503351f190e04c16fa0&version=13&language=en&variant=US

Example illustration: Tool bag and jack; Collapsible wheel chock= Electrical air pump14

? Storage well casing

X To access jack: Remove tool bag :.

Collapsible wheel chock The collapsible wheel chock serves to securethe vehicle, e.g. while changing a wheel.X Take the collapsible wheel chock from the

vehicle tool kit (Y page 224).

X Setting up: Tilt both plates upward :.X Fold the lower plate outward ;.X Guide the tabs of the lower plate all the way

into the openings of base plate =.For information on where to place wheelchocks when changing a wheel, see “Liftingthe vehicle” (Y page 272).

Jack

G Warning!Only use the jack supplied with your vehicleto lift the vehicle briefly for wheel changes. Ifyou use the jack for any other purpose, you orothers could be injured, as the jack isdesigned only for the purpose of changing awheel.When using the jack, observe the safety notesin the “Mounting the spare wheel” section andthe notes on the jack.

X Take the jack from the vehicle tool kit(Y page 224).

Storage position

X Turn the crank handle in the direction ofarrow as far as it will go.

Operational position

X Turn the crank handle clockwise.

14 Vehicles with spare wheel with collapsible tire only.

Where will I find ...? 225

Prac

tical

hin

ts


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 225

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=777e4d9e3e1c9b2f351f190e20540e93&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=23a5b8ed1a047978351f19143aa42033&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=e529cc1435e5e64d351f15141266f8e3&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=6f6a0e82423ef0a6351f190e03d0c95b&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=af53fc9442412217351f190e32c54ef7&version=1&language=--&variant=--

Before placing the jack back into the vehicletool kit:X Fully collapse the jack.X Fold in the crank handle (storage position).

Spare wheel

G Observe Safety notes, see page 271.The spare wheel is located in the spaceunderneath the trunk floor.X Removing: Open the trunk (Y page 71).X Lift the trunk floor using the floor handle.X Engage the floor handle on the upper trunk

lip.


Vehicles with Minispare wheelX Remove the luggage box (Y page 227).

X Remove spare wheel mounting ; byturning it counterclockwise.

X Remove spare wheel :.For information on mounting the spare wheel,see “Flat tire” (Y page 271).

Storing the spare wheel after useX Place spare wheel : in the spare wheel

well (Y page 226).X Secure spare wheel : by turning spare

wheel mounting ; clockwise(Y page 226).

Vehicles with spare wheel with collapsible tireX Remove the storage well casing

(Y page 225).

: Spare wheel; Tensioning strap15

= Retaining screw? Storage well casing base

X Remove storage well casing base ?.X Remove retaining screw = by turning it

counterclockwise.X Remove spare wheel :.For information on mounting the spare wheel,see “Flat tire” (Y page 271).

Storing the spare wheel after useIf you wish to store the spare wheel after use,carry out the following steps. Otherwise, thespare wheel may not fit the spare wheel well.

! Make sure the spare wheel is dry beforestoring it.

15 Vehicles with 19" spare wheel only.

226 Where will I find ...?Pr

actic

al h

ints


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 226

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=0199affb8c9ea21e351f190e7f802fe0&version=11&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=174e4e403e038dc3351f190e4f3d0e96&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=02ccd3963e052323351f190e0de8c954&version=1&language=--&variant=--

X Unscrew the valve cap from the valve of thecollapsible tire.

X Unscrew the valve insert from the valveusing the valve extractor integrated in thevalve cap.

X Allow the air to escape.

i It may take a few minutes for thecollapsible tire to deflate completely.

X Screw the valve insert back into the valve.X Screw the valve cap back onto the valve.

i Vehicles with 19" spare wheel only:Before placing the spare wheel in the sparewheel well fasten tensioning straps, see“Compressing the collapsible tire”(Y page 227).

X Place spare wheel : into the spare wheelwell (Y page 226).

X Secure spare wheel : by turning retainingscrew = clockwise (Y page 226).

Compressing the collapsible tireThis description applies to vehicles with19" spare wheel only.The collapsible tire on a 19" spare wheel mustbe compressed with two tensioning strapsbefore you can store it in the spare wheel well.

X Extend the tensioning strap by pulling theslider.

X Place tensioning strap around the sparewheel rim and collapsible tire with thebuckle facing the inside of the rim.

X Close the buckle.X Pull the loose end of the tensioning strap.

The tensioning strap must be pulled as tightas possible.

Luggage boxVehicles with spare wheel with collapsible tireare not equipped with a luggage box.X Removing: Open the trunk (Y page 71).X Lift the trunk floor using the floor handle.X Engage the floor handle on the upper trunk

lip.


X Turn fastening clips : to the left upwardsfrom the fastening bolts.

X Lift luggage box ; in the area of thefastening bolts and remove it from thetrunk.

X Installing: Insert the luggage box into thetrunk so that the fastening clips are in linewith the fastening bolts.

Where will I find ...? 227

Prac

tical

hin

ts


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 227

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=673b242b3e05edaf351f190e31e04965&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=8100021d37566a31351f15150cdca0b4&version=4&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=38b61b873e30d6d6351f190e44680ee5&version=1&language=--&variant=--

X Push the front edge of the luggage box indirection of arrows under the cover of thetrunk sill.

X Press the fastening clips onto the fasteningbolts until they lock into place.

Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display

NotesWarning and malfunction messages appear inthe multifunction display located in theinstrument cluster.Certain warning and malfunction messagesare accompanied by an audible signal.Address these messages accordingly andfollow the additional instructions given in thisOperator’s Manual.Selecting the Vehicle status message memory menu in the control system(Y page 117) displays both cleared anduncleared messages.High-priority messages appear in themultifunction display in red color.Certain messages of high priority cannot becleared from the multifunction display usingthe reset button (Y page 109) or button&, *, U or V on themultifunction steering wheel.Other messages of high priority andmessages of less immediate priority can becleared from the multifunction display using

the reset button or button &, *,U or V on the multifunction steeringwheel. They are then stored in the Vehicle status message memory menu(Y page 117). Remember that clearing amessage will only make the messagedisappear. Clearing a message will notcorrect the condition that caused themessage to appear.

G Warning!All categories of messages contain importantinformation which should be taken note ofand, where a malfunction is indicated,addressed as soon as possible at anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center.Failure to repair the condition noted maycause damage not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Limited Warranty, or result in propertydamage or personal injury.

G Warning!No messages will be displayed if either theinstrument cluster or the multifunctiondisplay is inoperative.As a result, you will not be able to seeinformation about your driving conditions,such asRspeedRoutside temperatureRwarning/indicator lampsRmalfunction/warning messagesRfailure of any systems

Driving characteristics may be impaired.If you must continue to drive, do so with addedcaution. Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possible.

On the pages that follow, you will find acompilation of the most important warningand malfunction messages that may appear.For your convenience the messages aredivided into text messages (Y page 229) andsymbol messages (Y page 238).

228 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction displayPr

actic

al h

ints


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 228

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=b20190223e35b73e351f190e37bb4ea8&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=bc6872882e6be49b351f190e344e3775&version=10&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=c0dfd00b4d6c633b351f15145806ce65&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=abc4e5304d70ed62351f1514186c49b3&version=3&language=en&variant=US

Text messages

Safety systems

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and X Solutions

ABS ABS, ESP InoperativeSee Operator’s Man.

The brake system is still functioning normally but due to amalfunction, the ABS, the BAS, the ESP®, and the PRE-SAFE® system are unavailable.X Continue driving with added caution. Wheels may lock

during hard braking, reducing steering capability.X Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes-Benz

Center as soon as possible.Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of anaccident.

ABS ABS, ESP Unavailable See Operator’s Man.

The brake system still functions normally but due toinsufficient power supply, the ABS, the BAS, the ESP®, andthe PRE-SAFE® system are unavailable.When the voltage is above the required value again, the ABS,the BAS, the ESP®, and the PRE-SAFE® system areoperational again and the message should disappear.X If the message does not disappear: Have the system

checked at an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center as soonas possible.

ESP Inoperative See Operator’s Manual

The brake system is still functioning normally but due to amalfunction the BAS, the ESP®, and the PRE-SAFE® systemare unavailable.The ABS may not be operational.X Continue driving with added caution. Wheels may lock

during hard braking, reducing steering capability.X Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes-Benz


PRE-SAFE Inoperative See Operator’s Manual

The PRE-SAFE® system has failed. All other occupant safetysystems, such as the air bags, are still available.X Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as

possible.

Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display 229

Prac

tical

hin

ts


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 229

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=14a38fb13cee347f351f15152bcba0f4&version=15&language=en&variant=US


Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator’s Manual

USA only:The front passenger front air bag is activated while drivingeven though a child, small individual, or object below thesystem’s weight threshold is on the front passenger seat, orthe front passenger seat is empty. Objects on the seat orforces acting on the seat may make the system sensesupplemental weight.X Stop the vehicle in a safe location as soon as possible.X Engage the parking brake.X Switch off the ignition.X Open the front passenger door.X Remove child and child restraint from front passenger seat

and properly secure the child in rear seat employing thechild restraint if necessary.

X Remove any other items from on and around the frontpassenger seat and make sure the storage bag on the backof the front passenger seat is empty.

X Make sure no objects which apply forces to the seat arepresent (e.g. objects such as books, briefcases etc. lodgedbehind or around the seat, head restraints pushing againstroof etc.). The system may recognize such forces assupplemental weight and sense that an occupant on thefront passenger seat is of a greater weight than actuallypresent.

X Keep the seat unoccupied, close the front passenger doorand switch on the ignition.

Monitor the 04 indicator lamp in the centerconsole (Y page 44) and the multifunction display in theinstrument cluster (Y page 28) for the following:With the seat unoccupied and the ignition switched on,Rthe 04 indicator lamp in the center console

should illuminate and remain illuminated, indicating thatthe OCS (Y page 41) has deactivated the front passengerfront air bag.Rthe message Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator’s Manual or the message Front Passenger Airbag Disabled See Operator’s Manual should notappear in the multifunction display at any time the seat isunoccupied. Wait at least 60 seconds for the system tocomplete the necessary check cycles and to make sureneither message appears in the multifunction display.


actic

al h

ints


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 230

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and X SolutionsIf above conditions are met, you can occupy the frontpassenger seat again. Depending on the front passengerclassification sensed by the OCS, the 04indicator lamp will remain illuminated or go out.If above conditions are not met, the system is not workingproperly. Have the system checked at an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center as soon as possible.

G Warning!If the 04 indicator lamp remains out even after performing the above correctivesteps, do not have any children 12 years old and under and other small individuals use the frontpassenger seat until the system has been repaired.


Prac

tical

hin

ts


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 231

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=30e268c04da8845c351f15145b8c8990&version=2&language=en&variant=US


Front Passenger Airbag Disabled See Operator’s Manual

USA only:The front passenger front air bag is deactivated while drivingeven though an adult or someone larger than a smallindividual is occupying the front passenger seat. Forcesacting on the seat may make the system sense a decrease inweight.X Stop the vehicle in a safe location as soon as possible.X Engage the parking brake.X Switch off the ignition.X Have the front passenger vacate the seat and exit the

vehicle.X Adjust the seat height to a higher position (Y page 78).X Make sure no objects which apply forces to the seat are

present (e.g. objects such as books, briefcases etc. lodgedunderneath, behind or around the seat). Such forces maycause the system to sense that an occupant of a lesserweight than actually present is on the front passenger seat.

X Keep the seat unoccupied, close the front passenger doorand switch on the ignition.

Monitor the 04 indicator lamp in the centerconsole (Y page 44) and the multifunction display in theinstrument cluster (Y page 28) for the following:With the seat unoccupied and the ignition switched on,Rthe 04 indicator lamp in the center console

should illuminate and remain illuminated, indicating thatthe OCS (Y page 41) has deactivated the front passengerfront air bag.Rthe message Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator’s Manual or the message Front Passenger Airbag Disabled See Operator’s Manual should notappear in the multifunction display at any time the seat isunoccupied. Wait at least 60 seconds for the system tocomplete the necessary check cycles and to make sureneither message appears in the multifunction display.

If above conditions are met, you can occupy the frontpassenger seat again. Depending on the front passengerclassification sensed by the OCS, the 04indicator lamp will remain illuminated or go out.If above conditions are not met, the system is not workingproperly. Have the system checked at an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center as soon as possible.


actic

al h

ints


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 232

G Warning!If the 04 indicator lamp remains illuminated with an adult occupant on the frontpassenger seat even after performing the above corrective steps, do not have any passenger usethe front passenger seat until the system has been repaired.

Driving systems


Cruise Control And SPEEDTRONIC

Inoperative

The cruise control is malfunctioning.X Have the cruise control checked at an authorized

Mercedes-Benz Center.

Cruise Control

- - - MPH One of the activation conditions for cruise control has notbeen fulfilled. You may have attempted to set a speed below20 mph (30 km/h).X Drive faster than 20 mph (30 km/h) if the situation allows

and set the speed.X Check the activation conditions for cruise control

(Y page 128).

DISTRONIC - - - MPH One of the activation conditions for Distronic has not beenfulfilled. You may have attempted to set a speed below20 mph (30 km/h).X Drive faster than 20 mph (30 km/h) if the situation allows

and set the speed.X Check the activation conditions for Distronic

(Y page 133).

DISTRONIC Inoperative

The Distronic or the display are malfunctioning.X Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as

possible.

DISTRONIC Override You have accelerated. The Distronic has switched off.X Stop accelerating.


Prac

tical

hin

ts


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 233

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=126b7a0e4db84e98351f151408ab0982&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=a4c6141b3cef3366351f1515456aa313&version=13&language=en&variant=US


DISTRONIC Currently Unavailable See Operator’s Manual

Distronic is deactivated because:RThe Distronic cover in the radiator grille is dirty.RThe functionality is impaired by heavy precipitation or fog.RThe system is overheated.X If necessary, clean the Distronic cover in the area of the

radiator grille (Y page 219).X If necessary, wait until the system has cooled down.X Restart the vehicle.Distronic becomes operational again without the engine beingrestarted whenRdirt on the radiator grille has fallen off while driving (e.g.

slush or snow)Rthe system recognizes full sensor availability (due to

lessening rain or the road surface drying)Rthe message in the multifunction display disappearsRthe speed last stored flashes in the display for 5 secondsYou can then operate Distronic as usual again.

DISTRONIC Currently Unavailable See Operator’s Manual

Distronic is deactivated because the functionality is impairedby external interferences, e.g. high-frequency sources suchas toll stations, speed measuring systems etc.X Leave the area of the external interference.X Activate Distronic again (Y page 133) when the message in

the multifunction display disappears.

Distronic is deactivated because the Distronic sensor has notsensed any other vehicles or objects, e.g. road sign or such,for a long time.X Activate Distronic again (Y page 133) when the message in

the multifunction display disappears.

G Warning!Distronic cannot take weather conditions intoaccount. Switch off Distronic or do not turn iton if the sensor is dirty or visibility isdiminished as a result of snow, rain or fog. Thedistance control may be impaired even before

the system is able to detect a dirty sensor. Themessage DISTRONIC Currently Unavailable See Operator’s Manual willbe displayed in the multifunction display andDistronic will be turned off.


actic

al h

ints


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 234

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=c50c884a4de7c42f351f15140abc0e47&version=4&language=en&variant=US

Vehicle


P Gear Selector Lever In P Position

You have opened the driver’s door while the engine was notrunning and the automatic transmission was not in parkposition P.X Shift the automatic transmission into park position P.

You have attempted to turn off the engine with the KEYLESS-GO start/stop button while the automatic transmission wasnot in park position P.X Shift the automatic transmission into park position P.

P/N Please Shift To N or P

You have attempted to start the engine with the KEYLESS-GOstart/stop button while the automatic transmission was inreverse gear R or drive position D.X Shift the automatic transmission into park position P or

neutral position N. Make sure the brake pedal is depressed.

Tires


Check tires,

then restart Run Flat Indicator.

There has been a warning message about a loss in the tireinflation pressure and the tire pressure loss warning systemwas not restarted yet.X Make sure the correct tire inflation pressure is set for each

tire.X Then restart the tire pressure loss warning system

(Y page 186).

Run Flat Indicator

Inoperative

The tire pressure loss warning system is malfunctioning.X Have the tire pressure loss warning system checked at an

authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.


Prac

tical

hin

ts


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 235

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=8fb44c723ceff069351f1515656ca053&version=11&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=db31f1233cf0de59351f151555b7a0d0&version=11&language=en&variant=US


Tire Pressure

Check tires

The tire pressure loss warning system indicates that the tireinflation pressure is too low in at least one tire.X Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt, avoiding abrupt

steering and braking maneuvers. Observe the trafficsituation around you.

X Check the tires and, if necessary, change the wheel(Y page 271).

X Check and adjust tire inflation pressure as required(Y page 185).

X Restart the tire pressure loss warning system afteradjusting the tire inflation pressure values (Y page 186).

Tire pressure

is only displayed after driving for a few minutes.

Vehicles with Advanced TPMS (Canada only): The tire inflationpressure is being checked.X Drive the vehicle for a few minutes.

Tire Pressure Monitor

Inoperative

The TPMS (USA only) or Advanced TPMS (Canada only) ismalfunctioning.X Have the TPMS or Advanced TPMS checked at an



Inoperative No Wheel Sensors

There are wheels without appropriate wheel sensors mounted(e.g. winter tires).X Have the TPMS or Advanced TPMS checked at an

authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.X Have the appropriate wheel sensors installed at an



actic

al h

ints


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 236


Tire Pres. Monitor

Wheel Sensor Missing

Vehicles with Advanced TPMS (Canada only):At least one sensor is defect (e.g. battery is empty).The respective tire is indicated by – – instead of the tireinflation pressure in the multifunction display.X Have the Advanced TPMS checked at an authorized

Mercedes-Benz Center.X Have the wheel sensors installed at an authorized


At least one wheel without appropriate wheel sensors ismounted (e.g. spare wheel).The respective tire is indicated by – – instead of the tireinflation pressure in the multifunction display.X Have the Advanced TPMS checked at an authorized

Mercedes-Benz Center.X Have the wheel sensors installed at an authorized



Currently Unavailable

The TPMS (USA only) or Advanced TPMS (Canada only) cannotmonitor the tire inflation pressure due to a nearby radiointerference source or insufficient power supply.As soon as the causes of the malfunction have been rectified,the TPMS or Advanced TPMS becomes active againautomatically after a few minutes of driving.

Please correct the tire pressure.

Vehicles with Advanced TPMS (Canada only):The tire inflation pressure is too low in at least one tire.orThe tire inflation pressures of the individual tires differ fromeach other significantly.The tire inflation pressure values are shown in themultifunction display.X Check and correct tire inflation pressure as required

(Y page 185).X Restart the Advanced TMPS (Y page 192).

Caution Tire Pressure Tire Defect

Vehicles with Advanced TPMS (Canada only):At least one tire is deflating.The respective tire is indicated in the multifunction display.X Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt, avoiding abrupt

steering and braking maneuvers.X If necessary, change the wheel (Y page 271).


Prac

tical

hin

ts


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 237

Z


Check Tires

Vehicles with Advanced TPMS (Canada only):The tire inflation pressure in at least one tire is significantlybelow the reference value.The respective tire is indicated in the multifunction display.X Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt, avoiding abrupt

steering and braking maneuvers.X Check and adjust tire inflation pressure as required.X If necessary, change the wheel (Y page 271).

G Warning!Do not drive with a flat tire. A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle. You maylose control of the vehicle. Continued driving with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build-upand possibly a fire.

G Warning!Follow recommended tire inflation pressures.Do not underinflate tires. Underinflated tires wear excessively and/or unevenly, adversely affecthandling and fuel economy, and are more likely to fail from being overheated.Do not overinflate tires. Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort, wearunevenly, increase stopping distance, and result in sudden deflation (blowout) because they aremore likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris, potholes etc.

Symbol messages

Brake


# Brake Wear The brake pads have reached their wear limit.X Have the brake pads replaced as soon as possible at an


! Brake pad thickness must be visually inspected by a qualified technician at the intervalsspecified in the Maintenance Booklet.


actic

al h

ints


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 238

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=5518e5c24e145b64351f151473f2c994&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=e26a2f17ff9b75ea351f15156d744741&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=4dfa469f3cf247c4351f151535ef634c&version=13&language=en&variant=US


$(USA only)J(Canadaonly)

EBV, ABS, ESP Inoperative See Operator’s Man.

The brake system is still functioning normally but due to amalfunction, the ABS, the BAS, the EBP, the ESP®, and thePRE-SAFE® system are unavailable.X Continue driving with added caution. Wheels may lock

during hard braking, reducing steering capability.X Adjust driving to be consistent with reduced braking

responsiveness.X Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes-Benz


$(USA only)!(Canadaonly)

Release Parking Brake

You are driving with the parking brake engaged. In additionan acoustic warning sounds.X Release the parking brake.

$(USA only)J(Canadaonly)

Check Brake Fluid Level

There is insufficient brake fluid in the reservoir.Risk of accident!X Stop the vehicle in a safe location or as soon as it is safe

to do so.X Engage the parking brake.X Do not drive any further.X Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center or call

Roadside Assistance.Do not add brake fluid! This will not solve the problem.

G Warning!Driving with the message Check Brake Fluid Level displayed can result in an accident. Haveyour brake system checked immediately.Do not add brake fluid before checking the brake system. Overfilling the brake fluid reservoir canresult in spilling brake fluid on hot engine parts and the brake fluid catching fire. You can beseriously burned.

! If you find that the brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir has fallen to the minimum markor below, have the brake system checked for brake pad thickness and leaks.


Prac

tical

hin

ts


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 239

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=bc1a9b4c515f8e6b351f15145eaace68&version=3&language=en&variant=US

Safety systems


G Tele Aid Inoperative

One or more main functions of the Tele Aid system aremalfunctioning.X Have the Tele Aid system checked at an authorized


+ Restraint System MalfunctionService Required

The system is malfunctioning.X Drive with added caution to the nearest authorized

Mercedes-Benz Center and have the system checkedimmediately.

G Warning!In the event a malfunction of the SRS isindicated as outlined above, the SRS may notbe operational.For your safety, we strongly recommend thatyou contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz

Center immediately to have the systemchecked. Otherwise the SRS may not beactivated when needed in an accident, whichcould result in serious or fatal injury, or itmight deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarilywhich could also result in injury.

Driving systems


¨ Vehicle Rising

The vehicle is adjusting to your level selection.

¨ Vehicle Rising Please Wait

The vehicle level is too low.X Wait until the message disappears from the multifunction

display.

¨ STOP Vehicle Too Low

The AIRMATIC DC is malfunctioning.X Avoid excessive steering maneuvers. The fenders or tires

could otherwise be damaged. Listen for scraping noises.X Do not drive faster than 50 mph (80 km/h).X Drive to the side of the road and select a higher vehicle level

(Y page 138).Depending on the type of malfunction, this may raise thevehicle’s level.

X Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center as soon aspossible.

There is otherwise danger of an accident.


actic

al h

ints


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 240

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=5e86c4433cf35465351f15150ee12042&version=12&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=9bf59e4651784d8a351f15142cbe4e4c&version=4&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=259ef5593cfd049b351f15150eb6633d&version=14&language=en&variant=US


¨ Malfunction

The system is functional only to a limited extent.The system display or the system is malfunctioning.X Do not drive faster than 50 mph (80 km/h).X Have the vehicle checked at an authorized Mercedes-Benz

Center.

Vehicle


: The trunk is open.X Close the trunk (Y page 72).

M You are driving with the hood open.X Stop the vehicle in a safe location as soon as it is safe to

do so.X Close the hood (Y page 179).There is otherwise danger of an accident.

; You are driving with at least one door open.X Close all doors.

+ Key Detected In Vehicle

A SmartKey with KEYLESS-GO left in the vehicle wasrecognized while trying to lock the vehicle from the outside.X Take the SmartKey out of the vehicle.

+ Please don’t forget your key.

This message appears for a maximum of 60 seconds if thedriver’s door is opened with the engine turned off and noSmartKey in the starter switch. This message is only areminder.X Take the SmartKey with you when leaving the vehicle.

+ Remove Key You have forgotten to remove the SmartKey.X Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch.

+ Please get a new key.

The SmartKey is malfunctioning.X Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

+ Change Key Batteries

The batteries in the SmartKey with KEYLESS-GO aredischarged.X Replace the batteries (Y page 264).


Prac

tical

hin

ts


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 241

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=050b4cc63cfe437b351f15153db4a304&version=13&language=en&variant=US


+ Key Not Detected(messageappears inred)

The SmartKey with KEYLESS-GO is not detected while theengine is running because the SmartKey is not in the vehicle.X Stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.X Engage the parking brake.X Search for the SmartKey.

The vehicle cannot be locked centrally nor can the enginebe started again after the engine is stopped.

+ Key Not Detected(messageappears inred)

The SmartKey with KEYLESS-GO is not detected while theengine is running because there is strong radio-frequencyinterference.X Stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.X Engage the parking brake.X Operate the vehicle with the SmartKey in the starter switch.

+ Key Not Detected(messageappears inwhite)

The SmartKey with KEYLESS-GO is momentarily not detected.X Change the position of the SmartKey in the vehicle.X Operate the vehicle with the SmartKey in the starter switch

if necessary.

~ Bluetooth Ready

The telephone has not yet been connected to the COMANDsystem via Bluetooth®.X Connect the telephone to the COMAND system via

Bluetooth®.

¥ Top Up Washer Fluid

The fluid level has dropped to approximately 1/3 of totalreservoir capacity.X Add washer fluid (Y page 181).


actic

al h

ints


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 242

Engine


=(USA only);(Canadaonly)

Engine Service

There may be a malfunction inRthe fuel management systemRthe ignition systemRthe exhaust systemRthe fuel systemX Have the engine checkedas soon as possible at an


; Display MalfunctionService Required

Certain electronic systems are unable to relay information tothe control system. The coolant temperature display or thetachometer may have failed.X Have the electronic systems checked at an authorized


+ Top Up Coolant See Operator’s Man.

The coolant level is too low.X Add coolant (Y page 180).X If you have to add coolant frequently, have the cooling

system checked at an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

G Warning!Do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts. Antifreeze contains ethylene glycol which may burnif it comes into contact with hot engine parts. You could be seriously burned.

! Do not ignore the low engine coolant level warning. Extended driving with the messageand symbol displayed may cause serious engine damage not covered by the Mercedes-BenzLimited Warranty.Do not drive without sufficient amount of coolant in the cooling system. The engine willoverheat causing major engine damage.


Prac

tical

hin

ts


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 243

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=a8cc8e0c3cfee964351f15155663e0ba&version=13&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=0223fbc651bf30e7351f15147589c98b&version=2&language=en&variant=US


? Coolant Stop Vehicle, turn engine off.

The coolant is too hot.X Stop the vehicle immediately as soon as it is safe to do so.X Turn off the engine immediately.X Engage the parking brake.X Only start the engine again after the message disappears.

You could otherwise damage the engine.X Observe the coolant temperature indicator in the

instrument cluster.X If the temperature rises again: Contact an authorized

Mercedes-Benz Center immediately.During severe operation conditions and stop-and-go citytraffic, the coolant temperature may rise close to 248‡(120†).

G Warning!Driving when your engine is overheated can cause some fluids which may have leaked into theengine compartment to catch fire. You could be seriously burned.Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns which can occur just by opening theengine hood. Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it.Stop the vehicle in a safe location away from other traffic. Turn off the engine, get out of thevehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until the engine has cooled down.

! The engine should not be operated with the coolant temperature above 248‡ (120†).Doing so may cause serious damage which is not covered by the Mercedes-Benz LimitedWarranty.


actic

al h

ints


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 244



? Coolant Stop Vehicle, turn engine off.

The poly-V-belt could be broken.X Stop the vehicle immediately as soon as it is safe to do so.X Turn off the engine immediately.X Check the poly-V-belt.X If it is broken: Do not continue to drive. Otherwise the

engine will overheat due to an inoperative water pumpwhich may result in damage to the engine. Contact anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

X If it is intact: Do not continue to drive the vehicle with thismessage displayed. Doing so could result in serious enginedamage that is not covered by the Mercedes-Benz LimitedWarranty.

X Observe the coolant temperature indicator in theinstrument cluster.

X Drive to the nearest authorized Mercedes-Benz Centerimmediately.

? The radiator cooling fan is malfunctioning.X Observe the coolant temperature indicator in the

instrument cluster.If the coolant temperature is below 248‡ (120†), you maycontinue driving to an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

X Avoid placing heavy loads on the engine (e.g. by drivinguphill) as well as stop-and-go traffic.

X Have the fan replaced as soon as possible.

# The battery is no longer charging.Possible causes:Ralternator malfunctioningRbroken poly-V-beltRa malfunction in the electronic systemX Stop immediately in a safe location or as soon as it is safe

to do so and check the poly-V-belt.X If it is broken: Do not continue to drive. Otherwise the

engine will overheat due to an inoperative water pumpwhich may result in damage to the engine. Contact anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

X If it is intact: Drive to the nearest authorized Mercedes-Benz Center immediately. Adjust driving to be consistentwith reduced braking responsiveness.


Prac

tical

hin

ts


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 245

Z


# Low VoltageStart Engine

The battery has insufficient voltage.X Start the engine.

4 Check oil level at next refueling.

The engine oil has dropped to a critical level.X Check the engine oil level (Y page 179) and add engine oil

as required (Y page 180).X If you must add engine oil frequently, have the engine

checked for possible leaks.

If the message Check oil level at next refueling. appears while the engine isrunning and at operating temperature, theengine oil level has dropped to approximatelythe minimum level.The message will be stored in the vehiclestatus message memory after you havecleared it from the multifunction display.Visually check for oil leaks. If there are noobvious oil leaks, drive to the nearest servicestation to refill your engine oil to the requiredlevel.

For information on approved engine oilscontact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Centeror visit www.mbusa.com (USA only).

! Engine oil level warnings should not beignored. Extended driving with the symboldisplayed could result in serious enginedamage that is not covered by theMercedes-Benz Limited Warranty.


C The fuel level is low.X Refuel at the next gas station.

7 Reserve Fuel

The fuel level has dropped below the reserve mark.X Refuel at the next gas station.

7 Gas Cap Is Open

A loss of pressure has been detected in the fuel system. Thefuel cap may not be closed properly or the fuel system maybe leaking.X Check the fuel cap (Y page 177).X If it is not closed properly: Close the fuel cap.X If it is closed properly: Have the fuel system checked at

an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

¸ Replace Air Filter

The air filter is clogged.X Have the air filter checked at an authorized Mercedes-Benz

Center.


actic

al h

ints


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 246


Lamps


b Active Headlamps Inoperative

The active Bi-Xenon headlamp system is malfunctioning.X Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as

possible.

b Active Headlamps Auxiliary Bulb On

The active Bi-Xenon headlamps are malfunctioning. Anotherlight is being used.X Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as

possible.

b Reverse Lamp LeftorReverse Lamp Right

The left or right backup lamp is malfunctioning.X Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as

possible.

b Brake-/Tail Lamp Left Auxiliary Bulb OnorBrake-/Tail Lamp Right Auxiliary Bulb On

The left or right brake/tail lamp is malfunctioning. Thismessage will only appear if all LEDs have stopped working.X Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as

possible.

b 3rd Brake Lamp

The high-mounted brake lamp is malfunctioning. Thismessage will only appear if all LEDs have stopped working.X Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as

possible.

b Front Foglamp LeftorFront Foglamp Right

The left or right front fog lamp is malfunctioning.X Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as

possible.


Prac

tical

hin

ts


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 247

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=62e2752b3cffa578351f15157b242097&version=13&language=en&variant=US


b Marker Lamp Front LeftorMarker Lamp Front Right

The front left side or right side marker lamp is malfunctioning.X Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as

possible.

b Parking Lamp Front Left Auxiliary Bulb OnorParking Lamp Front Right Auxiliary Bulb On

The left or right front parking lamp is malfunctioning. Asubstitute bulb is being used.X Halogen headlamp: Replace the bulb as soon as possible

(Y page 266).X Bi-Xenon headlamp: Contact an authorized Mercedes-

Benz Center as soon as possible.

b High Beam LeftorHigh Beam Right

The left or right high-beam lamp is malfunctioning.X Replace the bulb as soon as possible (Y page 266).

b License Plate Lamp LeftorLicense Plate Lamp Right

The left or right license plate lamp is malfunctioning.X Replace the bulb as soon as possible (Y page 266).

b AUTO-Light Inoperative

The light sensor is malfunctioning. The headlamps come onautomatically.X Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as

possible.

To switch off the headlamps (U.S. vehicles only):X In the control system, set daytime running lamp mode to

manual (Y page 121).X Switch off the headlamps using the exterior lamp switch

(Y page 87).


actic

al h

ints


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 248


b Low Beam LeftorLow Beam Right

The left or right low-beam lamp is malfunctioning.X Halogen headlamp: Replace the bulb as soon as possible

(Y page 266).X Bi-Xenon headlamp: Contact an authorized Mercedes-

Benz Center as soon as possible.

b Rear Left Foglamp

The rear fog lamp is malfunctioning.X Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as

possible.

b Switch Off Lights

You have removed the SmartKey from the starter switch,opened the driver’s door and left the headlamps on orremoved the SmartKey with KEYLESS-GO from the vehicleand left the headlamps on.X Turn the exterior lamp switch to $ or Ã

(Y page 87).orX With the rear fog lamp switched on: Push in the exterior

lamp switch to its stop.

b Tail Lamp Left Auxiliary Bulb OnorTail Lamp Right Auxiliary Bulb On

The left or right tail lamp is malfunctioning. A substitute bulbis being used.X Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as

possible.

b Cornering Lamp LeftorCornering Lamp Right

The left or right corner-illuminating front fog lamp ismalfunctioning.X Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as

possible.

b Rear Left Turn SignalorRear Right Turn Signal

The left or right rear turn signal lamp is malfunctioning.X Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as

possible.


Prac

tical

hin

ts


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 249

Z


b Front Left Turn SignalorFront Right Turn Signal

The left or right front turn signal lamp is malfunctioning.X Replace the bulb as soon as possible (Y page 266).

b Left Mirror Turn SignalorRight Mirror Turn Signal

The turn signal in the left or right exterior rear view mirror ismalfunctioning. This message will only appear if all LEDs havestopped working.X Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as

possible.

Tires


h Please correct the tire pressure.

The tire inflation pressure is too low in at least one tire.orThe tire inflation pressure of the individual tires differ fromeach other significantly.X Check and correct tire inflation pressure as required

(Y page 185).

h Tire Pressure Caution Tire Defect

At least one tire is deflating.X Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt, avoiding abrupt

steering and braking maneuvers.X If necessary, change the wheel (Y page 271).

h Tire Pressure Check Tires

The tire inflation pressure in at least one tire is significantlybelow the reference value.X Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt, avoiding abrupt

steering and braking maneuvers.X Check and adjust tire inflation pressure as required.X If necessary, change the wheel (Y page 271).


actic

al h

ints


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 250

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=b8cfa8c33d007ceb351f151506e82043&version=10&language=en&variant=US

G Warning!Do not drive with a flat tire. A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle. You maylose control of the vehicle. Continued driving with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build-upand possibly a fire.

G Warning!Follow recommended tire inflation pressures.Do not underinflate tires. Underinflated tires wear excessively and/or unevenly, adversely affecthandling and fuel economy, and are more likely to fail from being overheated.Do not overinflate tires. Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort, wearunevenly, increase stopping distance, and result in sudden deflation (blowout) because they aremore likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris, potholes etc.

What to do if …

Lamps in instrument cluster

NotesIf any of the following lamps in the instrumentcluster fails to come on during the bulb self-check when switching on the ignition, havethe respective bulb checked and replaced ifnecessary.

When you switch on the ignition, all lamps inthe instrument cluster come on. The low-beam headlamp indicator lamp, high-beamheadlamp indicator lamp, and turn signalindicator lamps will only come on if activated.If a lamp in the instrument cluster fails tocome on when the ignition is switched on,have it checked and replaced if necessary.

What to do if … 251

Prac

tical

hin

ts


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 251

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=5518e5c24e145b64351f151473f2c994&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=e26a2f17ff9b75ea351f15156d744741&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=55c1ad0f2e726c5b351f190e7dc8f681&version=8&language=en&variant=US

Brake

Problem Possible causes/consequences and X Solutions

! The yellow ABSindicator lampcomes on whilethe engine isrunning.

The ABS has detected a malfunction and switched off. The BAS,the ESP®, the EBP, and the PRE-SAFE® system are also switchedoff.The brake system is still functioning normally but without thesystems specified above available.If the ABS control unit is malfunctioning, other systems such asthe navigation system or the automatic transmission may also bemalfunctioning.X Continue driving with added caution. Wheels may lock during

hard braking, reducing steering capability.X Adjust driving to be consistent with reduced braking

responsiveness.X Read and observe messages that may appear in the

multifunction display (Y page 228).X Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes-Benz


! The yellow ABSindicator lampcomes on whilethe engine isrunning.

The ABS has switched off due to insufficient power supply.The battery might not be charged sufficiently.When the voltage is above the required value again, the ABS isoperational again. The ABS indicator lamp should go out.X Continue driving with added caution. Wheels may lock during

hard braking, reducing steering capability.X Adjust driving to be consistent with reduced braking

responsiveness.X Read and observe messages that may appear in the

multifunction display (Y page 228).X If the ABS indicator lamp does not go out: Have the alternator

and the battery checked.

$ (USA only)J (Canada only)The red brake warninglamp comes on whiledriving and an acousticwarning sounds.

You are driving with the parking brake engaged.X Release the parking brake.

252 What to do if …Pr

actic

al h

ints


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 252

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=e4d5197c3d028250351f15151747e0e3&version=12&language=en&variant=US


$ (USA only)J (Canada only)The red brake warninglamp comes on whilethe engine is runningand an acousticwarning sounds.

There is insufficient brake fluid in the reservoir.Risk of accident!X Do not drive any further. Stop the vehicle in a safe location as

soon as it is safe to do so.X Engage the parking brake.X Read and observe messages that may appear in the

multifunction display (Y page 228).X Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.Do not add brake fluid! This will not solve the problem.

G Warning!Driving with the brake warning lampilluminated can result in an accident. Haveyour brake system checked immediately if thebrake warning lamp stays on. Do not addbrake fluid before checking the brake system.Overfilling the brake fluid reservoir can resultin spilling brake fluid on hot engine parts and

the brake fluid catching fire. You can beseriously burned.

! If you find that the brake fluid in the brakefluid reservoir has fallen to the minimummark or below, have the brake systemchecked for brake pad thickness and leaks.

Safety systems


7 The red seat belttelltale comeson for amaximum of6 seconds afterstarting theengine.

The seat belt telltale reminds you and your passengers to fastenyour seat belts before driving off.X Fasten your seat belts.Regardless of whether the seat belts are fastened or not, the seatbelt telltale always comes on and remains lit for 6 seconds afterstarting the engine.

7 The red seat belttelltale comeson. In additionyou hear awarning chimefor a maximumof 6 secondsafter starting theengine.

You have forgotten to fasten your seat belt.X Fasten your seat belt.

The warning chime stops sounding.


Prac

tical

hin

ts


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 253

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=dbac4b5852b0fcfa351f151475df499d&version=4&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=562d11413d0345a2351f151508b16041&version=13&language=en&variant=US


7 The red seat belttelltale comeson while thevehicle isstanding stilland the engine isrunning or whiledriving.

You and/or your front passenger have forgotten to fasten yourseat belts.X Fasten your seat belts.

The seat belt telltale goes out.

There are items placed on the front passenger seat and thereforethe system senses the front passenger seat as being occupied.X Remove the items from the front passenger seat and put them

in a safe place.The seat belt telltale goes out.

7 The red seat belttelltale flasheswhile driving. Inaddition, anintermittentwarning chimesounds withincreasingintensity.

The vehicle’s speed once exceeded 15 mph (25 km/h) and youand/or your front passenger have forgotten to fasten your seatbelts.X Fasten your seat belts.

The seat belt telltale goes out and the warning chime stopssounding.

There are items placed on the front passenger seat and thereforethe system senses the front passenger seat as being occupied.X Remove the items from the front passenger seat and put them

in a safe place.The seat belt telltale goes out and the warning chime stopssounding.

i After 60 seconds with an unfastened seat belt the warning chime stops sounding and theseat belt telltale illuminates continuously. The seat belt telltale will only go out if both, thedriver and front passenger’s seat belt are fastened, or the vehicle is standing still and a frontdoor is opened.


+ The red SRSindicator lampcomes on whiledriving.

There is a malfunction in the restraint systems. The air bags orEmergency Tensioning Devices (ETDs) could deploy unexpectedlyor fail to activate in an accident.X Drive with added caution to the nearest authorized Mercedes-

Benz Center.

G Warning!In the event a malfunction of the SRS isindicated as outlined above, the SRS may notbe operational.

For your safety, we strongly recommend thatyou contact an authorized Mercedes-BenzCenter immediately to have the systemchecked. Otherwise the SRS may not beactivated when needed in an accident, whichcould result in serious or fatal injury, or it


actic

al h

ints


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 254

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=9bf59e4651784d8a351f15142cbe4e4c&version=4&language=en&variant=US

might deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarilywhich could also result in injury.


d The yellow ESP®

warning lampcomes on whilethe engine isrunning.

The ESP® has been switched off.Risk of accident!When the ESP® is switched off it will not stabilize the vehicle if thesystem recognizes that the vehicle starts to skid or that a wheelis spinning.X Switch the ESP® back on.

Exceptions: (Y page 60).X If leaving the ESP® switched off, adapt your speed and driving

to the prevailing road and weather conditions.X If the ESP® cannot be switched back on: Have the system

checked at an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center as soon aspossible.

d The yellow ESP®

warning lampcomes on whilethe engine isrunning.

The ESP® is not operational due to a malfunction.Risk of accident!X Read and observe additional messages that may appear in the

multifunction display.X Continue driving with added caution. Wheels may lock during

hard braking, reducing steering capability.X Adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road and weather

conditions.X Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes-Benz

Center as soon as possible.

d The yellow ESP®

warning lampflashes whiledriving.

The ESP® or the Electronic Traction System (ETS) has come intooperation because of detected traction loss in at least one tire.X When driving off, apply as little throttle as possible.X While driving, ease up on the accelerator pedal.X Adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road and weather

conditions.X Do not deactivate the ESP®.

Exceptions: (Y page 60).Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of anaccident.


Prac

tical

hin

ts


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 255

Z

Driving systems


· The red distancewarning lampcomes on whiledriving and anacousticwarning sounds.

You are gaining too rapidly on the vehicle ahead of you or thedistance warning system has recognized a stationary obstacle onyour probable line of travel.X Apply the brakes immediately.X Carefully observe the traffic situation. You may need to brake

or maneuver to avoid hitting an obstacle.

Vehicle


6 The yellow fueltank reservewarning lampcomes on whenthe engine isrunning.

The fuel level has gone below the reserve mark.X Refuel at the next gas station.


actic

al h

ints


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 256

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=160a50003d0409e9351f15157d4ce364&version=9&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=4236661a3d04b188351f15152ca4a0c4&version=9&language=en&variant=US

Engine


= (USA only); (Canada only)The yellow enginemalfunction indicatorlamp comes on whenthe engine is running.

There may be a malfunction inRthe fuel management systemRthe ignition systemRthe emission control systemRsystems which affect emissionsSuch malfunctions may result in excessive emissions values andmay switch the engine to limp-home (emergency operation) mode.X Have the vehicle checked as soon as possible at an authorized


i Some states may by law require you to visit a workshop assoon as the engine malfunction indicator lamp comes on. Checklocal requirements.

= (USA only); (Canada only)The yellow enginemalfunction indicatorlamp comes on whenthe engine is running.

A loss of pressure has been detected in the fuel system. The fuelcap may not be closed properly or the fuel system may be leaky.X Check the fuel cap (Y page 176).X If it is not closed properly: Close the fuel cap.X If it is closed properly: Have the fuel system checked by an


? The red coolanttemperaturewarning lampcomes on whenthe engine isrunning.

There is insufficient coolant in the reservoir.If this warning lamp comes on frequently, there is a leak in thecooling system.If the coolant level is correct, the electric radiator fan may bebroken.X Immediately add coolant to prevent engine from overheating

(Y page 180).X Have the cooling system checked.X If the coolant temperature is below 248‡ (120†), you can

continue driving to the nearest authorized Mercedes-BenzCenter.

X Avoid high engine loads (e.g. driving uphill) and stop-and-godriving.


Prac

tical

hin

ts


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 257

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=c2bd63503d058bb3351f15156bca21fa&version=10&language=en&variant=US


? The red coolanttemperaturewarning lampcomes on whenthe engine isrunning and anacousticwarning sounds.

The coolant temperature has exceeded 248‡ (120†).X Stop in a safe location as soon as possible and allow the engine

and coolant to cool down.

G Warning!Driving when your engine is overheated cancause some fluids which may have leaked intothe engine compartment to catch fire. Youcould be seriously burned.Steam from an overheated engine can causeserious burns which can occur just by opening

the engine hood. Stay away from the engineif you see or hear steam coming from it.Stop the vehicle in a safe location away fromother traffic. Turn off the engine, get out of thevehicle and do not stand near the vehicle untilthe engine has cooled down.


actic

al h

ints


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 258


Tires


h USA only:Combinationlow tire pressuretelltale/TPMSmalfunctiontelltale for theTPMSilluminatescontinuously.Canada only:Low tirepressure telltalefor theAdvanced TPMSilluminatescontinuously.

The TPMS (USA only) or Advanced TPMS (Canada only) detects aloss of pressure in at least one tire.X Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt, avoiding abrupt steering and

braking maneuvers. Observe the traffic situation around you.X Read and observe messages in the multifunction display

(Y page 228).If the tire inflation pressure in the respective tire(s) has (have) beencorrected, the combination low tire pressure/TPMS malfunctiontelltale goes out after a few minutes of driving.

h USA only:Combinationlow tire pressuretelltale/TPMSmalfunctiontelltale for theTPMS flashes 60seconds andthen staysilluminated.

There is a malfunction in the TPMS.X Read and observe messages in the multifunction display

(Y page 228).X Have the TPMS checked at an authorized Mercedes-Benz

Center.After the malfunction has been remedied, the combination low tirepressure/TPMS malfunction telltale goes out after a few minutesof driving.

G Warning!Each tire, including the spare (if provided),should be checked at least once a monthwhen cold and inflated to the inflationpressure recommended by the vehiclemanufacturer on the Tire and LoadingInformation placard on the driver’s door B-pillar or the tire inflation pressure label on theinside of the fuel filler flap. If your vehicle hastires of a different size than the size indicatedon the Tire and Loading Information placardor the tire inflation pressure label, you shoulddetermine the proper tire inflation pressurefor those tires.

As an added safety feature, your vehicle hasbeen equipped with a tire pressure monitoringsystem (TPMS) that illuminates a low tirepressure telltale when one or more of yourtires are significantly underinflated.Accordingly, when the low tire pressuretelltale illuminates, you should stop and checkyour tires as soon as possible, and inflatethem to the proper pressure. Driving on asignificantly underinflated tire causes the tireto overheat and can lead to tire failure.Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiencyand tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle’shandling and stopping ability. Please note that


Prac

tical

hin

ts


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 259

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=552672fa3d065cc6351f15150c20a087&version=11&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=be4636dc0e464951351f15152e3505e5&version=5&language=en&variant=US

the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tiremaintenance, and it is the driver’sresponsibility to maintain correct tirepressure, even if underinflation has notreached the level to trigger illumination of theTPMS low tire pressure telltale.USA only:Your vehicle has also been equipped with aTPMS malfunction indicator to indicate whenthe system is not operating properly. TheTPMS malfunction indicator is combined withthe low tire pressure telltale. When thesystem detects a malfunction, the telltale willflash for approximately 1 minute and thenremain continuously illuminated. This

sequence will continue upon subsequentvehicle start-ups as long as the malfunctionexists. When the malfunction indicator isilluminated, the system may not be able todetect or signal low tire pressure as intended.TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety ofreasons, including the installation ofincompatible replacement or alternate tiresor wheels on the vehicle that prevent theTPMS from functioning properly. Alwayscheck the TPMS malfunction telltale afterreplacing one or more tires or wheels on yourvehicle to ensure that the replacement oralternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS tocontinue to function properly.

Lamp in center console


04

The front passengerfront air bag offindicator lampilluminates andremains illuminatedwith the weight of atypical adult orsomeone larger than asmall individual on thefront passenger seat.

The system is malfunctioning.X Have the system checked as soon as possible at an authorized

Mercedes-Benz Center.X Read and observe messages in the multifunction display and

follow corrective steps (Y page 228).

G Warning!If the 04 indicator lampilluminates and remains illuminated with theweight of a typical adult or someone larger

than a small individual on the front passengerseat, do not have any passenger use the frontpassenger seat until the system has beenrepaired.


actic

al h

ints


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 260

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=7570ca333d072bfa351f15151d7c2051&version=11&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=51cb4706532dd6f6351f1514293649e4&version=2&language=en&variant=US


04

The front passengerfront air bag offindicator lamp does notilluminate and/or doesnot remain illuminatedwith the weight of atypical 12-month-oldchild in a standard childrestraint or less on thefront passenger seat.

The system is malfunctioning.X Make sure there is nothing between seat cushion and child seat

and check installation of the child seat.X Make sure no objects applying supplemental weight onto the

seat are present.X Make sure no objects which apply forces to the seat are present

(e.g. objects such as books, briefcases etc. lodged behind oraround the seat, head restraints pushing against roof etc.). Thesystem may recognize such forces as supplemental weight.

X If the front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp remainsout, have the system checked as soon as possible at anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center. Do not transport a child onthe front passenger seat until the system has been repaired.

X Read and observe messages in the multifunction display andfollow corrective steps (Y page 228).

G Warning!If the 04 indicator lamp does notilluminate or remains out with the weight of atypical 12-month-old child in a standard childrestraint or less on the front passenger seat,do not transport a child on the frontpassenger seat until the system has beenrepaired.

Unlocking/locking manually

Unlocking the vehicleIf you cannot unlock the vehicle with theSmartKey or with KEYLESS-GO, unlock thedriver’s door and the trunk using themechanical key.The anti-theft alarm system will trigger whenyouRunlock the driver’s door or the trunk with

the mechanical keyandRopen the driver’s door or the trunkTo cancel the alarm, insert the SmartKey intothe starter switch.

Removing the mechanical key

SmartKey

SmartKey with KEYLESS-GO

Unlocking/locking manually 261

Prac

tical

hin

ts


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 261

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=10a7401f534be849351f151409a54e0f&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=c569ab1a325d3b4d351f151558f1a0c5&version=14&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=b99e5c5227980389351f191473239826&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=5f5a27ea18c307a3351f190e2d5f6977&version=1&language=--&variant=--

X Move locking tab : in the direction ofarrow.

X Slide mechanical key ; out of the housing.

Unlocking the driver’s door

X Insert mechanical key ; into the driver’sdoor lock.

X Turn mechanical key ; counterclockwiseto position 1 until the locking knob movesup.The driver’s door is unlocked.

X Pull the door handle to open the driver’sdoor.

X Turn mechanical key ; back and removeit from the driver’s door lock.

Unlocking the trunk A minimum height clearance of 5.9 ft (1.8 m)is required to open the trunk lid.

X Insert mechanical key : into the trunk lidlock.

X Turn mechanical key : counterclockwiseto position 3 and hold it in this position.

X Pull handle ; and lift the trunk lid.

! When you open the trunk, the trunk lidswings open upwards. Always make surethere is sufficient overhead clearance.

X Turn mechanical key : back and removeit from the trunk lid lock.

Locking the vehicleIf you cannot lock the vehicle with theSmartKey or with KEYLESS-GO, lock it asfollows:X Open the driver’s door.X Close the passenger door, the rear doors,

and the trunk.X Press the central locking switch

(Y page 71).X Check to see whether the locking knobs on

the doors have moved down.X If necessary, push them down manually.X Remove the mechanical key from the

SmartKey (Y page 261).X Check whether the trunk is locked.X If it is not locked, lock it with the

mechanical key (Y page 75).Except for the driver’s door, the vehicleshould now be locked.

262 Unlocking/locking manuallyPr

actic

al h

ints


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 262

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=2b2e97419f002c20351f190e5e14c2af&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=27c6ee1b9f017615351f190e27588283&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=7cd0583e325f2a6e351f151527c9a194&version=14&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=f6c1f54b9f03c226351f190e770b82b8&version=1&language=--&variant=--

X Insert mechanical key ; into the driver’sdoor lock.

X Turn mechanical key ; clockwise toposition 1.The driver’s door is locked.

X Turn mechanical key ; back and removeit from the driver’s door lock.

i This procedure does not arm the anti-theft alarm system, nor does it lock the fuelfiller flap.

Manually unlocking the gear selector lever

If the vehicle’s electrical system ismalfunctioning, the gear selector lever couldremain locked in park position P. In this casethe gear selector lever can be unlockedmanually, e.g. to tow the vehicle.X Engage the parking brake.

! Do not use sharp objects to loosen thegear selector lever cover in the centerconsole, as this could damage the gearselector lever cover or the center console.

X Insert a flat, blunt object into the left edgeof gear selector lever cover : at thepositions indicated by the arrows.

X Loosen gear selector lever cover : usingthis object.

X Pull gear selector lever cover : out andremove.

X Simultaneously push down release ; andmove the gear selector lever out of parkposition P.The gear selector lever is unlocked.

i The gear selector lever is locked again assoon as you move it back to park positionP.

Fuel filler flap

G Warning!Avoid contact with the vehicle walls as theymay contain sharp edges. Otherwise, youcould injure yourself while releasing the fuelfiller flap.

In case the central locking system does notrelease the fuel filler flap, you can open itmanually.The fuel filler flap release is located on thepassenger side in the trunk behind the sidetrim panel.X Open the trunk (Y page 71).X Remove side trim panel.

i Removing the side trim panel is ademanding process. We recommend thatyou contact Roadside Assistance(Y page 166) if you do not feel to have theability to perform this process.

Unlocking/locking manually 263

Prac

tical

hin

ts


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 263

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=3806b8c037105e14351f1515125a2367&version=11&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=3806b8c037105e14351f1515125a2367&version=11&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=c4aa5ca242380ebd351f190e3f9b8935&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=599a49502e7df7cd351f190e324db750&version=11&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=24cae184153bed15351f191412c0b33b&version=1&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=dc9d95829f090226351f190e5103c551&version=1&language=--&variant=--

X Pull fuel filler flap release : in direction ofarrow.The fuel filler flap is unlocked.

X Open the fuel filler flap (Y page 176).X Reinstall side trim panel.X Close the trunk.

Resetting activated NECK-PRO active front head restraints

If the NECK-PRO active front head restraintshave been triggered in a rear-end collision,they must be reset.You can tell that the NECK-PRO active fronthead restraints have been triggered whenthey have been moved forward and cannot beadjusted.

G Warning!For safety reasons, have the NECK-PRO activefront head restraints checked at anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center after arear-end collision.

G Warning!When pushing back the head restraintcushion, make sure your fingers do notbecome caught between the head restraintcushion and the cover. Failing to do so maylead to injury.

! Be careful not to damage upholstery.

i For your convenience, we recommendthat you have this work carried out at anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

X Take reset tool : out of the Mercedes-Benz literature pouch.

X Guide reset tool : into rectangularopening = between head restraintcushion ; and head restraint cover.

X Press reset tool : downward in directionof arrow until you hear the head restraintrelease mechanism audibly engage.

X Pull out reset tool :.X Firmly press the head restraint

cushion ; backward towards the headrestraint cover in direction of arrow until itengages.

X Repeat this procedure for the second frontseat.

X After resetting the NECK-PRO active fronthead restraints store reset tool : in theMercedes-Benz literature pouch.

For information on NECK-PRO active fronthead restraints, see “NECK-PRO active fronthead restraints” (Y page 50).For information on head restraint adjustment,see “Seats” (Y page 77).

Replacing SmartKey batteries

If the batteries in the SmartKey aredischarged, the vehicle can no longer belocked or unlocked. It is recommended tohave the batteries replaced at an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center.

264 Replacing SmartKey batteriesPr

actic

al h

ints


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 264

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=4b7c77983c998204351f151553cce049&version=12&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=4b7c77983c998204351f151553cce049&version=12&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=057b9c39703c2d58351f15144ee6e2c9&version=4&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=feb3e03321a07812351f190e207beecf&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=019632e69eb18a79351f190e651d0289&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=ea78b98b3260c12f351f15156a99e031&version=13&language=en&variant=US

G Warning!Batteries contain poisonous and corrosivesubstances. Therefore, keep the batteries outof reach of children.If a battery is swallowed, seek medical helpimmediately.

G Warning!SmartKey batteries contain perchloratematerial, which may require special handlingand regard for the environment. Check withyour local government’s disposal guidelines.California residents, see www.dtsc.ca.gov/HazardousWaste/Perchlorate/index.cfm.

Batteries contain materials that can harm theenvironment if disposed of improperly.Recycling of batteries is the preferred methodof disposal. Many states (USA only) orprovinces (Canada only) require sellers ofbatteries to accept old batteries for recycling.When inserting the batteries, make sure theyare clean and free of lint.When replacing batteries, always replaceboth batteries.

i The required replacement batteries areavailable at any authorized Mercedes-BenzCenter.

Replacement batteries: Lithium, typeCR 2025 or equivalent.X Remove the mechanical key from the

SmartKey (Y page 261).

SmartKey

X Press mechanical key ; into the SmartKeyopening until battery compartmentcover : opens. Do not keep the covershut.

X Remove the battery compartment cover.X Pat the SmartKey against the palm of your

hand until battery = falls out.X Insert the new battery with the positive

terminal (+) facing up. Use a lint-free cloth.X Insert the tabs of the battery compartment

cover into the housing and press the coverclosed.

X Slide mechanical key : back into theSmartKey.

X Check the operation of the SmartKey.

Replacing SmartKey batteries 265

Prac

tical

hin

ts


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 265

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=10cd6b422ab87346351f1514714538f5&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=b0e6350d3269bcaf351f15153e00ccfc&version=5&language=en&variant=US




https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=ac21aad970079a9d351f1914184dbe9d&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=42db947e7a69d9cf351f190e5a5df664&version=1&language=--&variant=--

SmartKey with KEYLESS-GO

X Insert mechanical key : into opening.X Press mechanical key : in direction of

arrow.Battery compartment ; is unlatched.

X Pull battery compartment ; out of theSmartKey housing.

X Pull out batteries =.X Insert new batteries = under contact

springs ? with the positive terminal (+)side facing up.

X Return battery compartment ; intoSmartKey housing until it locks into place.

X Slide mechanical key : back into theSmartKey.

X Check the operation of the SmartKey aswell as the KEYLESS-GO function.

Replacing bulbs

Safety notesSafe vehicle operation depends on properexterior lighting and signaling to a largedegree.Correct headlamp adjustment is extremelyimportant. Have headlamps checked andreadjusted at regular intervals and when abulb has been replaced. Contact anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center forheadlamp adjustment.

G Warning!Bulbs and bulb sockets can be very hot. Allowthe lamp to cool down before changing a bulb.Keep bulbs out of reach of children.Halogen lamps contain pressurized gas. Abulb can explode if youRtouch or move it when hotRdrop the bulbRscratch the bulb

Wear eye and hand protection.Because of high voltage in Xenon lamps, it isdangerous to replace the bulb or repair thelamp and its components. We recommendthat you have such work done by a qualifiedtechnician.

G Warning!The bulbs in the tail lamps cannot be replacedindividually. The tail lamp bulbs are underpressure and could explode during an attemptto replace them.If the tail lamps are malfunctioning, have themreplaced at an authorized Mercedes-BenzCenter.

i Since replacing bulbs is a technicallyhighly demanding process, we recommendto have them replaced at an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center.

i If the headlamps or front fog lamps arefogged up on the inside as a result of high

266 Replacing bulbsPr

actic

al h

ints


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 266

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=3ee646bd1910cde7351f190e709be840&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=090eabf0413994c7351f190e6e86b51a&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=0143946246fd8c28351f15144ea1da8d&version=11&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=e21fbae08062632f351f1514350a6281&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=d8cdb25180674b91351f151407e5e29b&version=3&language=en&variant=US

humidity, driving the vehicle a distance withthe lights on should clear up the fogging.

BulbsYou can replace the following bulbs yourself:

Halogen headlamps Type: Turn signal lamp: 3457AK; High-beam lamp: H7 55 W= Parking and standing lamp: W 5 W? Low-beam lamp: H7 55 W

Bi-Xenon headlamps Type: Turn signal lamp: 3457AK; High-beam lamp: H7 55 W

License plate lamps Type: License plate lamps: C 5 W

Replacing bulbs 267

Prac

tical

hin

ts


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 267

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=619a12fe3ba0e1f6351f15156d70e308&version=15&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=f36365f3dcf3cb4b351f190e06374eeb&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=3f0db60110612548351f19146c84344f&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=dec89d8b6879d525351f190e64d5877d&version=1&language=--&variant=--

Notes on bulb replacement! Do not replace LEDs or bulbs not

described in this section. You couldotherwise damage the LEDs, the bulbs orparts of the vehicle. Only have the LEDs andbulbs replaced at an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

G Observe Safety notes, see page 266.ROnly use 12-volt bulbs of the same type and

with the specified watt rating.RSwitch the lights off before changing a bulb

to prevent short circuits.RAlways use a clean lint-free cloth when

handling bulbs.RYour hands should be dry and free of oil and

grease.RIf the newly installed bulb does not come

on, contact an authorized Mercedes-BenzCenter.

i Mercedes-Benz recommends usingLonglife (LL) bulbs.

Replacing bulbs for front lamps

G Warning!Do not remove the cover for the Bi-Xenonheadlamp. Because of high voltage in Xenonlamps, it is dangerous to replace the bulb orrepair the lamp and its components. It isrecommended to have such work done by aqualified technician.

Before you start to replace a bulb for a frontlamp, do the following:X Switch off the ignition.X Turn the exterior lamp switch to position$.

X Open the hood (Y page 178).

: Housing cover for low-beam halogen or Bi-Xenon headlamp

; Housing cover for high-beam headlamp/high-beam flasher bulb and for parkingand standing lamp bulb

= Bulb socket for turn signal lamp bulb? Bulb socket for high-beam bulbA Bulb socket for parking and standing lamp

bulbB Bulb socket for low-beam bulb

Low-beam bulb (halogen headlamps only)X Turn housing cover : counterclockwise

and remove it.X Turn bulb socket B with the bulb

counterclockwise and remove it.X Pull the bulb out of bulb socket B.X Gently press the new bulb into bulb socketB.

268 Replacing bulbsPr

actic

al h

ints


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 268

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=e2367eb13ba1f511351f151533a721ab&version=15&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=88ced201abb66335351f15146c3d46e7&version=4&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=0f0b34f0478872e3351f190e3158f2e4&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=0f58c6fa4789f280351f190e4cb8b2a2&version=1&language=--&variant=--

X Place bulb socket B back into the housingand turn it clockwise until it engages.

X Align housing cover : and turn itclockwise until it engages.

High-beam and high-beam flasher bulb (halogen headlamps only)/high-beam flasher bulb (Bi-Xenon headlamps only)X Turn housing cover ; counterclockwise

and remove it.X Turn bulb socket ? with the bulb

counterclockwise and remove it.X Pull the bulb out of bulb socket ?.X Gently press the new bulb into bulb

socket ?.X Place bulb socket ? back into the housing

and turn it clockwise until it engages.X Align housing cover ; and turn it

clockwise until it engages.

Front turn signal lamp bulbX Turn bulb socket = with the bulb

counterclockwise and remove it.X Gently press onto the bulb and turn it

counterclockwise out of bulb socket =.X Gently press the new bulb into bulb socket= and turn it clockwise until it engages.

X Place bulb socket = back into the housingand turn it clockwise until it engages.

Parking and standing lamp bulb

Halogen headlampsX Turn housing cover ; counterclockwise

and remove it.X Pull out bulb socket A with the bulb.X Pull the bulb out of bulb socket A.X Gently press the new bulb into bulb socketA.

X Press bulb socket A back into the lamp.X Align housing cover ; and turn it

clockwise.

Bi-Xenon headlampsIn vehicles with Bi-Xenon headlamps, thebulbs of the parking and standing lamps areLEDs.

! Do not replace the LEDs yourself. Youcould otherwise damage the LEDs or partsof the vehicle. Only have the LEDs replacedat an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

Replacing bulbs for rear lamps

Tail lamp unit The tail lamps are equipped with HiP bulbsand LEDs. Have them replaced at anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center.G Observe Safety notes, see page 266.

License plate lamps

X Switch off the ignition.X Turn the exterior lamp switch to position$.

X Open the trunk.X Loosen screws : of lamp cover to be

removed.X Remove lamp cover ;.X Replace the bulb.X Reinstall lamp cover ;.X Retighten screws :.

Replacing bulbs 269

Prac

tical

hin

ts


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 269

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=a1b4ddac3ba31c1d351f15155257a065&version=13&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=7915b9be478f1770351f190e4d293564&version=1&language=--&variant=--

Replacing wiper blades

Safety notes

G Warning!For safety reasons, switch off the wipers andremove the SmartKey from the starter switch(vehicles with KEYLESS-GO: Make sure thevehicle’s on-board electronics have status 0)before replacing a wiper blade. Otherwise, thewiper motor could suddenly turn on and causeinjury.

G Warning!Wiper blades are components that are subjectto wear and tear. Replace the wiper bladestwice a year, preferably in the spring and fall.Otherwise the windshield will not be wipedproperly. As a result, you may not be able toobserve surrounding traffic conditions andcould cause an accident.

! To avoid damage to the hood, the wiperarms should only be folded forward whenin the vertical position.

! Never open the hood when a wiper arm isfolded forward.Hold on to the wiper when folding a wiperarm back. If released, the force of theimpact from the tensioning spring couldcrack the windshield.Do not allow a wiper arm to contact thewindshield glass without a wiper bladeinserted.Mercedes-Benz recommends that you havethis work carried out at an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center.

Placing wiper arms in vertical position

Wiper arms in vertical position

X Make sure the hood is fully closed.

Vehicles with SmartKeyX Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to

position 1.X Turn the combination switch to wiper

setting °.X With wiper arms in vertical position, turn

the SmartKey in the starter switch toposition 0.

X Remove the SmartKey from the starterswitch.

Vehicles with KEYLESS-GOX Turn off the engine.

With the driver’s door closed, the starterswitch is now in position 1.

X Turn the combination switch to wipersetting °.

X With wiper arms in vertical position, openthe driver’s door.The starter switch is set to position 0, sameas the SmartKey removed from the starterswitch.

X Turn the combination switch to wipersetting $.

270 Replacing wiper bladesPr

actic

al h

ints


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 270

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=09ab5ad72e898890351f190e09aeb70e&version=9&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=4ae329c4be72988c351f190e008835a0&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=5499110a052218da351f190e60ce4904&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=3cef3e2f3b8ba802351f15154feca04f&version=5&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=c83c42349f0daab2351f190e5c4bc568&version=1&language=--&variant=--

Removing wiper blades! Do not pull on the wiper blade inserts.

They could tear.

X Fold the wiper arm forward until it snapsinto place.

X Turn the wiper blade at a right angle towiper arm.

X Slide the wiper blade sideways out of theretainer.

Installing wiper bladesX Slide the wiper blade onto the wiper arm

until it locks in place.X Rotate the wiper blade into a position

parallel to the wiper arm.X Fold the wiper arm backward to rest on the

windshield.Make sure you hold on to the wiper whenfolding the wiper arm back.

! Make sure the wiper blades are installedproperly. Improperly installed wiper bladesmay cause windshield damage.

Flat tire

Safety notesYour vehicle may be equipped with aMinispare wheel or a spare wheel withcollapsible tire.

For information on your vehicle’s equipment,see “Rims and tires” (Y page 291).

G Warning!The dimensions of the spare wheel aredifferent from those of the road wheels. As aresult, the vehicle handling characteristicschange when driving with a spare wheelmounted. Adapt your driving styleaccordingly.The spare wheel is for temporary use only.When driving with a spare wheel mounted,ensure proper tire inflation pressure and donot exceed a vehicle speed of 50 mph(80 km/h).Contact the nearest authorized Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possible to have thespare wheel replaced with a regular roadwheel.Never operate the vehicle with more than onespare wheel mounted.Do not switch off the ESP® when a sparewheel is mounted.

Preparing the vehicleX Whenever possible, park the vehicle in a

safe distance from moving traffic on a hard,flat surface.

X Turn on the hazard warning flasher.X Turn the steering wheel so that the front

wheels are in a straight-ahead position.X Engage the parking brake.X Shift the automatic transmission into park

position P.X Turn off the engine.X Remove the SmartKey from the starter

switch.orX Vehicles with KEYLESS-GO: Open the

driver’s door (this puts the starter switch inposition 0, same as with the SmartKeyremoved from the starter switch). Thedriver’s door can then be closed again.

Flat tire 271

Prac

tical

hin

ts


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 271

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=5792367f3b8c42fc351f15154442e036&version=12&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=73e9f58589b80271351f190e038d354c&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=093ea8523b8cdbfe351f151529d6608a&version=12&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=9dda8e8e2e8dd176351f190e3a2f375a&version=8&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=9d9a3bef99c187bf351f151438cf62e5&version=4&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=bccc159c36f5f5e2351f15155cfa236f&version=9&language=en&variant=US

Open doors only when conditions are safeto do so.

X Have any passenger exit the vehicle at asafe distance from the roadway. Opendoors only when conditions are safe to doso.

Mounting the spare wheel

IntroductionX Prepare the vehicle as described

(Y page 271).X Take the following out of the vehicle:Rspare wheelRjackRvehicle tool kitRwheel wrenchRelectric air pump (required for vehicles

with spare wheel with collapsible tireonly)

For information on where to find therespective items, see “Where will I find ...?”(Y page 224) and (Y page 226).

i Vehicles without spare wheel are notfactory-equipped with the tools required fora wheel change such as a jack or a wheelwrench. Some tools required for a wheelchange are specific to your vehicle.Contact an authorized Mercedes-BenzCenter to obtain the tools approved foryour vehicle. This section describes thewheel change using the tools approved andrecommended for your vehicle.

Removing tensioning straps from spare wheelThis description applies to vehicles with 19"spare wheel with collapsible tire only.A 19" spare wheel with collapsible tire hastwo tensioning straps on it that must beremoved before mounting the spare wheel.

X Press on both clips ; simultaneously torelease buckle :.

X Store the tensioning straps in a safe place.You will need them to store the spare wheelin the trunk after use (Y page 226).

Lifting the vehicle

G Warning!When jacking up the vehicle, only use the jackwhich has been specifically approved byMercedes-Benz for your vehicle.The jack is designed exclusively for jacking upthe vehicle at the jack take-up brackets builtinto both sides of the vehicle. Make sure thejack arm is fully seated in the jack take-upbracket. The jack must always be verticalwhen in use, especially on inclines ordeclines.The jack is intended only for lifting the vehiclebriefly for wheel changes. It is not suited forperforming maintenance work under thevehicle. To help avoid personal injury, use thejack only to lift the vehicle during a wheelchange.Never get beneath the vehicle while it issupported by the jack. Keep hands and feetaway from the area under the lifted vehicle.Always lower the vehicle onto sufficientcapacity jackstands before working under thevehicle.Always engage the parking brake firmly andblock the wheels with wheel chocks or othersizeable objects before raising the vehicle

272 Flat tirePr

actic

al h

ints


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 272

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=f429db517825f22b351f190e27992f9e&version=7&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=abe0c8e724cd3033351f190e1123c976&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=15a019d578282cc4351f190e63c92858&version=13&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=2bcaaf319688efa7351f190e165bb50f&version=4&language=en&variant=US

with the jack. Do not disengage the parkingbrake while the vehicle is raised.Make sure that the ground on which thevehicle is standing and where you place thejack is solid, level and not slippery. Ifnecessary, use a large underlay. On slipperysurfaces, such as tiled floors, you should usea non-slip underlay, for example a rubber mat.Do not use wooden blocks or similar objectsto support the jack. Otherwise the jack maynot be able to achieve its load-bearingcapacity if it is not at its full height.Never start the engine when the vehicle israised.Also observe the notes on the jack.

X Prevent the vehicle from rolling away byblocking wheels with wheel chocks or othersizeable objects.When your vehicle is equipped with a wheelchock, it is included with the vehicle tool kit(Y page 224). For information on setting upthe collapsible wheel chock, see(Y page 225).

When changing a wheel on a level surface:X Place a wheel chock or other sizeable

object in front of and another wheel chockor other sizeable object behind the wheelthat is diagonally opposite to the wheelbeing changed.

Always try lifting the vehicle using the jack ona level surface. However, shouldcircumstances require you to do so on a hill:X Place wheel chocks or other sizeable

objects on the downhill side in front of bothwheels on the side opposite to the side onwhich the wheel is to be changed.

G Warning!Only jack up the vehicle on level ground or onslight inclines/declines. Otherwise, thevehicle could fall off the jack and injure you orothers.

X On the wheel to be changed, loosen but donot yet remove the wheel bolts(approximately one full turn with wheelwrench :).

The jack take-up brackets are located directlybehind the front wheel housings and in frontof the rear wheel housings.

G Warning!The jack is designed exclusively for jacking upthe vehicle at the jack take-up brackets. Makesure the jack arm is fully seated in the jacktake-up bracket.If you do not position the jack correctly in thejack take-up bracket, the vehicle can fall offthe jack and seriously or fatally injure you orothers.

! Do not position the jack on the body ofthe vehicle, as this may cause damage tothe vehicle.

Flat tire 273

Prac

tical

hin

ts


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 273

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=874a9af385a842ad351f190e67dee869&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=633d7008281dbde4351f190e6062c900&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=1b9d5094870522e4351f190e5a972f51&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=eb9f06152823fa6f351f190e65ca4eec&version=1&language=--&variant=--

X Place jack = on firm ground.X Position jack = under take-up

bracket ; so that it is always vertical asseen from the side, even if the vehicle isparked on an incline.

X Turn crank ? clockwise until jack = isfully seated in take-up bracket ; and thejack base evenly meets the ground.

X Jack up the vehicle until the wheel is amaximum of 1.2 in (3 cm) from the ground.

Removing the wheel

X Unscrew the uppermost wheel bolt andremove it.

X Replace this wheel bolt with alignmentbolt :.

X Remove the remaining bolts.

! Do not place wheel bolts in sand or dirt.This could result in damage to the wheelbolts and wheel hub threads.

X Remove the wheel.

Attaching the spare wheel

G Warning!Vehicles with spare wheel with collapsible tireonly: Inflate collapsible tire only after thewheel is properly attached.Inflate the collapsible tire using the electricair pump before lowering the vehicle.

G Warning!Always replace wheel bolts that are damagedor rusted.Never apply oil or grease to wheel bolts.Damaged wheel hub threads should berepaired immediately. Do not continue todrive under these circumstances! Contact anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center or callRoadside Assistance.Incorrect wheel bolts or improperly tightenedwheel bolts can cause the wheel to come off.This could cause an accident. Make sure touse the correct wheel bolts.

G Warning!Only use genuine Mercedes-Benz wheel bolts.Other wheel bolts may come loose.Do not tighten the wheel bolts when thevehicle is raised. Otherwise the vehicle couldfall off the jack.

X Clean contact surfaces of wheel and wheelhub.

! To avoid paint damage, place wheel flatagainst hub and hold it there whileinstalling first wheel bolt.

274 Flat tirePr

actic

al h

ints


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 274

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=36401a5688ab7af5351f190e501273d5&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=dc1b3ee5782954db351f190e0fb92ffc&version=10&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=53e0c5de283e89db351f190e1c054917&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=ca3cdbae782ad99a351f190e5605e808&version=11&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=57bafa209ebca8d9351f15142ece2555&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=2d6ae1499ec0c210351f15142c7ae529&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=1b8ff4f49ec43ca5351f151405d362b7&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=6d330327284bfae3351f190e1df9494f&version=1&language=--&variant=--

X Guide the spare wheel onto the alignmentbolt and push it on.

X Insert the wheel bolts and tighten themslightly.

X Unscrew the alignment bolt.X Install the last wheel bolt and tighten it

slightly.X Vehicles with spare wheel with

collapsible tire: Continue the procedureby following the instructions under“Inflating the collapsible tire”(Y page 275) and then “Lowering thevehicle” (Y page 276).

orX Vehicles with Minispare wheel: Continue

the procedure by following the instructionsunder “Lowering the vehicle”(Y page 276).

Inflating the collapsible tire

G Warning!Inflate collapsible tire only after the wheel isproperly attached.Inflate the collapsible tire using the electricair pump before lowering the vehicle.

G Warning!Observe safety instructions on air pump label.

! Do not lower the vehicle before inflatingthe collapsible tire. Otherwise the rim maybe damaged.

Your vehicle may be equipped with either oftwo versions of the electric air pump:RVersion 1: The air hose with pressure

gauge and the electrical plug are locatedbehind a flap.RVersion 2: The pressure gauge is located

in the pump housing. The air hose andelectrical plug are located at the bottom ofthe pump housing.

The following description applies to bothversions. Differences in usage are expresslydeclared.

Version 1

Version 2

X Version 1 only: Open flap : on electricair pump.

X Version 1 only: Pull out electrical plug= and air hose with pressure gauge andvent screw ?.

X Version 2 only: Pull electrical plug = andthe air hose out of the pump housingbottom.

X Version 1 only: Close vent screw on airhose ?.

X Remove the valve cap from the collapsibletire valve.

X Screw union nut A onto the collapsible tirevalve.

X Make sure air pump switch ; is set to 0.X Insert electrical plug = into the cigarette

lighter socket (Y page 163) or a poweroutlet (Y page 163).

Flat tire 275

Prac

tical

hin

ts


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 275

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=5f6b9951782bf57c351f190e524ce840&version=6&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=69e728568be40543351f190e45ac6eea&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=1bdbb3c49a05313b351f15146ac76576&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=983c868a323f15f4351f190e24c132d6&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=2ff643823240a649351f190e773672f2&version=1&language=--&variant=--

X Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch toposition 1.

orX Vehicles with KEYLESS-GO: Press the

KEYLESS-GO start/stop button once. Donot depress the brake pedal.

X Press I on electric air pump switch ;.The electric air pump switches on andinflates the collapsible tire.

X Inflate the collapsible tire to therecommended tire inflation pressure asspecified for your vehicle (Y page 296).This should take approximately 5 minutes.

G Warning!The air hose and the union nut can becomehot during inflation. Exercise proper cautionto avoid burning yourself when using theequipment.

! Do not operate the electric air pumplonger than 8 minutes without interruption.Otherwise it may overheat.You may operate the air pump again afterit has cooled off.

! Compare the recommended tire inflationpressure for your vehicle with the tireinflation pressure on the yellow labellocated on the spare wheel rim.If the tire inflation pressure on the yellowlabel on the spare wheel rim differs fromthe values given in this Operator’s Manual,inflate the tire to the recommended tireinflation pressure given on the yellow labelon the spare wheel rim.

X Press 0 on electric air pump switch ;.X Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to

position 0.orX Vehicles with KEYLESS-GO: Press the

KEYLESS-GO start/stop button twice. Donot depress the brake pedal.

X Version 1 only: If the tire inflation pressureis above the recommended tire inflation

pressure as specified for your vehicle(Y page 296), decrease tire pressure usingthe vent screw on air hose ?.

X Version 2 only: If the tire inflation pressureis above the recommended tire inflationpressure as specified for your vehicle(Y page 296), decrease tire pressure usingdeflate button B.

G Observe Safety notes, see page 185.X Detach the electric air pump.X Reinstall collapsible tire valve cap.X Version 1 only: Store electrical plug =

and air hose ? behind flap :.X Version 2 only: Store electrical plug =

and the air hose back into the pumphousing bottom.

X Place the electric air pump back in itsdesignated storage space.

X Lower the vehicle.

Lowering the vehicle

G Warning!Vehicles with spare wheel with collapsible tireonly: Inflate collapsible tire only after thewheel is properly attached.Inflate the collapsible tire using the electricair pump before lowering the vehicle.

X Lower the vehicle by turning the crankcounterclockwise until the vehicle isresting fully on its own weight.

X Remove the jack.

276 Flat tirePr

actic

al h

ints


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 276

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=d1af137a9f4a59e8351f151423b0e5d9&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=0b44c741782ff81c351f190e7ca1a80c&version=12&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=57bafa209ebca8d9351f15142ece2555&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=0f8d0fba2853d393351f190e2f0e0943&version=1&language=--&variant=--

X Tighten the five wheel bolts evenly,following the diagonal sequence illustrated(: to A), until all bolts are tight. Observea tightening torque of 96 lb-ft (130 Nm).

G Warning!Have the tightening torque checked afterchanging a wheel. The wheels could comeloose if they are not tightened to a torque of96 lb-ft (130 Nm).

X Fully collapse the jack, with handle foldedin (storage position), see (Y page 225).

X Store the jack and the other vehicle toolsin the designated storage space.

X Wrap the damaged wheel in the protectivewrap that comes with the spare wheel andput the wheel in the trunk.You can also place the damaged wheeldown into the spare wheel well. In this case,you must store the luggage bowl in thetrunk.

For information on storing the spare wheelafter it has been replaced by a regular roadwheel, see (Y page 226).

i Vehicles with TPMS or Advanced TPMS:Do not restart the tire inflation pressuremonitor until a full size wheel/tire withfunctioning sensor has been placed backinto service on the vehicle.

MOExtended systemThe MOExtended system allows you tocontinue driving your vehicle even if there isa total loss of pressure in one or more tires.You may only use the MOExtended system inconjunction with the tire pressure losswarning system (Y page 186), the TPMS(Y page 188), or the Advanced TPMS(Y page 190).The maximum distance in emergency modedepends on the vehicle’s load. It is 50 miles(80 km) if the vehicle is partially loaded and18 miles (30 km) if the vehicle is fully loaded.The point at which the maximum driving

distance in emergency mode begins is whenthe warning message appears in themultifunction display indicating that there isa loss of tire inflation pressure.X Do not exceed the maximum speed of

50 mph (80 km/h).

G Warning!In emergency mode, your vehicle’s drivingcharacteristics are diminished in suchsituations as:Rdriving around curvesRwhile brakingRwhile accelerating rapidly

Therefore, your driving style must be adaptedaccordingly. Avoid abrupt steering and drivingmaneuvers, as well as driving over obstacles(road curbs, potholes, or off-road areas). Thisis especially important if the vehicle is heavilyloaded.The emergency driving distance that can beachieved greatly depends on the demandsplaced on the vehicle. Depending on speed,load, driving maneuvers, road conditions,outside temperature, etc., the distance can besignificantly shorter or, if the vehicle is drivencautiously, somewhat longer.Do not continue driving in emergency mode ifRyou notice knocking soundsRthe vehicle starts to shakeRsmoke develops and you smell rubberRESP® is intervening continuouslyRyou notice tears on the tire sidewalls

After driving in emergency mode, you musthave the rims inspected by an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center to check if they aresuitable for further use. The failed tire mustbe replaced in any case.

When replacing individual or all tires on thevehicle, make sure only tires marked with“MOExtended” are mounted in the sizespecified for your vehicle (Y page 291).

Flat tire 277

Prac

tical

hin

ts


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 277

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=749a496c9f78a16c351f151409b8a59b&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=72aed0e5db0859a0351f190e1491e2d4&version=5&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=abd79768de6f9078351f190e6736251f&version=2&language=en&variant=US

Battery

Safety notesA battery should always be sufficientlycharged in order to achieve its rated servicelife. Refer to Maintenance Booklet for batterymaintenance intervals.If you use your vehicle mostly for short-distance trips, you will need to have thebattery charge checked more frequently.When replacing a battery, always use abattery approved by Mercedes-Benz.If you do not intend to operate your vehiclefor an extended period of time, contact anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center aboutsteps you need to observe.

G Warning!Observe all safety instructions andprecautions when handling automotivebatteries.

Risk of explosion.

Fire, open flames andsmoking are prohibitedwhen handling batteries.Avoid creating sparks.Battery acid is caustic. Donot allow it to come intocontact with skin, eyes orclothing.Wear suitable protectiveclothing, especially gloves,apron and faceguard.Wear eye protection.Rinse any acid spillsimmediately with clearwater. Contact a physicianif necessary.

Keep children away.

Follow the instructions inthis Operator’s Manual.

A battery contains materials that can harmthe environment if disposed of improperly. Alarge 12 V storage battery contains lead.Recycling of the battery is the preferredmethod of disposal. Many states (USA only)or provinces (Canada only) require sellers ofbatteries to accept the old battery forrecycling.

G Warning!Failure to follow these instructions can resultin severe injury or death.Never lean over batteries while connecting.You might get injured.Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid. Do notallow this fluid to come in contact with eyes,skin or clothing. In case it does, immediatelyflush affected area with water and seekmedical help if necessary.A battery will also produce hydrogen gas,which is flammable and explosive. Keepflames or sparks away from battery, avoidimproper connection of jumper cables,smoking etc.

G Warning!Do not place metal objects on the battery asthis could result in a short circuit.Use leak-proof batteries only to avoid the riskof acid burns in the event of an accident.Take care that you do not become staticallycharged, e.g. by wearing synthetic clothing orrubbing against textiles. For this reason, youalso should not pull or push the battery overcarpets or other synthetic materials.Never touch the battery first. First touch theoutside body of the vehicle in order to releaseany possible electrostatic charges.

278 BatteryPr

actic

al h

ints


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 278

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=805f16b14a44d4db351f15145db8dd14&version=11&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=a479a23c706b2416351f15143f43a2df&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=c24f63f1708d288d351f151401b3e2da&version=3&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=0fcfb12722f74d25351f190e5e7a2949&version=2&language=en&variant=US

Do not rub the battery with rags or cloths. Thebattery could explode if touched due toelectrostatic charge or due to sparkformation.

! The battery is a Valve-Regulated LeadAcid (VRLA) battery, also referred to as“fleece” battery.Such batteries do not require topping-up ofthe electrolyte level. VRLA batteriestherefore do not have cell caps and thebattery cover is non-removable. Do notattempt to open the battery as otherwisethe battery will be damaged.VRLA batteries do not require topping-up ofthe electrolyte level. They cannot beopened to check the electrolyte level.However, the battery condition must bechecked periodically by performing abattery conductance test. Refer toMaintenance Booklet for battery conditiontesting intervals.The factory-equipped battery may only bereplaced with a battery thatRhas the same security featuresRis of identical sizeRis of identical voltageRis of identical capacity

! As any other battery, the battery maydischarge if you do not operate the vehiclefor an extended period of time. Have thebattery disconnected at a qualifiedworkshop or an authorized Mercedes-BenzCenter in such a case. You may alsoconnect an accessory battery charge unitexpressly approved by Mercedes-Benz foryour vehicle model to maintain the batterycharge. Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center for further information.The battery, the battery ventilation hoseand the lateral plug must always besecurely installed when the vehicle is inoperation.

! Never loosen or detach battery terminalclamps while the engine is running or theSmartKey is in the starter switch orKEYLESS-GO button is in position 1.Otherwise the alternator and otherelectronic components could be severelydamaged.Have the battery checked regularly at anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center.Refer to Maintenance Booklet formaintenance intervals or contact anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center forfurther information.

i After battery power was interrupted, dothe following:RSynchronize the power windows

(Y page 95).RSynchronize the tilt/sliding sunroof

(Y page 154).

Charging the battery

G Warning!Never charge a battery while still installed inthe vehicle unless the accessory batterycharge unit approved by Mercedes-Benz isbeing used. Gases may escape duringcharging and could cause an explosion thatmay result in personal injury, paint damage orcorrosion.An accessory battery charge unit speciallyadapted for Mercedes-Benz vehicles andtested and approved by Mercedes-Benz isavailable. It permits the charging of thebattery in its installed position. Contact anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center forinformation and availability.Charge battery in accordance with theseparate instructions for the accessorybattery charger.

Have the battery charged at an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center. If you charge the

Battery 279

Prac

tical

hin

ts


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 279

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=0487a211375b758e351f151531bc20a3&version=7&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=65e0360470f6bbb3351f15145103e297&version=3&language=en&variant=US

battery yourself, follow the operatinginstructions for your charging device.Only use a battery charge unit with amaximum charging voltage of 14.8 V.X Charge battery in accordance with the

instructions of the battery chargermanufacturer.

Jump starting

G Warning!Failure to follow these directions will causedamage to the electronic components, andcan lead to a battery explosion and severeinjury or death.Never lean over batteries while connecting orjump starting. You might get injured.Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid. Do notallow this fluid to come in contact with eyes,skin or clothing. In case it does, immediatelyflush affected area with water, and seekmedical help if necessary.A battery will also produce hydrogen gas,which is flammable and explosive. Keepflames or sparks away from battery, avoidimproper connection of jumper cables,smoking, etc.Attempting to jump start a frozen battery canresult in it exploding, causing personal injury.Read all instructions before proceeding.

! Do not tow-start the vehicle. You couldotherwise seriously damage the automatictransmission which is not covered by theMercedes-Benz Limited Warranty.

! Jump starting should only be performedusing the jump-start terminals located inthe engine compartment.Avoid repeated and lengthy startingattempts.Do not attempt to start the engine using abattery quick-charge unit.

If the engine does not run after severalunsuccessful starting attempts, have itchecked at the nearest authorizedMercedes-Benz Center.Excessive unburned fuel generated byrepeated failed starting attempts maydamage the catalytic converter and maypresent a fire risk.Make sure the jumper cables do not haveloose or missing insulation.Make sure the cable clamps do not touchany other metal part while the other end isstill attached to a battery.

If the battery is discharged, the engine can bestarted with jumper cables and the fullycharged battery of another vehicle or anequivalent starter pack. Observe thefollowing:RAccess to the battery is not possible on all

vehicles. If you cannot access the batteryof the other vehicle, provide jump startpower by an external battery or starterpack.RJump starting should only be performed

when the engine and catalytic converterare cold.RDo not jump start the engine or charge the

battery if the battery is frozen. Let thebattery thaw out first.ROnly jump start from batteries with the

same voltage rating (12 V). Jump startingwith a more powerful battery could damagethe vehicle’s electrical system. Suchdamage will not be covered by theMercedes-Benz Limited Warranty.ROnly use jumper cables with sufficient

cross-section and insulated terminalclamps.RAlways make sure the jumper cables are

not on or near pulleys, fans or other partsthat move when an engine is started orrunning.RShould the battery be drained completely,

let the donating power source charge the

280 Jump startingPr

actic

al h

ints


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 280

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=b1bd9c50375cc30b351f151537a160a2&version=16&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=b6fcb02071250d60351f1514045ee507&version=3&language=en&variant=US

vehicle for several minutes beforereattempting the starting process.

The battery is located in the trunk underneaththe luggage box (Y page 227).X Make sure the two vehicles do not touch.X Switch off all electrical consumers.

X Engage the parking brake.X Make sure the automatic transmission is in

park position P.X Open the trunk.

Position A represents the charged battery ofanother vehicle or an equivalent starter pack.X Remove cover from battery positive

terminal ;.

! Never invert the terminal connections!

X Connect positive terminal : of chargedbattery A with positive terminal ; with ajumper cable. Clamp the cable to positiveterminal : of charged battery A first.

X Start engine of the vehicle with chargedbattery A and run at idle speed.

X Connect negative terminal = of chargedbattery A with negative terminal ? witha jumper cable. Clamp the cable tonegative terminal = of charged batteryA first.

X Start engine of the vehicle with thedischarged battery and run at idle speed.You can now turn on the electricalconsumers. Do not switch on theheadlamps under any circumstances.

X Remove the jumper cables from negativeterminals = and ? first.

X Remove the jumper cables from positiveterminals : and ;.You can now switch on the headlamps.

X Have the battery checked at the nearestauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

Towing the vehicle

Safety notesMercedes-Benz recommends that the vehiclebe transported with all wheels off the ground

Towing the vehicle 281

Prac

tical

hin

ts


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 281

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=375e4e2d19a6ba0d351f190e05d70979&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=bd2332ea2e9801b0351f190e5c8137d7&version=12&language=en&variant=US

using flatbed or appropriate wheel lift/dollyequipment. This method is preferable to othertypes of towing.

! To prevent damage during transport, donot tie down vehicle by its chassis orsuspension parts.

If circumstances do not permit therecommended towing methods, the vehiclemay be towed with all wheels on the groundor one axle raised only so far as necessary tohave the vehicle moved to a safe locationwhere the recommended towing methodscan be employed.

! Before towing the vehicle observe thefollowing instructions:RDo not tow-start the vehicle. You could

otherwise seriously damage theautomatic transmission which is notcovered by the Mercedes-Benz LimitedWarranty.RDo not tow with sling-type equipment.

Towing with sling-type equipment overbumpy roads will damage radiator andsupports.RTowing of the vehicle should only be

done using the properly installed towingeye bolt. Never attach a tow cable, towrope or tow rod to the vehicle chassis,frame or suspension parts.


! Avoid pulling the vehicle abruptly ordiagonally, since it could result in damageto the chassis alignment.

! Do not use the towing eye bolt forrecovery, as this could damage the vehicle.If in doubt, recover the vehicle with a crane.

i If the battery is disconnected ordischargedRthe SmartKey will not turn in the starter

switchRthe automatic transmission will remain in

park position PFor more information see “Battery”(Y page 278) or “Jump starting”(Y page 280).For information on manually unlocking thegear selector lever, see (Y page 263).

Installing towing eye boltDepending on whether you are towing avehicle or you are being towed, the towing eyebolt can be screwed into threaded holeswhich are located behind covers on eachbumper.The towing eye bolt is supplied with thevehicle tool kit, located underneath the trunkfloor (Y page 224).X Take the vehicle tool kit out of the trunk.

Removing cover in front bumper

X Press mark on cover : as indicated by thearrow.

X Lift cover : off to reveal the threaded holefor the towing eye bolt.

282 Towing the vehiclePr

actic

al h

ints


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 282


https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=ac505a6e375ec00b351f151507b3a08f&version=13&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=67d0a6278980b3e1351f190e732f72a8&version=1&language=--&variant=--

Removing cover in rear bumper

G Warning!In order to avoid possible serious burns orinjury, use extreme caution when removingthe rear cover, because the rear exhaust pipeis extremely hot.

X Press on cover : as indicated by thearrow.

X Fold cover : down to reveal the threadedhole for the towing eye bolt.

Fixing towing eye bolt

Example illustration front bumper

X Take the towing eye bolt and, if soequipped, the wheel wrench from thevehicle tool kit (Y page 224).

X Screw towing eye bolt ; clockwise intothreaded hole to its stop.

X Insert wheel wrench into towing eye andtighten towing eye bolt ; by turning itclockwise.

orX If your vehicle is not equipped with a wheel

wrench, use a suitable object to turn thetowing eye bolt.

Removing towing eye boltX Loosen towing eye bolt ; by turning it

counterclockwise.X Unscrew towing eye bolt ;.X Reinstalling cover: Fit cover :

(Y page 282) and snap it into place.X Store the towing eye bolt ; and wheel

wrench back into the vehicle tool kit.

Towing with front axle raised! The vehicle may be towed only for

distances up to 30 miles (50 km) and at aspeed not to exceed 30 mph (50 km/h).

X Make sure the ignition is switched on.X With the vehicle at a standstill, depress the

brake pedal and keep it pressed.X Shift the automatic transmission into

neutral position N.X Release the brake pedal.X If engaged, release the parking brake.X Switch off the automatic central locking

(Y page 123).X Switch off the ignition and leave the

SmartKey in the starter switch.X Switch on the hazard warning flasher

(Y page 90).

! Because the ESP® operatesautomatically, the engine and ignition mustbe shut off (SmartKey in starter switchposition 0 or 1 or KEYLESS-GO start/stopbutton in position 0 or 1) when the vehicleis being towed with the front axle raised.

Towing the vehicle 283

Prac

tical

hin

ts


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 283

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=825e212ace15a90a351f190e53d9b40f&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=4717169f89822783351f190e2bc5f53d&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=81025f765ba427f5351f1914011b1622&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=b97905b1be597ea5351f190e3bfa7510&version=8&language=en&variant=US

Active braking action through the ESP®


Towing with all wheels on the ground

G Warning!If circumstances require towing the vehiclewith all wheels on the ground, always tow witha tow bar if:Rthe engine will not runRthere is a malfunction in the brake systemRthere is a malfunction in the power supply

or in the vehicle’s electrical system

This is necessary to adequately control thetowed vehicle.Prior to towing the vehicle with all wheels onthe ground, make sure the SmartKey is instarter switch position 2.If the SmartKey is left in the starter switchposition 0 for an extended period of time, itcan no longer be turned in the switch. In thiscase, the steering is locked. To unlock,remove SmartKey from starter switch andreinsert.


X Make sure the ignition is switched on.X With the vehicle at a standstill, depress the

brake pedal and keep it pressed.X Shift the automatic transmission into

neutral position N.X Release the brake pedal.X If engaged, release the parking brake.X Switch on the hazard warning flasher

(Y page 90).

! The vehicle may be towed only fordistances up to 30 miles (50 km) and at aspeed not to exceed 30 mph (50 km/h).

i While being towed with the hazardwarning flasher in use, use the combinationswitch in the usual manner to signal turns.Only the selected turn signal will operate.Upon canceling the turn signal, the hazardwarning flasher will operate again.

Fuses

IntroductionThe electrical fuses in your vehicle serve toswitch off malfunctioning power circuits.If a fuse is blown, the components andsystems secured by that fuse will stopoperating.

G Warning!Only use fuses approved by Mercedes-Benzwith the specified amperage for the system inquestion and do not attempt to repair orbridge a blown fuse. Using other thanapproved fuses or using repaired or bridgedfuses may cause an overload leading to a fire,and/or cause damage to electricalcomponents and/or systems. Have the causedetermined and remedied by an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center.

A blown fuse must be replaced by anappropriate spare fuse (recognizable by itscolor or the fuse rating given on the fuse) ofthe amperage recommended in the fusechart. Any Mercedes-Benz Center will be gladto advise you on this subject.

i In case of a blown fuse contact RoadsideAssistance or an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

If a newly inserted fuse blows again, have thecause determined and rectified by anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center.The fuse chart is located in the fuse box in thepassenger compartment. The fuse chart

284 FusesPr

actic

al h

ints


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 284

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=69e94b03be5ad568351f190e790ef5a1&version=7&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=acd2f2a3ad372374351f1515446a36ba&version=3&language=en&variant=US


https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=76dc2b0d2e9c18d0351f190e793e7764&version=8&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=62573a0b2f022f6b351f15146fb6b8b6&version=3&language=en&variant=US

explains the fuse allocation and fuseamperages.

Before replacing fusesX Engage the parking brake.X Make sure the automatic transmission is in

park position P.X Switch off all electrical consumers.X Turn off the engine.X Remove the SmartKey from the starter

switch.X Vehicles with KEYLESS-GO: Open the

driver’s door (this puts the starter switch inposition 0, same as with the SmartKeyremoved from the starter switch). Thedriver’s door then can be closed again.

Fuse box in passenger compartment! Do not use sharp objects such as a

screwdriver to open the fuse box cover inthe dashboard. You could damage the fusebox cover or the dashboard.

X Open the driver’s door.X Opening: Insert flat, blunt object as a lever

in-between the edge of fuse box cover :and the dashboard at the position indicatedby the arrow.

X Loosen fuse box cover : from thedashboard using the lever.

X Using your hands, pull cover : in directionof arrow and remove it.

X Closing: Hook fuse box cover : into theopening at the front.

X Press fuse box cover : back on until itengages.

! The fuse box cover must be properlypositioned as described. Otherwise,moisture or dirt could enter the fuse boxand possibly impair fuse operation.

Fuse box in trunk

X Open the trunk.X Opening: Insert flat, blunt object as a lever

into the edge of cover : and removecover :.

X Closing: Install cover :.

Fuses 285

Prac

tical

hin

ts


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 285

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=bbe065f63ba9030c351f151501ed20c4&version=8&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=b587582f3baa5032351f15151406a0b3&version=13&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=4022c5b22eeb8879351f190e6c57c928&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=3d21e84e3baad664351f151547d8a033&version=6&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=d59325812ee8351c351f190e1c2c892a&version=1&language=--&variant=--

286


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 286

Vehicle equipment ............................ 288Parts service ..................................... 288Warranty coverage ........................... 288Identification labels .......................... 288Vehicle specification CLS 550(219.372) ........................................... 290Vehicle specification CLS 63 AMG(219.377) ........................................... 290Rims and tires ................................... 291Fuels, coolants, lubricants, etc. ...... 296

287

Tech

nica

l dat

a


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 287

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=aef4c494eb9bb0f2351f19145021a7eb&version=1&language=--&variant=--

Vehicle equipment


Parts service

All authorized Mercedes-Benz Centersmaintain a stock of Genuine Mercedes-BenzParts required for maintenance and repairwork. In addition, strategically located partsdistribution centers provide quick andreliable parts service.More than 300 000 different parts forMercedes-Benz models are available.Genuine Mercedes-Benz Parts are subjectedto stringent quality inspections. Each part hasbeen specifically developed, manufactured orselected for and adapted to Mercedes-Benzvehicles.Therefore, Genuine Mercedes-Benz Partsshould be installed.

! Do not use non-genuine Mercedes-Benzparts and accessories not authorized byMercedes-Benz. Doing so could damagethe vehicle, which is not covered by theMercedes-Benz Limited Warranty. Also, itcould compromise the vehicle’s durabilityor safety.

Warranty coverage

Your vehicle is covered under the terms of thewarranties printed in the Service andWarranty Information booklet.Your authorized Mercedes-Benz Center willexchange or repair any defective partsoriginally installed in the vehicle inaccordance with the terms of the followingwarranties:

RNew Vehicle Limited WarrantyREmission System WarrantyREmission Performance WarrantyRCalifornia, Connecticut, Maine,

Massachusetts, New York, Pennsylvania,Rhode Island, and Vermont EmissionControl Systems WarrantyRState Warranty Enforcement Laws (Lemon

Laws)Replacement parts and accessories arecovered by the Mercedes-Benz Parts andAccessories warranties, copies of which areavailable at any authorized Mercedes-BenzCenter.

Loss of Service and Warranty Information booklet

Should you lose your Service and WarrantyInformation booklet, have an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center arrange for areplacement. It will be mailed to you.

Identification labels

288 Identification labelsTe

chni

cal d

ata


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 288


https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=79e3c1693777e7e4351f1515445d234b&version=9&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=84b7100a3779c51c351f151535a721a8&version=8&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=dc38857739d33320351f19144d5dfc65&version=11&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=97a734763df52fd3351f190e17060ed5&version=1&language=--&variant=--

The Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) canbe foundRon certification label : on the driver’s door

B-pillarRembossed underneath a cover in the front

passenger footwell (Y page 289)Ron the lower edge of the windshield

(Y page 289)

Example certification label (U.S. vehicles); VIN= Paintwork code

Example certification label (Canada vehicles); VIN= Paintwork code

i Data shown on certification label are forillustration purposes only. These data are

specific to each vehicle and may vary fromdata shown in the illustration. Refer tocertification label on vehicle for actual dataspecific to your vehicle.

X Move the front passenger seat backwardas far as possible (Y page 78).

X Fold cover ? backward.VIN A is now visible.

B Emission control information label,includes both federal and Californiacertification exhaust emission standards

C VIN (on lower edge of windshield)D Engine number (engraved on engine)

i When ordering parts, please specifyvehicle identification and engine number.

Identification labels 289

Tech

nica

l dat

a


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 289

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=fe8d06fc643e18b3351f19142650fcec&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=2cf1bdd76ac14802351f190e1aa6f572&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=5eaf0a8a3df3a76b351f190e4d904ebe&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=ad9af8553df22c25351f190e227d8e9d&version=1&language=--&variant=--

Vehicle specification CLS 550 (219.372)

The quoted data apply only to the standardvehicle. Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center for the corresponding data of allspecial bodies and special equipment.

Engine CLS 550

Engine, type 273

Mode of operation 4-stroke engine,gasoline injection

No. of cylinders 8

Bore 3.86 in (98.00 mm)

Stroke 3.56 in (90.50 mm)

Total piston displacement

333.2 cu in(5 461 cm3)

Compression ratio

10.7:1

Output acc. to SAE J 134916

382 hp/6 000 rpm(285 kW/6 000 rpm)

Maximum torque acc. to SAE J 1349

391 lb-ft/2 800 - 4 800 rpm

(530 Nm/2 800 - 4 800 rpm)

Maximum engine speed

6 500 rpm

Firing order 1-5-4-2-6-3-7-8

Poly-V-belt 2 398 mm

Electrical system CLS 550

Alternator 14 V/180 A

Starter motor 12 V/1.7 kW

Battery 12 V/100 Ah

Electrical system CLS 550

Spark plugs, type Bosch F8 DPP 332U

NGK PFR 5R-11

Spark plugs, electrode gap

0.039 in (1.0 mm)

Spark plugs, tightening torque

18 - 22 lb-ft(25 - 30 Nm)

Main dimensions CLS 550

Overall vehicle length

193.7 in (4 920 mm)

Overall vehicle width17

83.0 in (2 107 mm)

Overall vehicle height

55.7 in (1 414 mm)

Wheelbase 112.4 in (2 854 mm)

Track, front 62.5 in (1 587 mm)

Track, rear 61.8 in (1 570 mm)

Turning circle 36.8 ft (11.2 m)

Weights CLS 550

Roof load max. 220 lb (100 kg)

Trunk load max. 220 lb (100 kg)

Vehicle specification CLS 63 AMG (219.377)

The quoted data apply only to the standardvehicle. Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center for the corresponding data of allspecial bodies and special equipment.

16 Premium fuel required. Performance may vary with fuel octane rating.17 Exterior rear view mirrors folded out.

290 Vehicle specification CLS 63 AMG (219.377)Te

chni

cal d

ata


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 290

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=2594c8e704d81912351f190e64448a04&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=2594c8e704d81912351f190e64448a04&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=0e35945e04d87706351f190e08714a3c&version=1&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=0e35945e04d87706351f190e08714a3c&version=1&language=en&variant=US

Engine CLS 63 AMG

Engine, type 156

Mode of operation 4-stroke engine,gasoline injection

No. of cylinders 8

Bore 4.02 in (102.20 mm)

Stroke 3.72 in (94.60 mm)

Total piston displacement

378.8 cu in(6 208 cm3)

Compression ratio

11.3:1

Output acc. to SAE J 134918

507 hp/6 800 rpm(378 kW/6 800 rpm)

Maximum torque acc. to SAE J 1349

465 lb-ft/5 200 rpm(630 Nm/5 200 rpm)

Maximum engine speed

7 200 rpm

Firing order 1-5-4-2-6-3-7-8

Poly-V-belt 2 360 mm

Electrical system CLS 63 AMG

Alternator 14 V/180 A

Starter motor 12 V/2.1 kW

Battery 12 V/95 Ah

Spark plugs, type NGK ILZKAR 7A10

Spark plugs, electrode gap

0.039 in (1.0 mm)

Spark plugs, tightening torque

15 - 18 lb-ft(20 - 25 Nm)

Main dimensions CLS 63 AMG

Overall vehicle length

193.5 in (4 915 mm)

Overall vehicle width19

83.0 in (2 107 mm)

Overall vehicle height

54.7 in (1 389 mm)

Wheelbase 112.4 in (2 854 mm)

Track, front 63.0 in (1 599 mm)

Track, rear 62.3 in (1 583 mm)

Turning circle 37.7 ft (11.5 m)

Weights CLS 63 AMG

Roof load max. 220 lb (100 kg)

Trunk load max. 220 lb (100 kg)

Rims and tires

Notes! Only use tires which have been tested and

approved by Mercedes-Benz. Tiresapproved by Mercedes-Benz are developedto provide best possible performance inconjunction with the driving safety systemson your vehicle such as the ABS or theESP®. Tires specially developed for yourvehicle and tested and approved byMercedes-Benz can be identified by findingthe following on the tire’s sidewall:RMO = Mercedes-Benz Original

equipment tiresRMOE = Mercedes-Benz Original Extended

(tires with limited run-flatcharacteristics) original equipment tires

Using tires other than those approved byMercedes-Benz may result in damage that

18 Premium fuel required. Performance may vary with fuel octane rating.19 Exterior rear view mirrors folded out.

Rims and tires 291

Tech

nica

l dat

a


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 291

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=9b9cdfb32eaf2cc5351f190e5683b79b&version=7&language=en&variant=US

is not covered by the Mercedes-BenzLimited Warranty.

For information on driving with MOExtendedtires, see the “Practical hints” section(Y page 277).

! Using tires other than those approved byMercedes-Benz can have detrimentaleffects, such asRpoor handling characteristicsRincreased noiseRincreased fuel consumptionMoreover, tires and rims not approved byMercedes-Benz may, under load, exhibitdimensional variations and different tiredeformation characteristics that couldcause them to come into contact with thevehicle body or axle parts. Damage to thetires or the vehicle may be the result.

i Further information on tires and rims isavailable at any authorized Mercedes-BenzCenter. The Tire and Loading Informationplacard with the recommended tireinflation pressures for cold tires is locatedon the driver’s door B-pillar. Supplementaltire inflation pressure information fordriving at high speeds or for vehicle loadsless than the maximum loaded vehiclecondition can be found on the tire inflationpressure label. The tire inflation pressurelabel is located on the inside of the fuel fillerflap. The tire inflation pressure should bechecked regularly and should only beadjusted on cold tires. Follow tiremanufacturer’s maintenancerecommendation included with the vehicle.

For information on recommended tireinflation pressure and supplemental tireinflation pressure information for specialdriving situations, see (Y page 183).

i Please keep in mind that the vehicle mustbe equippedRwith wheels of identical dimensions on

each axle (left and right)Rwith tires of identical characteristics all

around, i.e. summer tires, winter tires,all-season tires, or MOExtended tires etc.

i The following pages also list the approvedrim and tire sizes for equipping your vehiclewith winter tires. Winter tires are notavailable as standard or optional factoryequipment, but can be purchased from anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center.Equipping your vehicle with winter tiresapproved for your vehicle model mayrequire the purchase of rims of therecommended size for use with thesewinter tires. This depends on vehicle modeland the standard or optional factory-equipped wheel rim/tire configuration onyour vehicle. For more information contactan authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

292 Rims and tiresTe

chni

cal d

ata


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 292

Same size tires! Winter tires on rims with different wheel offset front vs. rear cannot be rotated.

CLS 550

18" wheels Rims (light alloy)Wheel offset (front axle)Wheel offset (rear axle)

8.5 J x 18 H21.10 in (28 mm)0.71 in (18 mm)

Winter tires20,21 245/40 R18 97V XL (Extra Load) M+Sior245/40 R18 97V XL (Extra Load) M+SiMOExtended22

CLS 550 (AMG Sport Package)CLS 550 (Grand Edition)CLS 63 AMG

18" wheels AMG rims (light alloy)Wheel offset

8.5 J x 18 H20.98 in (25 mm)

Winter tires20,21 245/40 R18 97V XL (Extra Load) M+Si

CLS 63 AMG (Performance Package)

19" wheels AMG rims (light alloy)Wheel offset

8.5 J x 19 H20.98 in (25 mm)

Winter tires20,21,23 245/35 R19 93V XL (Extra Load) M+Si

20 Radial-ply tires.21 Not available as factory equipment.22 Must be used in conjunction with Tire Pressure Monitoring System (U.S. vehicles), tire pressure loss warning

system (Canada vehicles), or Advanced Tire Pressure Monitoring System (Canada vehicles) only.23 Maximum permissible vehicle speed of 137 mph (220 km/h).

Rims and tires 293

Tech

nica

l dat

a


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 293

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=af6ddcff21c86c63351f190e655529dd&version=3&language=en&variant=US

Mixed size tires

CLS 550

18" wheels Front axle Rims (light alloy)Wheel offset

8.5 J x 18 H21.10 in (28 mm)

Summer tires24,25 245/40 R18 93Y MOExtended

Rear axle Rims (light alloy)Wheel offset

9.5 J x 18 H21.30 in (33 mm)

Summer tires24,25,26 275/35 R18 95Y MOExtended

CLS 55027

18" wheels Front axle Rims (light alloy)Wheel offset

8.5 J x 18 H21.10 in (28 mm)

All-season tires24 245/40 R18 93V M+S

Rear axle Rims (light alloy)Wheel offset

9.5 J x 18 H21.30 in (33 mm)

All-season tires24,26 275/35 R18 95V M+S

CLS 550 (AMG Sport Package)27

CLS 550 (Grand Edition)

18" wheels Front axle AMG rims (light alloy) 8.5 J x 18 H2

Wheel offset 0.98 in (25 mm)

Summer tires24 255/40 ZR18 99Y XL (Extra Load)

Rear axle AMG rims (light alloy) 9.5 J x 18 H2


Summer tires24,26 285/35 ZR18 101Y XL(Extra Load)

24 Radial-ply tires.25 Must be used in conjunction with Tire Pressure Monitoring System (U.S. vehicles), tire pressure loss warning

system (Canada vehicles), or Advanced Tire Pressure Monitoring System (Canada vehicles) only.26 Must not be used with snow chains.27 USA only.

294 Rims and tiresTe

chni

cal d

ata


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 294

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=0fc872d121cd94e9351f190e3908aef4&version=3&language=en&variant=US

CLS 55028

CLS 63 AMG






Summer tires29,30 285/30 ZR19 98Y XL (Extra Load)

CLS 63 AMG(Performance Package)




Winter tires29,31 245/35 R19 93V XL (Extra Load)M+Si



Summer tires29,30 285/30 ZR19 98Y XL (Extra Load)

Winter tires29,30,31 275/30 R19 96V XL (Extra Load)M+Si

28 Canada only.29 Radial-ply tires.30 Must not be used with snow chains.31 Not available as factory equipment.

Rims and tires 295

Tech

nica

l dat

a


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 295

Z

Spare wheel

! Compare the recommended tire inflation pressure for your vehicle with the tire inflationpressure on the yellow label located on the spare wheel rim.If the tire inflation pressure on the yellow label on the spare wheel rim differs from the valuesgiven in this Operator’s Manual, inflate the tire to the recommended tire inflation pressuregiven on the yellow label on the spare wheel rim.

i Please note that the tire inflation pressure of the spare wheel differs from the tire inflationpressure of the road tires.

CLS 550 (all models) CLS 63 AMG CLS 63 AMG(Performance Package)

Rim (steel)Wheel offset

4.0 B x 17 H21.34 in (34 mm)

— —

Rim (light alloy)Wheel offset

— 6.0 B x 18 H20.98 in (25 mm)

6.5 B x 19 H20.55 in (14 mm)

Minispare tire32 T 155/70 R17 110M — —

Collapsible tire32 — 175/55-18 95P 175/50-19 97P

Recommended tire inflation pressure

61 psi (4.2 bar) 51 psi (3.5 bar) 51 psi (3.5 bar)

Fuels, coolants, lubricants, etc.

CapacitiesVehicle components and their respectivelubricants must match. Therefore only useproducts tested and approved by Mercedes-Benz.For information on tested and approvedproducts, contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center or visit www.mbusa.com (USAonly).

G Warning!Comply with all valid regulations with respectto handling, storing, and disposing of service

fluids. Otherwise you could endanger personsor the environment.Keep service fluids out of the reach ofchildren.For health reasons, you should preventservice fluids from coming into direct contactwith your skin or clothing.If a service fluid is swallowed, contact aphysician immediately.

32 Must not be used with snow chains.

296 Fuels, coolants, lubricants, etc.Te

chni

cal d

ata


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 296

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=9f53b4a221d0f795351f190e1be6e824&version=2&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=8db58ac9a6abefa3351f190e0470a36c&version=3&language=en&variant=US


https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=be9ef6d8302fa7b6351f151433a77f41&version=3&language=en&variant=US

Model Capacity Fuels, coolants, lubricants, etc.

Engine with oil filter

CLS 550 9.0 US qt (8.5 l) Approved engineoils

CLS 63 AMG33 9.3 US qt (8.8 l)


CLS 550 9.7 US qt (9.2 l) MB AutomaticTransmission Fluid

CLS 63 AMG 9.3 US qt (8.8 l)

Rear axle CLS 550 1.3 US qt (1.2 l) MB Hypoid Gear Oil(SAE 85W-90)

CLS 63 AMG 1.3 US qt (1.2 l) Fuchs TitanEG 5010 D

CLS 63 AMG34 1.3 US qt (1.2 l) Castrol SAF-XJ(SAE 75W-140)

Power steering CLS 550 approx. 1.0 US qt (0.9 l) MB Power SteeringFluid (ChevronTexaco PSF 9109)CLS 63 AMG approx. 1.3 US qt (1.2 l)

Brake system All models 0.63 US qt (0.6 l) MB Brake Fluid(DOT 4+)

Cooling system CLS 550 approx. 11.9 US qt (11.3 l) MB 325.0Anticorrosion/AntifreezeCLS 63 AMG approx. 12.5 US qt (11.8 l)

Fuel tank All models 21.1 US gal (80.0 l) Premium unleadedgasoline (MinimumPosted Octane 91[Avg. of96 RON/86 MON])

Fuel tank reserve

CLS 550 approx. 2.4 US gal (9.0 l)

CLS 63 AMG approx. 3.7 US gal (14.0 l)

Air conditioning system

All models — R134a refrigerantand specialPAG lubricant oil(never R 12)

Washer system All models 4.8 US qt (4.5 l) MB WindshieldWasherConcentrate35

(Y page 302)Washer fluid mixingratio (Y page 302)


All models 6.9 US qt (6.5 l)

33 Engine with oil cooler.34 With Performance Package.35 Mixed with water or commercially available premixed washer solvent/antifreeze.

Fuels, coolants, lubricants, etc. 297

Tech

nica

l dat

a


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 297

Z

Approved engine oilsEngine oils are specifically tested for theirsuitability in our engines and durability for ourservice intervals. Therefore, only useapproved engine oils and oil filters requiredfor vehicles with the Maintenance System.For a listing of approved engine oils and oilfilters, contact an authorized Mercedes-BenzCenter or visit www.mbusa.com (USA only).

! Using engine oils and oil filters of aspecification other than those expresslyrequired for the Maintenance System, orchanging of oil and oil filter at changeintervals longer than those called for by theMaintenance System will result in engine oremission control system damage notcovered by the Mercedes-Benz LimitedWarranty.Please follow Maintenance Systemrecommendations for scheduled oilchanges. Failure to do so will result inengine or emission control system damagenot covered by the Mercedes-Benz LimitedWarranty.

Mercedes-Benz recommends MOBIL OIL.Use the table below to determine theMB sheet number.

Model Engine,type

MB sheetnumber

CLS 550 273 229.5

CLS 63 AMG 156 229.536

i MB sheet numbers are printed on theoutside of oil containers.

Viscosity grades for engine oilsUsing the chart below, select oil viscosityaccording to the lowest air temperatureexpected before the next oil change.

Engine oil additives! Do not blend oil additives with engine oil.

They may damage the engine. Damage ormalfunctions resulting from blending oiladditives are not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Limited Warranty.

Air conditioning refrigerantR134a (HFC) refrigerant and special PAGlubricating oil are used in the air conditioningsystem.

! Never use R 12 (CFC) or mineral-basedlubricating oil. Otherwise damage to thesystem will occur.

Brake fluid

G Warning!During vehicle operation, the boiling point ofthe brake fluid is continuously reducedthrough the absorption of moisture from theatmosphere.

36 Restriction: Only SAE 0W-40/SAE 5W-40 engine oils may be used.


chni

cal d

ata


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 298

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=f95296be3784fa11351f15150ad0e053&version=12&language=en&variant=US


https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=f82c83dd426399c7351f190e5476f295&version=1&language=--&variant=--

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=60f31caf3785a628351f15150f7ce0d4&version=7&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=164a3a1537867046351f15156992e18e&version=8&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=9ce5076b3786fb7c351f15151d5220f8&version=9&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=38fa489d2af30341351f151476bd7801&version=2&language=en&variant=US

Under extremely strenuous operatingconditions, this moisture content can lead tothe formation of bubbles in the system, thusreducing the system’s efficiency.Therefore, the brake fluid must be replacedregularly. Refer to your vehicle’s MaintenanceBooklet for replacement interval.

Only brake fluid approved by Mercedes-Benzis recommended. Any authorized Mercedes-Benz Center will provide you with additionalinformation.

Premium unleaded gasoline

G Warning!Gasoline is highly flammable and poisonous.It burns violently and can cause seriouspersonal injury.Never allow sparks, flames or smokingmaterials near gasoline!Turn off the engine before refueling.Whenever you are around gasoline, avoidinhaling fumes and any skin or clothingcontact. Extinguish all smoking materials.Direct skin contact with fuels and theinhalation of fuel vapors are damaging yourhealth.

! To maintain the engine’s durability andperformance, premium unleaded gasolinemust be used.If premium unleaded gasoline is notavailable and low octane gasoline is used,follow these precautions:RHave the fuel tank only partially filled

with unleaded regular gasoline and fill upwith premium unleaded gasoline as soonas possible.RAvoid full throttle driving and abrupt

acceleration.RDo not exceed an engine speed of

3 000 rpm if the vehicle is loaded with a

light load such as two persons and noluggage.RDo not exceed 2/3 of maximum

accelerator pedal position if the vehicleis fully loaded or operating inmountainous terrain.

Fuel requirementsOnly use premium unleaded gasoline. Theoctane number (posted at the pump) must be91 min. It is an average of both the ResearchOctane Number (RON) and the Motor OctaneNumber (MON): (RON+MON)/2. This is alsoknown as the ANTI-KNOCK INDEX.Reformulated gasolines (RFG) and/orunleaded gasoline containing oxygenatessuch as ethanol, TAME, ETBE, IPA, IBA, andTBA can be used provided the ratio of any oneof these oxygenates to gasoline does notexceed 10%; MTBE must not exceed 15%.The ratio of methanol to gasoline must notexceed 3% plus additional cosolvents.Using mixtures of ethanol and methanol is notallowed. Gasohol, which contains 10%ethanol and 90% unleaded gasoline, can beused.These blends must also meet all other fuelrequirements, such as resistance to sparkknock, boiling range, vapor pressure, etc.

Gasoline additivesA major concern among enginemanufacturers is carbon build-up caused bygasoline. Mercedes-Benz recommends onlythe use of quality gasoline containingadditives that prevent the build-up of carbondeposits.


Tech

nica

l dat

a


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 299

Z

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=f286c98537884fa5351f1515667b6365&version=8&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=fe3b5ab32afc74d4351f15144c7f7994&version=4&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=346ca9ec37891211351f15155c272343&version=12&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=2b3f8b793789bd42351f15156d84a09b&version=8&language=en&variant=US

After an extended period of using fuelswithout such additives carbon deposits canbuild up, especially on the intake valves andin the combustion area, leading to engineperformance problems such as:RWarm-up hesitationRUnstable idleRKnocking/pingingRMisfireRPower lossIn areas where carbon deposits may beencountered due to lack of availability ofgasoline which contains these additives, theuse of Mercedes-Benz approved additives isrecommended.Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Centeror visit www.mbusa.com (USA only) for alisting of approved products. Followdirections on the product label.Do not blend other fuel additives with fuel.This only results in unnecessary cost and maybe harmful to the engine operation.

! Damage or malfunction resulting frompoor fuel quality or from blending additionalfuel additives other than those tested andapproved by us for use on Mercedes-Benzvehicles are not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Limited Warranty or by any pre-ownedor Extended Limited Warranties.

CoolantsThe engine coolant is a mixture of water andanticorrosion/antifreeze, which provides:RCorrosion protectionRFreeze protectionRBoiling protection (by increasing the boiling

point)The cooling system was filled at the factorywith a coolant providing freeze protection toapproximately -35‡ (-37†) and corrosionprotection.

! Add premixed coolant solution only.Adding water and MB 325.0 Anticorrosion/Antifreeze separately from each other,could cause engine damage not covered bythe Mercedes-Benz Limited Warranty.

If the antifreeze mixture is effective to -35‡(-37†), the boiling point of the coolant in thepressurized cooling system is reached atapproximately 266‡ (130†).The coolant solution must be used year roundto provide the necessary corrosion protectionand increase boil-over protection. Refer tothe Maintenance Booklet for replacementinterval.Coolant system design and coolant useddetermine the replacement interval. Thereplacement interval published in theMaintenance Booklet is only applicable ifMB 325.0 Anticorrosion/Antifreeze solutionor other Mercedes-Benz approved productsof equal specification are used to renew thecoolant concentration or bring it back up tothe proper level.For information on other Mercedes-Benzapproved products of equal specification,contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Centeror visit www.mbusa.com (USA only).To provide important corrosion protection,the solution must be at least 50%anticorrosion/antifreeze (equivalent tofreeze protection to approximately -35‡[-37†]).If you use a solution that is more than 55%anticorrosion/antifreeze (freeze protectionto approximately -49‡ [-45†]), the enginetemperature will increase due to the lowerheat transfer capability of the solution.Therefore, do not use more than this amountof anticorrosion/antifreeze.If the coolant level is low, water and MB 325.0Anticorrosion/Antifreeze should be used tobring it up to the proper level (have coolingsystem checked for signs of leakage). Pleasemake sure the mixture is in accordance withlabel instructions.


chni

cal d

ata


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 300


https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=6cc0bcc5378b14a5351f15154e7f2033&version=12&language=en&variant=US


The water in the cooling system must meetminimum requirements, which are usuallysatisfied by normal drinking water.If you are not sure about the water quality,contact an authorized Mercedes-BenzCenter.

Anticorrosion/antifreeze Your vehicle contains a number of aluminumparts. The use of aluminum components inmotor vehicle engines necessitates thatanticorrosion/antifreeze coolant used insuch engines be specifically formulated toprotect the aluminum parts. Failure to usesuch anticorrosion/antifreeze coolant willresult in a significantly shortened service life.Therefore, the following product is stronglyrecommended for use in your vehicle:MB 325.0 Anticorrosion/Antifreeze agent.Before the start of the winter season (or oncea year in hot southern regions), you shouldhave the anticorrosion/antifreezeconcentration checked.The coolant is also regularly checked eachtime you bring your vehicle to an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center for service.


Tech

nica

l dat

a


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 301

Z

Model Approximate freeze protection

-35‡ (-37†) -49‡ (-45†)

Cooling system CLS 550 6.0 US qt (5.65 l) 6.6 US qt (6.2 l)

CLS 63 AMG 6.2 US qt (5.9 l) 6.9 US qt (6.5 l)


G Warning!Washer solvent/antifreeze is highlyflammable. Do not spill washer solvent/antifreeze on hot engine parts, because it mayignite and burn. You could be seriouslyburned.

X Use MB Windshield Washer Concentrate“MB SummerFit”.

X Mix with water for temperatures abovefreezing point.

X Mix with commercially available premixedwasher solvent/antifreeze fortemperatures below freezing point.

Washer fluid mixing ratio For temperatures above the freezing point:1 part “MB SummerFit” to 100 parts water(1.34 fl oz [40 ml] “MB SummerFit” to 1 gal[4.0 l] water)For temperatures below freezing point:1 part “MB SummerFit” to 100 parts solvent(1.34 fl oz [40 ml] “MB SummerFit” to 1 gal[4.0 l] solvent)


chni

cal d

ata


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 302

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=002a77bc378c7b20351f15150536a012&version=8&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=002a77bc378c7b20351f15150536a012&version=8&language=en&variant=US

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=9d03daaf2bb5990f351f15141095b883&version=2&language=en&variant=US

303


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 303

304


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 304

Service and LiteratureYour authorized Mercedes-Benz Center hastrained technicians and Genuine Mercedes-Benz Parts to service your vehicle properly.For expert advice and quality service, contactan authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.If you are interested in obtaining serviceliterature for your vehicle, please contact anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center.We consider this the best way for you toobtain accurate information for your vehicle.For further information you can find us on theMercedes-Benz web site www.mbusa.com(USA only) or www.mercedes-benz.ca(Canada only).

G Warning!To help avoid personal injury, be extremelycareful when performing any service work orrepairs. Improper or incomplete service or theuse of incorrect or inappropriate parts ormaterials may damage the vehicle or itsequipment, which may in turn result inpersonal injury.If you have any questions about carrying outany type of service, turn to the advice of anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

We reserve the right to make changes indesign and equipment.Therefore, information, illustrations anddescriptions in this Operator’s Manual mightdiffer from your vehicle.Reprinting, translation and copying, even ofexcerpts, is not permitted without our priorauthorization in writing.Press time May 13, 2009GSP/OISPrinted in U. S. A.


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 305


http://www.mercedes-benz.ca

https://arki.aftersales.i.daimler.com/cmsweb/workspace/item/metadata/details.do?io=908d0e167811c044351f1514525b43e6&version=2&language=en&variant=US

Order no. 6515 1451 13 Part no. 219 584 81 83 Edition A 2010

É2195848183=ËÍ2195848183


2009-05-11T16:21:02+02:00 - Seite 306

cls - mercedes-benz usa · cls operator’s manual 219_akb; 4; 54, en-us d2ureepe, version:...

Documents